Document:

NOTE TRUST DEED

                                       PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
                                       (AS ISSUER)
                                       ABN 86 000 431 827

                                       ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED
                                       (AS MANAGER)
                                       ABN 79 005 964 134

                                       THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                       (AS NOTE TRUSTEE, PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT,
                                       CALCULATION AGENT AND NOTE REGISTRAR)

                                       AIB/BNY FUND MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED
                                       (AS IRISH PAYING AGENT)

                                       and

                                       PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED
                                       (AS SECURITY TRUSTEE)
                                       ABN 42 000 001 007

                                       [Freehills LOGO]

                                       MLC Centre Martin Place Sydney
                                       New South Wales 2000 Australia
                                       Telephone +61 2 9225 5000
                                       Facsimile +61 2 9322 4000
                                       www.freehills.com DX 361 Sydney

                                       SYDNEY MELBOURNE PERTH BRISBANE SINGAPORE
                                       Correspondent Offices HANOI HO CHI MINH
                                       CITY JAKARTA KUALA LUMPUR

                                       Reference PJSR:LR:FW:25E

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause                                                                      Page
                                                                            ----
1  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION                                             2
   1.1     Definitions and Interpretation                                     2
   1.2     Definitions in Master Trust Deed, Supplementary Bond
           Terms Notice and Conditions                                        6
   1.3     Incorporation by reference                                         6
   1.4     Interpretation                                                     6
   1.5     Determination, statement and certificate sufficient evidence       7
   1.6     Document or agreement                                              7
   1.7     Transaction Document                                               7
   1.8     Issuer as trustee                                                  7
   1.9     Knowledge of Issuer and Security Trustee                           7
   1.10    Knowledge of the Note Trustee, Calculation Agent, Note
           Registrar or Principal Paying Agent, Irish Paying Agent, other
           Paying Agents                                                      8
   1.11    Appointment of the Note Trustee                                    8
   1.12    Duration of Trust                                                  8
   1.13    Obligations of the Issuer                                          8
   1.14    Limitation of liability of Security Trustee                        9
   1.15    Opinion of counsel                                                 9

2  PAYMENTS ON NOTES                                                          9
   2.1     Principal amount                                                   9
   2.2     Covenant to repay                                                  9
   2.3     Deemed payment                                                    10
   2.4     Issuer's covenant to Class A Noteholders and the Note Trustee     10
   2.5     Following Event of Default                                        11
   2.6     Requirements of Paying Agent                                      12
   2.7     Certification                                                     12
   2.8     Determinations                                                    12

3  FORM OF, ISSUE OF AND DUTIES AND TAXES ON, NOTES                          13
   3.1     Issue of Book-Entry Notes                                         13
   3.2     Form of Book-Entry Notes                                          13
   3.3     Definitive Notes - Class A1 Notes                                 15
   3.4     Definitive Notes - Class A2 Notes                                 16
   3.5     Stamp and Other Taxes                                             17
   3.6     Indemnity for non-issue                                           17
   3.7     Note Register and Note Registrar                                  18

4  COVENANT OF COMPLIANCE                                                    19

5  CANCELLATION OF CLASS A NOTES                                             19
   5.1     Cancellation                                                      19
   5.2     Records                                                           20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 1

6  ENFORCEMENT                                                               20
   6.1     Actions following Event of Default                                20
   6.2     Evidence of default                                               20
   6.3     Note Trustee must receive indemnity                               20
   6.4     Restrictions on enforcement                                       21
   6.5     Action by Noteholders                                             21

7  PROCEEDINGS                                                               21
   7.1     Acting only on direction                                          21
   7.2     Security Trustee acting                                           22
   7.3     Note Trustee alone entitled to act                                22
   7.4     Available amounts                                                 23
   7.5     No obligation to ensure compliance                                23
   7.6     Conflict of interests                                             23
   7.7     Note Trustee may enforce                                          23

8  NOTICE OF PAYMENT                                                         24

9  INVESTMENT BY NOTE TRUSTEE                                                24

10 PARTIAL PAYMENTS                                                          24

11 COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND MANAGER                                       25
   11.1    Undertakings                                                      25
   11.2    Representations and warranties                                    28

12 REMUNERATION OF NOTE TRUSTEE, PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, CALCULATION
   AGENT AND NOTE REGISTRAR                                                  28
   12.1    Fee                                                               28
   12.2    Additional Remuneration                                           28
   12.3    Costs, expenses                                                   29
   12.4    Overdue rate                                                      29
   12.5    Continuing obligation                                             30
   12.6    Goods and services tax (GST)                                      30
   12.7    Currency and VAT                                                  30

13 NOTE TRUSTEE                                                              31
   13.1    Preferential collection of claims against Note Trustee            31
   13.2    Duties of Note Trustee                                            31
   13.3    Obligations of Note Trustee                                       31
   13.4    Notice of Defaults                                                32
   13.5    Rights of Note Trustee                                            32
   13.6    Limitation on Note Trustee's' liability                           40
   13.7    Wilful default of the Note Trustee                                41

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 2

14 NOTE TRUSTEE'S LIABILITY                                                  41

15 DELEGATION BY NOTE TRUSTEE                                                42

16 EMPLOYMENT OF AGENT BY NOTE TRUSTEE                                       42

17 NOTE TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH ISSUER                                      43

18 APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENTS                                              44

19 PAYMENT                                                                   44
   19.1    Payment by Issuer                                                 44
   19.2    Confirmation                                                      45
   19.3    Payments by Paying Agents                                         45
   19.4    Method of Payment - Book-Entry Notes                              45
   19.5    Method of payment - Definitive Notes                              45
   19.6    Late payment                                                      45
   19.7    Notice of non-receipt                                             46
   19.8    Reimbursement                                                     46
   19.9    Method of payment                                                 46
   19.10   No fee                                                            47
   19.11   Securitisation Fund                                               47

20 REPAYMENT                                                                 47

21 APPOINTMENT OF THE CALCULATION AGENT                                      47

22 DUTIES OF THE CALCULATION AGENT                                           48

23 NOTICE OF ANY WITHHOLDING OR DEDUCTION                                    48

24 EARLY REDEMPTION OF NOTES                                                 49

25 PRO RATA REDEMPTION, PURCHASES AND CANCELLATION OF NOTES                  49

26 NOTICES TO NOTEHOLDERS                                                    50

27 DOCUMENTS AND FORMS                                                       51

28 AUTHENTICATION                                                            51

29 INDEMNITY                                                                 51

30 THE NOTE REGISTER                                                         52
   30.1    Appointment of Note Registrar                                     52
   30.2    Details to be kept on the Note Register                           52

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 3

   30.3    Payments of Principal and Interest                                 53
   30.4    Place of keeping Register, copies and access                       53
   30.5    Details on Note Register conclusive                                54
   30.6    Alteration of details on Note Register                             54
   30.7    Rectification of Note Register                                     54
   30.8    Correctness of Note Register                                       54

31 CHANGES OF NOTE REGISTRAR                                                  54
   31.1    Removal                                                            54
   31.2    Resignation                                                        55
   31.3    Limitation                                                         55
   31.4    Appointment of new Note Registrar                                  55

32 GENERAL                                                                    55
   32.1    Communications to Class A Noteholders                              55
   32.2    Intentionally deleted                                              56
   32.3    Identity                                                           56
   32.4    No set-off                                                         56
   32.5    Reliance                                                           56
   32.6    Entitled to deal                                                   57
   32.7    Consultation                                                       57
   32.8    Duties                                                             57
   32.9    Income Tax Returns                                                 57

33 CHANGES IN PAYING AGENTS AND CALCULATION AGENT                             57
   33.1    Removal                                                            57
   33.2    Resignation                                                        58
   33.3    Limitation                                                         58
   33.4    Delivery of amounts                                                59
   33.5    Successor to Principal Paying Agent                                59
   33.6    Successor to Calculation Agent                                     60
   33.7    Notice to Noteholders                                              61
   33.8    Change in Paying Office or Specified Office                        61

34 WAIVER                                                                     62

35 AMENDMENT                                                                  62
   35.1    Approval                                                           62
   35.2    Resolution of Class A Noteholders                                  63
   35.3    Distribution of amendments                                         63
   35.4    Amendments binding                                                 63
   35.5    No Rating Agency downgrade                                         64
   35.6    Conformity with TIA                                                64

36 CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS                                                        64
   36.1    Absolute owner                                                     64
   36.2    Clearing Agency Certificate                                        65

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 4

37 CURRENCY INDEMNITY                                                         65

38 NEW NOTE TRUSTEES                                                          67
   38.1    Appointment by Issuer                                              67
   38.2    Appointment by Note Trustee                                        67
   38.3    Notice                                                             68

39 NOTE TRUSTEE'S RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL                                      68
   39.1    Removal by Issuer                                                  68
   39.2    Removal by Class A Noteholders                                     68
   39.3    Resignation                                                        68
   39.4    Rating Agencies approval                                           69
   39.5    Trust Corporation                                                  69
   39.6    Successor to Note Trustee                                          69
   39.7    Notice                                                             70
   39.8    Retention of Lien                                                  70
   39.9    Eligibility; Disqualification                                      70

40 NOTE TRUSTEE'S POWERS ADDITIONAL                                           71

41 SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS                                                 71

42 NOTICES                                                                    71
   42.1    General                                                            71
   42.2    Details                                                            71
   42.3    Communication through Principal Paying Agent                       73

43 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION                                             73
   43.1    Governing law                                                      73
   43.2    Jurisdiction                                                       74
   43.3    Agent                                                              74

44 COUNTERPARTS                                                               74

45 LIMITED RECOURSE                                                           75
   45.1    General                                                            75
   45.2    Liability of Issuer limited to its right to indemnity              75
   45.3    Unrestricted remedies                                              76
   45.4    Restricted remedies                                                76
   45.5    Wilful Default of the Issuer                                       76

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 5

46 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE                                                          77

47 REIMBURSEMENT FOR THE COST OF INDEPENDENT ADVICE                           77

48 NO LIABILITY                                                               77

49 PROSPECTUS                                                                 78

50 NOTE TRUSTEE'S LIMITED LIABILITY                                           78
   50.1    Reliance on certificate                                            78
   50.2    Note Trustee's reliance on Manager, Security Trustee, Issuer
           or Mortgage Manager                                                79
   50.3    Compliance with laws                                               79
   50.4    Reliance on experts                                                79
   50.5    Oversights of others                                               79
   50.6    Powers, authorities and discretions                                80
   50.7    Impossibility or impracticability                                  80
   50.8    Legal and other proceedings                                        80
   50.9    No liability except for negligence etc.                            81
   50.10   Further limitations on Note Trustee's liability                    82
   50.11   Conflicts                                                          83
   50.12   Information                                                        83
   50.13   Investigation by Note Trustee                                      83

51 NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS, CONTINUING SECURITY, RELEASES AND
   WAIVERS                                                                    83
   51.1    Provision of information                                           83
   51.2    Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders         84
   51.3    Reports by Note Trustee                                            84
   51.4    Notices to Class A Noteholders; Waiver                             84
   51.5    Issuer's Liability not Affected                                    85
   51.6    Reports by Issuer                                                  85

52 TRUST INDENTURE ACT - MISCELLANEOUS                                        86
   52.1    Compliance Certificates and Opinions                               86
   52.2    Undertaking for Costs                                              87
   52.3    Exclusions of Section 316                                          88
   52.4    Unconditional Rights of Class A Noteholders to Receive
           Principal and Interest                                             88
   52.5    Continuing Obligation                                              88
   52.6    No Merger                                                          88
   52.7    Waiver                                                             89
   52.8    Consents and Approvals                                             89
   52.9    Written Waiver, Consent and Approval                               89
   52.10   Time of Essence                                                    89
   52.11   Moratorium Legislation                                             89
   52.12   Binding on Each Signatory                                          89
   52.13   Counterparts                                                       89
   52.14   Assignment                                                         90
   52.15   Power of Attorney                                                  90

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 6

   52.16   Certificate of Note Trustee                                        90
   52.17   Remedies cumulative                                                90
   52.18   Interest on Judgment                                               90
   52.19   Conflict with Trust Indenture Act                                  90

53 CONSENT OF CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS                                             90
   53.1    General                                                            90
   53.2    Special Written Approvals                                          91
   53.3    Requirement for writing                                            92
   53.4    Meetings of Class A Noteholders                                    92
   53.5    Entire Agreement                                                   93

SCHEDULE 1 - FORM OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTE                                          96

SCHEDULE 2 - NOTEHOLDER REPORTS                                              111

SCHEDULE 3 - MEETING PROCEDURES                                              113

SCHEDULE 4 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CLASS A NOTES                       117

SCHEDULE 5 - FORM OF CLASS A2 DEFINITIVE NOTES                               168

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 7

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS NOTE TRUST DEED

          is made on [*] 2005 between the following parties:

          1.   PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
               ABN 86 000 431 827
               in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund
               of Level 7, 39 Hunter Street, Sydney, New South Wales
               (ISSUER)

          2.   ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED
               ABN 79 005 964 134
               of Level 23, 360 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria
               (MANAGER)

          3.   THE BANK OF NEW YORK
               of 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286,
               United States of America
               (NOTE TRUSTEE)

          4.   THE BANK OF NEW YORK
               of 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286,
               United States of America (in the case of the Class A1 Notes) and
               of 48th Floor, 1 Canada Square, London, E14 5AL, United Kingdom
               (in the case of the Class A2 Notes)
               (PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT)

          5.   THE BANK OF NEW YORK
               of 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286,
               United States of America
               (CALCULATION AGENT)

          6.   THE BANK OF NEW YORK
               of 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286,
               United States of America
               (NOTE REGISTRAR)

          7.   PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED
               ABN 42 000 001 007
               in its capacity as security trustee under the Security Trust Deed
               of Level 7, 39 Hunter Street, Sydney, New South Wales
               (SECURITY TRUSTEE)

          8.   AIB/BNY FUND MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED
               of Guild House, Guild Street, Dublin 1, Republic of Ireland
               (IRISH PAYING AGENT)

RECITALS

          A.   The Manager has directed the Issuer in accordance with the Master
               Trust Deed to issue mortgage backed pass through floating rate
               notes comprising US$[*] Class A1 Notes due 12 January 2037,
               (euro)[*] Class A2 Notes due 12 January 2037 and A$[*] Class B
               Notes due 12 January 2037. The Class A Notes are to be
               constituted and secured in the manner provided in this deed and
               the other Transaction Documents.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 1

          B.   The Note Trustee has agreed to act as trustee for the Class A
               Noteholders under this deed.

          C.   The Issuer proposes, at the direction of Manager, to appoint the
               Principal Paying Agent as principal paying agent, the Calculation
               Agent as its reference agent and the Note Registrar as registrar,
               in each case in respect of the Class A Notes upon the terms
               contained in this deed.

          D.   The Issuer proposes, at the direction of Manager, to appoint the
               Irish Paying Agent as Irish paying agent in respect of the Class
               A2 Notes upon the terms contained in this deed.

          E.   Each of the Note Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Irish
               Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent and the Note Registrar has
               agreed to act in those respective capacities upon the terms of
               this deed.

THIS DEED WITNESSES

          that in consideration of, among other things, the mutual promises
          contained in this deed, the parties agree:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1.1  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

          The following definitions apply unless the context requires otherwise:

          ASSOCIATE has the meaning ascribed to the expression "associate" in
          the Corporations Act.

          AUTHORISATION means any consent, licence, approval or other authority
          or deemed consent, licence approval or other authority.

          CHARGE has the same meaning as in the Security Trust Deed.

          CHARGED PROPERTY has the same meaning as in the Security Trust Deed.

          CLASS A NOTEOWNER means:

          (a)  a Class A1 Noteowner; or

          (b)  a Class A2 Noteowner.

          CLASS A1 NOTEOWNER means, with respect to a Class A1 Book-Entry Note,
          the person who is the beneficial owner of such Class A1 Book-Entry
          Note, as reflected in the books of the Clearing Agency, or in the
          books of the person maintaining an account with the Clearing Agency or
          as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules
          of the Clearing Agency.

          CLASS A2 NOTEOWNER means, with respect to a Class A2 Book-Entry Note,
          the person who is the beneficial owner of such Class A2 Book-Entry
          Note, as reflected in the books of the Clearing Agency, or in the
          books of the person maintaining an account with the Clearing Agency or
          as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules
          of the Clearing Agency.

          CLEARING AGENCY PARTICIPANT means a broker, dealer, bank, other
          financial institution or other person for whom from time to time a
          Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities
          deposited with a Clearing Agency.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 2

          CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE means the principal office of the Note Trustee
          at which at any particular time its corporate trust business is
          administered, which at the date of the execution of this deed is 101
          Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New York 10286, Global
          Structured Products Unit or at such other address as the Note Trustee
          may designate by notice to the Manager, Noteholders and the Issuer or
          the principal corporate trust office of any successor Note Trustee.

          DEFINITIVE NOTE means:

          (a)  a Class A1 Definitive Note issued pursuant to clause 3.3 of this
               deed; or

          (b)  a Class A2 Definitive Note issued pursuant to clause 3.4 of this
               deed.

          DETERMINATION DATE means with respect to a payment due on a Payment
          Date, the day being two Banking Days prior to that Payment Date.

          EU TAX DIRECTIVE means the European Union Council Directive 2003/48/EC
          on the taxation of savings income in the form of interest payments
          which was adopted on 3 June 2003, or any law or regulation
          implementing or complying with, or introduced to conform with such
          directive.

          EVENT OF DEFAULT means, in respect of a Class A Note, any of the
          events described in Condition 9.

          EXCHANGE ACT means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United
          States of America, as amended.

          INDEPENDENT means, in relation to a person, that the person:

          (a)  is independent of the Issuer, the Manager, the Mortgage Manager
               and any of their Associates;

          (b)  does not have any direct financial interest or any material
               indirect financial interest (other than less than 5% of the
               outstanding amount of any publicly traded security) in any person
               referred to in paragraph (a); and

          (c)  is not an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee,
               partner, director or person performing similar functions of any
               person referred to in paragraph (a).

          INDEPENDENT CERTIFICATE means, in relation to any person, a
          certificate or opinion from that person where that person must be
          Independent, which opinion or certificate states that the signer has
          read the definition of Independent in this deed and that the signer is
          Independent within the meaning of that definition.

          INSOLVENCY EVENT has the same meaning as the defined term "Event of
          Insolvency" in the Master Trust Deed.

          IRISH PAYING AGENT means AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited.

          MASTER TRUST DEED means the Master Trust Deed for the Superannuation
          Members' Home Loans Trust dated 4 July 1994 between the Issuer, as
          Trustee, and the Manager, as amended and restated from time to time.

          MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT means a material adverse effect on the ability
          of the Issuer to perform its payment obligations under this deed and
          other Transaction Documents or, as the context may require, a material
          adverse effect on the ability of the Note Trustee to perform its
          obligations under this deed.

          NOTE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT means the agreement entitled "Letter of

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 3

          Representations" among the Issuer, Note Trustee (as Agent) and The
          Depository Trust Company, as the initial Clearing Agency, dated as of
          the Closing Date, relating to the Class A1 Notes, as the same may be
          amended or supplemented from time to time.

          NOTE TRUST means the trust constituted under and by this deed.

          NOTEHOLDERS REPORT means the report to be delivered by the Manager, on
          behalf of the Issuer, in accordance with clause 11.1(m) containing the
          information set out in Schedule 2.

          OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE means a certificate signed by any Authorised
          Signatory of the Issuer or the Manager (as appropriate) on behalf of
          the Issuer, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
          complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 314 of the TIA.

          OPINION OF COUNSEL means one or more written opinions of legal counsel
          who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this deed, be
          employees of, or counsel to, the Issuer or the Manager on behalf of
          the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Issuer or the Note
          Trustee, as applicable, and which opinion or opinions shall be
          addressed to the Issuer or the Note Trustee, as applicable, and shall
          be in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note
          Trustee, as applicable.

          PAYING AGENT means, where the context permits:

          (a)  the Principal Paying Agent initially appointed as principal
               paying agent by the Issuer under this deed and any successor from
               time to time under this deed; or

          (b)  the Irish Paying Agent initially appointed as Irish paying agent
               by the Issuer under this deed and any successor from time to time
               under this deed; or

          (c)  any institution as may, with the prior written approval of, and
               on terms previously approved in writing by, the Note Trustee
               (that approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) from
               time to time be appointed by the Issuer as paying agent in
               relation to the Notes, in each case (except in the case of the
               initial Principal Paying Agent or the initial Irish Paying Agent)
               where notice of the appointment has been given to the Noteholders
               under this deed and in accordance with Condition 12.

          PAYING OFFICE means, in relation to a Paying Agent, the office of the
          Paying Agent specified in the Class A Notes or this deed as the office
          at which payments in respect of the Class A Notes will be made as
          changed from time to time in accordance with this deed and:

          (a)  in respect of the Principal Paying Agent and the Class A1 Notes -
               its office at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New York, New
               York, United States of America; and

          (b)  in respect of the Principal Paying Agent and the Class A2 Notes -
               its office at 48th Floor, 1 Canada Square, London, E14 5AL,
               United Kingdom; and

          (c)  in respect of the Irish Paying Agent and the Class A2 Notes - its
               office at Guild House, Guild Street, Dublin 1, Republic of
               Ireland.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 4

          PERSON means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
          estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company,
          trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organisation
          or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

          RECORD DATE means:

          (a)  with respect to the Payment Date of any Book-Entry Note, the
               close of business on the Banking Day immediately preceding that
               Payment Date; and

          (b)  with respect to the Payment Date for any Definitive Note, the
               last day of the calendar month before that Payment Date.

          RELEVANT CLASS A CURRENCY means:

          (a)  in respect of the Class A1 Notes - US$; and

          (b)  in respect of the Class A2 Notes -(euro).

          RESPONSIBLE OFFICER means with respect to the Note Trustee, any of its
          officers, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President,
          Assistant Treasurer, or any other of its officers customarily
          performing functions similar to those performed by any of them and,
          with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such
          matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and
          familiarity with the particular subject.

          SECURITIES ACT means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States
          of America, as amended.

          SECURITISATION FUND means the Securitisation Fund established under
          the Master Trust Deed known as SMHL Global Fund No. 8.

          SPECIFIED OFFICE means:

          (a)  in relation to the Calculation Agent, the office of the
               Calculation Agent specified under this deed as the office at
               which the Calculation Agent will carry out its duties under this
               deed; and

          (b)  in relation to the Note Registrar, the office of the Note
               Registrar specified under this deed as the office at which the
               Note Registrar will carry out its duties under this deed.

          SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE means the document entitled
          "Supplementary Bond Terms Notice: SMHL Global Fund No. 8 - Class A
          Notes and Class B Notes" dated on or about the date of this deed
          between the Issuer, the Manager, the Note Trustee and the Security
          Trustee in respect of the Securitisation Fund.

          TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the United States of
          America, as amended.

          TRUST ACCOUNT means the US$ Account, the Euro Account or any other
          account maintained by or on behalf of the Issuer in relation to the
          Securitisation Fund.

          TRUST CORPORATION means any person eligible for appointment as a
          trustee under an indenture to be qualified pursuant to the TIA, as set
          forth in Section 310(a) of the TIA, which shall include The Bank of
          New York for so long as it complies with such section.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 5

     1.2  DEFINITIONS IN MASTER TRUST DEED, SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE AND
          CONDITIONS

          (a)  Subject to clause 1.1 and the Recitals, terms and expressions
               which are defined in the Master Trust Deed (as amended by the
               Supplementary Bond Terms Notice), the Supplementary Bond Terms
               Notice and the Conditions (including in each case by reference to
               another agreement) have the same meanings when used in this deed
               unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined
               in this deed.

          (b)  No change to the Master Trust Deed or any other document
               (including the order of payment set out in the Supplementary Bond
               Terms Notice) after the date of this deed will change the meaning
               of terms used in this deed or adversely affect the rights of the
               Note Trustee or any Noteholder under this deed unless the Note
               Trustee (or the Noteholders acting under clause 6.5, as the case
               may be) has agreed in writing to the changes under this deed.

     1.3  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          Where this deed refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
          incorporated by reference in and made part of this deed. The following
          terms used in the TIA have the following meaning in this deed:

          COMMISSION means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United
          States of America;

          INDENTURE SECURITIES means the Class A1 Notes;

          INDENTURE SECURITY HOLDER means a Class A1 Noteholder;

          INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED means the Note Trust Deed;

          INDENTURE TRUSTEE OR INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE means the Note Trustee; and

          OBLIGOR on the indenture securities means the Issuer with respect to
          the Class A1 Notes.

          Any other term which is used in this deed in respect of a section or
          provision of the TIA and which is defined in the TIA, by reference to
          another statute or defined by or in any rule of or issued by the
          Commission, will have the meaning assigned to them by such
          definitions.

     1.4  INTERPRETATION

          Clause 1.2 of the Master Trust Deed applies to this deed as if set out
          in full and:

          (a)  a reference to an asset includes any real or personal, present or
               future, tangible or intangible property or asset and any right,
               interest, revenue or benefit in, under or derived from the
               property or asset;

          (b)  an Event of Default subsists until it has been cured or waived in
               writing by the Note Trustee;

          (c)  a reference to an amount for which a person is contingently
               liable includes an amount which that person may become actually
               or contingently liable to pay if a contingency occurs, whether or
               not that liability will actually arise; and

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 6

          (d)  all references to costs or charges or expenses include any goods
               and services tax, value added tax or similar tax charged or
               chargeable in respect of the charge or expense.

     1.5  DETERMINATION, STATEMENT AND CERTIFICATE SUFFICIENT EVIDENCE

          Except where otherwise provided in this deed, any determination,
          statement or certificate by the Note Trustee or an Authorised
          Signatory of the Note Trustee provided for in this deed is sufficient
          evidence of each thing determined, stated or certified until proven
          wrong.

     1.6  DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT

          A reference to:

          (a)  an agreement includes a Security Interest, guarantee,
               undertaking, deed, agreement or legally enforceable arrangement
               whether or not in writing; and

          (b)  a document includes an agreement (as so defined) in writing or a
               certificate, notice, instrument or document.

          A reference to a specific agreement or document includes it as
          amended, novated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, except
          to the extent prohibited by this deed.

     1.7  TRANSACTION DOCUMENT

          This deed is a Transaction Document for the purposes of the Master
          Trust Deed.

     1.8  ISSUER AS TRUSTEE

          (a)  In this deed, except where provided to the contrary:

               (1)  a reference to the Issuer is a reference to the Issuer in
                    its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund only, and
                    in no other capacity; and

               (2)  a reference to the Security Trustee is a reference to the
                    Security Trustee in its capacity as security trustee under
                    the Security Trust Deed only, and in no other capacity; and

               (3)  a reference to the assets, business, property or undertaking
                    of the Issuer or the Security Trustee is a reference to the
                    assets, business, property or undertaking of the Issuer or
                    the Security Trustee respectively only in the capacity
                    described in paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

          (b)  The rights and obligations of the parties under this deed relate
               only to the Securitisation Fund and do not relate to any other
               Fund (as defined in the Master Trust Deed).

     1.9  KNOWLEDGE OF ISSUER AND SECURITY TRUSTEE

          In relation to the Securitisation Fund, the Issuer and the Security
          Trustee will only be considered to have knowledge, actual knowledge or
          notice of, or be aware of, any matter or thing if the Issuer or the
          Security Trustee (as the case may be) has

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 7

          knowledge, notice or awareness of that matter or thing by virtue of
          the actual notice or awareness of the officers or employees of the
          Issuer or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) who have day to
          day responsibility for the administration of the Securitisation Fund.

     1.10 KNOWLEDGE OF THE NOTE TRUSTEE, CALCULATION AGENT, NOTE REGISTRAR OR
          PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, IRISH PAYING AGENT, OTHER PAYING AGENTS

          In relation to the Securitisation Fund, the Note Trustee, the
          Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar, the Principal Paying Agent, the
          Irish Paying Agent and any other Paying Agent will only be considered
          to have knowledge or notice of, or be aware of, any matter or thing if
          the Note Trustee, Calculation Agent, Note Registrar, Principal Paying
          Agent, Irish Paying Agent or other Paying Agents (as the case may be)
          has knowledge, notice or awareness of that matter or thing by virtue
          of the actual notice or awareness of the officers or employees of the
          Note Trustee, Calculation Agent, Note Registrar, Principal Paying
          Agent, Irish Paying Agent or other Paying Agents (as the case may be)
          who have day to day responsibility for the administration of the Note
          Trust, or other duties of the relevant party constituted by this deed.

     1.11 APPOINTMENT OF THE NOTE TRUSTEE

          The Note Trustee:

          (a)  is appointed to act as trustee on behalf of the Class A
               Noteholders on the terms and conditions of this deed; and

          (b)  acknowledges and declares that it:

               (1)  holds the sum of US$10.00 received on the date of this deed;

               (2)  will hold the benefit of the obligations of the Issuer under
                    this deed; and

               (3)  will hold the benefit of the covenants in clause 2.2 and
                    clause 4(c) and all other rights of the Class A Noteholders
                    under the Class A Notes,

               in each case, on trust for each Class A Noteholder, in accordance
               with the terms and conditions of this deed.

     1.12 DURATION OF TRUST

          The trust established pursuant to this deed shall commence on the date
          hereof and shall terminate on the first to occur of:

          (a)  the date on which the Issuer has satisfied in full its
               obligations to the Class A Noteholders and all Class A Notes have
               been cancelled or redeemed; and

          (b)  the 80th anniversary of the date of this deed.

     1.13 OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER

          (a)  The Issuer shall not be liable for any act or omission by the
               Manager where it is acting or fails to act (as the case may be)
               on behalf of the Issuer under this deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 8

          (b)  Where the Manager is empowered to act on behalf of the Issuer,
               the Manager undertakes to the Issuer that it will duly and
               punctually perform, on behalf of the Issuer, those obligations,
               imposed on the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the
               relevant clause.

     1.14 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF SECURITY TRUSTEE

          (a)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, the Security
               Trustee will have no liability under or in connection with this
               deed or any other Transaction Document other than to the extent
               to which the liability is able to be satisfied out of the
               property from which the Security Trustee is actually indemnified
               for the liability.

          (b)  This limitation will not apply to a liability of the Security
               Trustee to the extent that it is not satisfied because, under
               this deed, any other Transaction Document or by operation of
               laws, there is a reduction in the extent of the Security
               Trustee's indemnification as a result of the Security Trustee's
               fraud, negligence or wilful default.

          (c)  Nothing in this clause or any similar provision in any other
               Transaction Document limits or adversely affects the powers of
               the Security Trustee, any Receiver or attorney in respect of the
               Charge as defined in the Security Trust Deed or the Charged
               Property (as defined in the Security Trust Deed).

     1.15 OPINION OF COUNSEL

          For the purposes of this deed, the Issuer may where necessary seek,
          and rely conclusively on, any Opinion of Counsel on any matters
          relating to or connected with the TIA. Where the Issuer elects to seek
          and has sought the Opinion of Counsel it shall not be required to take
          any action under this deed unless and until it has received such an
          Opinion of Counsel. The cost of any such Opinion of Counsel will be an
          Expense of the Issuer in relation to the Securitisation Fund.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2    PAYMENTS ON NOTES

     2.1  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

          (a)  The aggregate principal amount of the Class A1 Notes is limited
               to US$[*].

          (b)  The aggregate principal amount of the Class A2 Notes is limited
               to (euro)[*].

     2.2  COVENANT TO REPAY

          (a)  The Issuer covenants that the Issuer will, in accordance with the
               terms of any Class A Notes (including the Conditions) and the
               Transaction Documents (and subject to the terms of the
               Transaction Documents and the Conditions, including, without
               limitation, clauses 19 and 45 of this deed and Condition 5) at
               the direction of the Manager on:

               (1)  the Maturity Date of the Class A Notes; or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          PAGE 9

               (2)  each earlier date as those Class A Notes, or any of them,
                    may become repayable (whether in full or in part),

               pay, or procure to be paid, unconditionally in accordance with
               this deed to, or to the order of, the Note Trustee in the
               Relevant Class A Currency in New York (in the case of the Class
               A1 Notes) or London (in the case of the Class A2 Notes), for
               immediate value the principal amount of those Class A Notes
               repayable, or in the case of a partial payment of those Class A
               Notes, the principal amount payable, subject to and in accordance
               with the terms of those Class A Notes (including the Conditions).

          (b)  Subject to clause 2.3 and to the terms of the Class A Notes
               (including the Conditions and in particular Condition 6 of the
               Notes) and the Transaction Documents (including clauses 19 and 45
               of this deed and Condition 5), until any payment as well after as
               before any judgment or other order of a court of competent
               jurisdiction, the Issuer shall, at the direction of the Manager,
               duly and punctually pay or procure to be paid unconditionally in
               accordance with this deed to or to the order of the Note Trustee
               any interest, at the respective rates and calculated in
               accordance with and payable on the dates provided for in the
               Conditions.

     2.3  DEEMED PAYMENT

          Any payment of principal or interest in respect of any Class A Notes
          to or to the account of the Principal Paying Agent in the manner
          provided in clause 19 shall satisfy the covenant in relation to those
          Class A Notes by the Issuer in this clause 2 to the extent of that
          payment, except to the extent that the Principal Paying Agent
          subsequently fails to pay that amount under those Class A Notes in
          accordance with the terms of those Class A Notes (including the
          Conditions).

     2.4  ISSUER'S COVENANT TO CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS AND THE NOTE TRUSTEE

          Subject to the terms of the Master Trust Deed and the Supplementary
          Bond Terms Notice, the Issuer:

          (a)  acknowledges its indebtedness in respect of the Invested Amount
               of each Class A Note and interest thereon;

          (b)  covenants for the benefit of each Class A Noteholder and the Note
               Trustee that it will (subject to receiving any directions
               required under and given in accordance with the Transaction
               Documents):

               (1)  make all payments on or in respect of the Class A Notes held
                    by that Class A Noteholder on the applicable Payment Date;

               (2)  comply with the terms of the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice
                    and the Transaction Documents in which it is a party; and

               (3)  pay the Outstanding Principal Balance in relation to the
                    Class A Notes held by that Class A Noteholder on the Final
                    Maturity Date and accrued and unpaid interest on the
                    Invested Amount.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 10

     2.5  FOLLOWING EVENT OF DEFAULT

          (a)  At any time when an Event of Default in respect of the Class A
               Notes is subsisting, or at any time after Definitive Notes have
               not been issued when so required in accordance with the
               Conditions, the Note Trustee may:

               (1)  by notice in writing to the Issuer, the Manager, the
                    Principal Paying Agent, any other Paying Agents and the
                    Calculation Agent and until such notice is withdrawn,
                    require the Principal Paying Agent, any other Paying Agents
                    and the Calculation Agent either:

                    (A)  (i)  to act as Principal Paying Agent and Paying
                              Agents and Calculation Agent respectively of the
                              Note Trustee in relation to payments to be made by
                              or on behalf of the Note Trustee under the
                              provisions of this deed on the terms of this deed,
                              except that the Note Trustee's liability for the
                              indemnification of the Paying Agents and
                              Calculation Agent shall be limited to any amount
                              for the time being held by the Note Trustee on the
                              terms of the Note Trust and which is available to
                              be applied by the Note Trustee under this deed;
                              and

                         (ii) to hold all Definitive Notes and all amounts,
                              documents and records held by them in respect of
                              the Class A Notes on behalf of the Note Trustee;
                              or

                    (B)  to deliver up all Definitive Notes and all amounts,
                         documents and records held by them in respect of the
                         Class A Notes to the Note Trustee or as the Note
                         Trustee shall direct in that notice, other than any
                         documents or records which the relevant Paying Agent or
                         Calculation Agent is obliged not to release by any law
                         or regulation; or

               (2)  by notice in writing to the Issuer require it to make all
                    subsequent payments in respect of the Class A Notes to the
                    order of the Note Trustee and not to the Principal Paying
                    Agent and, with effect from the issue of that notice to the
                    Issuer and until that notice is withdrawn, clause 2.3 shall
                    not apply.

          (b)  The payment by the Issuer of its payment obligations on each
               Payment Date under the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the
               Conditions to the Note Trust Deed in accordance with clause
               2.5(a) shall be a good discharge to the Issuer and the Issuer
               shall not be liable for any act or omission or default of the
               Note Trustee during the period it is required to make payment to
               the Note Trustee under clause 2.5(a).

          (c)  The Issuer shall not be liable for any act or omission or default
               of the Note Trustee during the period it is required to make
               payments in respect of the Class A Notes to the Note Trustee
               under clause 2.5(a).

          (d)  At any time whilst an Event of Default is subsisting which has
               not been waived, if the Calculation Agent for any reason does not
               determine the Interest Rate or calculate the Interest for a Class
               A Note, the Note Trustee shall do so and each such determination
               or calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the
               Calculation Agent. In doing so, the Note Trustee

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 11

               shall apply the provisions of clause 22, with any necessary
               consequential amendments, to the extent that, in its opinion, it
               can do so, and, in all other respects it shall do so in such a
               manner as it shall deem fair and reasonable in all the
               circumstances.

          (e)  The Issuer, the Manager, the Note Trustee, the Security Trustee
               and the Paying Agents may treat a Class A Noteholder as the
               absolute owner of a Class A Note (whether or not that Class A
               Note is overdue and despite any notation or notice to the
               contrary or writing on it or any notice of previous loss or theft
               of it or of trust or other interest in it) for the purpose of
               making payment and for all other purposes.

     2.6  REQUIREMENTS OF PAYING AGENT

          The Principal Paying Agent agrees with the Note Trustee, subject to
          the provisions of this clause, that it shall:

          (a)  hold on account for the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders
               all sums held by the Principal Paying Agent for the payment of
               principal and interest with respect to the Class A Notes until
               all relevant sums are paid to the Note Trustee or the Class A
               Noteholders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this deed;
               and

          (b)  immediately notify in writing the Note Trustee, the Issuer, the
               Security Trustee and the Manager if the full amount of any
               payment of principal or interest required to be made by the
               Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the relevant Conditions in
               respect of the Class A Notes is not unconditionally received by
               it or to its order in accordance with this deed.

     2.7  CERTIFICATION

          For the purposes of any redemption of Class A Notes under Condition 5,
          the Note Trustee may rely upon an Officer's Certificate from the
          Manager certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing that
          Officer's Certificate as to the following matters:

          (a)  the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property
               or securities to be released from the Security Trust Deed;

          (b)  that the proposed release will not impair the security under the
               Security Trust Deed in contravention of the provisions of the
               Security Trust Deed or this deed; and

          (c)  that the Issuer will be in a position to discharge all its
               liabilities in respect of the relevant Class A Notes and any
               amounts required under the Security Trust Deed to be paid in
               priority to or pari passu with those Class A Notes,

          and that Officer's Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the
          Issuer, the Note Trustee and the holders of those Class A Notes.

     2.8  DETERMINATIONS

          If the Manager does not at any time for any reason determine a
          Principal Entitlement or the Outstanding Principal Balance or the
          Invested Amount applicable to any Class A Notes in accordance with
          Condition 5(h), the Principal Entitlement, the Outstanding Principal
          Balance and the Invested Amount (as the

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 12

          case may be) may be determined by the Calculation Agent (or, failing
          the Calculation Agent, the Note Trustee) in accordance with Condition
          5(h) (but based on the information in its possession) and each such
          determination or calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the
          Manager, and neither the Calculation Agent nor the Note Trustee shall
          have any liability in respect thereof other than as a result of the
          fraud, negligence or wilful default of the Calculation Agent or the
          Note Trustee as the case may be.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3    FORM OF, ISSUE OF AND DUTIES AND TAXES ON, NOTES

     3.1  ISSUE OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

          (a)  Each Class of Class A Notes shall, on initial issue be
               represented by one or more Book-Entry Notes.

          (b)  Each Book-Entry Note must be signed manually or by facsimile by
               an Authorised Signatory or attorney of the Issuer on behalf of
               the Issuer and must be manually authenticated by the Principal
               Paying Agent.

     3.2  FORM OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

          (a)  The Book-Entry Notes shall be typed in the form or substantially
               in the form set out:

               (1)  in the case of Class A1 Book-Entry Notes - in part A of
                    schedule 1;

               (2)  in the case of Class A2 Book-Entry Notes which are Temporary
                    Class A2 Global Notes - in part B of schedule 1; and

               (3)  in the case of Class A2 Book-Entry Notes which are Permanent
                    Class A2 Global Notes - in part C of schedule 1.

          (b)  The procedures relating to the exchange, authentication,
               delivery, surrender, cancellation, presentation, marking up or
               down of any Book-Entry Note (or part of any Book-Entry Note) and
               any other matters to be carried out by the relevant parties upon
               exchange (in whole or part) of any Book-Entry Note shall be made
               in accordance with the provisions of the relevant terms of the
               Book-Entry Notes and the normal practice of the Common
               Depository, the Note Registrar and the rules and procedures of
               the Clearing Agency from time to time.

          (c)  The Book-Entry Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount
               of:

               (1)  US$[*] for the Class A1 Notes; and

               (2)  (euro)[*] for the Class A2 Notes.

          (d)  The Manager shall procure that, prior to the issue and delivery
               of any Book-Entry Note, that Book-Entry Note will be
               authenticated manually by an Authorised Signatory of the
               Principal Paying Agent and no Book-Entry Note shall be valid for
               any purpose unless and until so authenticated. A Book-Entry Note
               so executed and authenticated shall be a binding and valid
               obligation of the Issuer. Until a Book-Entry Note (or part of a
               Book-Entry Note) has been exchanged pursuant to this deed, it (or
               that part) shall

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 13

               in all respects be entitled to the same benefits as a Definitive
               Note. Each Book-Entry Note shall be subject to this deed except
               that the registered owner of a Book-Entry Note shall be the only
               person entitled to receive payments from the Principal Paying
               Agent of principal or interest in relation to it.

          (e)  The Class A1 Notes upon original issue will be issued in the form
               of typewritten Class A1 Notes representing the Class A1
               Book-Entry Notes. The Class A2 Notes upon original issue will be
               represented by the Temporary Class A2 Global Notes.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Temporary Class A2 Global Note
               (or part of that Temporary Class A2 Global Note) will be
               exchanged for the applicable Permanent Class A2 Global Note in
               accordance with its terms and each relevant Class A2 Note in
               respect of which exchange is made will (subject to clause 3.4) be
               represented by that Permanent Class A2 Global Note (or part of
               that Permanent Class A2 Global Note) for which that exchange was
               made. The Manager shall, on the date of this deed, deliver or
               arrange the delivery of, on its behalf to the Principal Paying
               Agent, as agent for the Clearing Agency, the Class A1 Book-Entry
               Notes and the Temporary Class A2 Global Notes. The Book-Entry
               Notes so issued shall initially be registered on the Note
               Register in the name of the Common Depository as nominee of the
               Clearing Agency, and no Class A Noteowner will receive a
               Definitive Note representing such Class A Noteowner's interest in
               such Note, except as provided in clause 3.3 or clause 3.4.

          (f)  Whenever a notice or other communication to the Class A
               Noteholders is required under this deed, unless and until
               Definitive Notes shall have been issued to a Class A Noteowner
               pursuant to clause 3.3 or clause 3.4, the Note Trustee shall give
               all such notices and communications specified herein to be given
               to Class A Noteowners to the Common Depository, and shall have no
               obligation to the Class A Noteowners.

          (g)  Unless and until the Definitive Notes have been issued to a Class
               A Noteowner pursuant to clause 3.3 or clause 3.4:

               (1)  the provisions of this clause shall be in full force and
                    effect;

               (2)  the Note Registrar, the Issuer, the Manager, the Security
                    Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Note Trustee shall be
                    entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes
                    of this deed (including the payment of principal of and
                    interest on the Class A Notes and the giving of
                    instructions, notices or directions hereunder) as the sole
                    holder of the Class A Notes, and shall have no obligation to
                    any Class A Noteowners and none of the Note Registrar, the
                    Issuer, the Manager, each Paying Agent, and the Note Trustee
                    or the Security Trustee will be affected by notice to the
                    contrary;

               (3)  to the extent that the provisions of this clause conflict
                    with any other provisions of this deed, the provisions of
                    this clause shall prevail;

               (4)  the rights of Class A Noteowners shall be exercised only
                    through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those
                    established by law and agreements between such Class A
                    Noteowners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing
                    Agency Participants. In

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 14

                    respect of Class A1 Notes, pursuant to the Note Depository
                    Agreement, unless and until Class A1 Definitive Notes are
                    issued pursuant to clause 3.3, the initial Clearing Agency
                    will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency
                    Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal
                    and interest on the Class A1 Notes to such Clearing Agency
                    Participants and in respect of Class A2 Notes, unless and
                    until Class A2 Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to
                    clause 3.4, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry
                    transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive
                    and transmit payments of principal and interest on the Class
                    A2 Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

               (5)  whenever this deed requires or permits actions to be taken
                    based upon instructions or directions of Class A Noteowner
                    evidencing a specific percentage of all Invested Amounts of
                    all Class A Notes, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to
                    represent such percentage only to the extent that it has
                    received instructions to such effect from Class A Noteowners
                    and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing,
                    respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial
                    interest in the Class A Notes and has delivered such
                    instructions to the Principal Paying Agent.

     3.3  DEFINITIVE NOTES - CLASS A1 NOTES

          In respect of Class A1 Book-Entry Notes, if:

          (a)  the Principal Paying Agent advises the Manager in writing that
               the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge
               properly its responsibilities as depository for the Class A1
               Notes and the Manager is not able to locate a qualified
               successor;

          (b)  the Issuer, at the direction of the Manager (at the Manager's
               option) advises the Principal Paying Agent in writing that it
               elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing
               Agency in respect of the Class A1 Notes; or

          (c)  after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Note Trustee, at
               the written direction of Class A1 Noteholders holding a majority
               of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A1
               Notes advises the Issuer and the Principal Paying Agent that the
               continuation of a book entry system is no longer in the best
               interests of the Class A1 Noteowners,

          then the Principal Paying Agent must within 30 days of such event
          instruct the Clearing Agency to notify all of the appropriate Class A1
          Noteowners of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability
          of Class A1 Definitive Notes. Upon the surrender of the Class A1
          Book-Entry Notes to the Issuer by the Clearing Agency, and the
          delivery by the Clearing Agency of the relevant registration
          instructions to the Issuer, the Issuer (with the assistance of the
          Manager) shall execute and procure the Principal Paying Agent to
          authenticate the Class A1 Definitive Notes in accordance with the
          instructions of the Clearing Agency. The Class A1 Definitive Notes
          will be serially numbered and shall be typewritten, printed,
          lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these
          methods (with or without steel engraved borders).

          None of the Note Registrar, the Paying Agents, the Note Trustee or the
          Issuer

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 15

          shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may
          conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such
          instructions.

     3.4  DEFINITIVE NOTES - CLASS A2 NOTES

          (a)  In respect of Class A2 Book-Entry Notes that are Permanent Class
               A2 Global Notes, if:

               (1)  that Permanent Class A2 Global Note becomes immediately due
                    and repayable by reason of the occurrence of an Event of
                    Default;

               (2)  either Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg is closed for
                    business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by
                    reason of holiday, statutory or otherwise) or announces an
                    intention permanently to cease business; or

               (3)  as the result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or
                    regulations of any jurisdiction or any body politic, or
                    government in any jurisdiction, or any minister, department,
                    office, commission, instrumentality, agency, board,
                    authority or organisation of any government or any
                    corporation owned or controlled by any government having
                    power to tax or in the interpretation by a revenue authority
                    or a court of, or in the administration of, laws or
                    regulations relating to taxation which becomes effective on
                    or after the first Bond Issue Date, the Issuer or any Paying
                    Agent is or will be required to make any deduction or
                    withholding from any payment in respect of any of the
                    relevant Class A2 Notes which would not be required were
                    those Class A2 Notes in definitive form,

               then the Issuer (with the assistance of the Manager) shall (but
               subject to clause 3.4(c)), within 30 days of becoming aware of
               the occurrence of the relevant event, but not prior to 40 days
               after the Bond Issue Date issue Class A2 Definitive Notes in
               exchange for the whole of the outstanding interest in that
               Permanent Class A2 Global Note.

          (b)  The procedures to be carried out by the relevant parties on an
               exchange under this clause shall be made in accordance with the
               provisions of the terms of a Permanent Class A2 Global Note in
               respect of which exchange is to be made and the normal practice
               of the Common Depository, the Principal Paying Agent, and the
               rules and procedures of the relevant Clearing Agency from time to
               time.

          (c)  Despite clause 3.4(b), the Issuer is not obliged to issue Class
               A2 Definitive Notes until the later of:

               (1)  the expiry of 40 days after the later of the first Bond
                    Issue Date and the date on which the relevant Class A2 Notes
                    are first offered to persons other than distributors in
                    reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act (provided
                    certification of non-US beneficial ownership by the relevant
                    Noteholder is received by Euroclear or Clearstream,
                    Luxembourg); and

               (2)  30 days after it becomes aware of the occurrence of the
                    relevant event or request in clause 3.4(a).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 16

          (d)  All Class A2 Definitive Notes shall be held by the Principal
               Paying Agent and shall not be delivered to the relevant Class A2
               Noteholders until requested to be so delivered by the relevant
               Class A2 Noteholders. The relevant Permanent Class A2 Global Note
               shall be marked-down in respect of those Class A2 Definitive
               Notes which are so delivered as appropriate in accordance with
               this clause.

          (e)  No Class A2 Definitive Note shall be delivered in the United
               States of America.

          (f)  Each Class A2 Definitive Note shall be in the form or
               substantially in the form set out in schedule 5.

     3.5  STAMP AND OTHER TAXES

          The Manager will pay any stamp and other duties and Taxes (other than
          income tax or any similar tax on net income) payable in Australia, the
          United Kingdom, the Republic of Ireland or the United States on or in
          connection with:

          (a)  the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction
               Documents or any other payment, receipt or other transaction
               contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

          (b)  the constitution and original issue and delivery of the Class A
               Notes; and

          (c)  any action taken by the Note Trustee or where permitted under
               this deed so to do, the Clearing Agency or any Class A Noteowner
               to enforce or to resolve any doubts concerning, or for any other
               purpose in relation to, the provisions of the Class A Notes or
               the Transaction Documents.

          The Manager must indemnify and keep indemnified the Note Trustee, the
          Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar, the Issuer
          and the Security Trustee against any loss or liability incurred or
          suffered by those parties as a result of any delay or failure by the
          Manager to pay any such stamp and other duties and Taxes.

     3.6  INDEMNITY FOR NON-ISSUE

          If the Issuer is required to issue, or procure the issue of,
          Definitive Notes following an event specified in clause 3.3(a) or
          clause 3.4(a), (and all conditions precedent to such issue have been
          satisfied) but fails to do so within 30 days of delivery to the Issuer
          of the Book-Entry Notes in accordance with clause 3.3 or clause 3.4
          then the Issuer shall (subject to clause 45) indemnify the Note
          Trustee and the Class A Noteholders and keep them indemnified, against
          any loss or damage incurred by any of them if the amount received by
          the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders is less than the amount
          that would have been received had Definitive Notes been issued within
          the 30 days referred to in this clause 3.6. If the Issuer breaches its
          obligations under clause 3.3 or clause 3.4, it is acknowledged and
          agreed that damages alone will not be an adequate remedy for such a
          breach and that, in addition to any other rights they may have, the
          Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders are entitled to sue the
          Issuer for specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable
          relief to enforce the Issuer's obligations under clause 3.3 or clause
          3.4. The Manager must promptly advise the Issuer if it becomes
          actually aware of the occurrence of the relevant event and the Issuer
          shall promptly notify the Note Trustee of the relevant event.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 17

     3.7  NOTE REGISTER AND NOTE REGISTRAR

          (a)  The Note Registrar, on behalf of the Issuer, shall keep or cause
               to be kept the Note Register and the Note Registrar will be
               responsible for registering Notes and transfers of Class A Notes
               as herein provided. The Issuer may, with the consent of the Note
               Trustee, appoint another person as Note Registrar. Upon any
               resignation or removal of any Note Registrar under this deed, the
               Issuer with the assistance of and at the direction of, the
               Manager shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not
               to make such an appointment, assume the duties of the Note
               Registrar.

          (b)  Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Class A Note
               to the Note Registrar, (and, in the case of a Class A1 Note, if
               the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial
               Code of New York (the UCC) are met), the Issuer shall, at the
               direction of the Manager, execute and upon its written request
               the Principal Paying Agent shall authenticate and the Class A
               Noteholder shall obtain from the Note Trustee, in the name of the
               designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Class A
               Notes, in any authorised denominations, of the same class and a
               like aggregate principal amount. The Issuer shall be entitled to
               rely on any direction given by the Manager under this clause and
               shall not be under any obligation to investigate or query any
               such direction.

          (c)  At the option of the Class A Noteholder, Class A Notes may be
               exchanged for other Class A Notes in any authorised denominations
               and a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the
               Class A Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever
               any Class A Notes are so surrendered for exchange, (and, in the
               case of Class A1 Note, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of
               the UCC are met) the Issuer shall, at the direction of the
               Manager, execute, and upon its written request the Principal
               Paying Agent shall authenticate and the Class A Noteholder shall
               obtain from the Note Trustee, the Class A Notes which the Class A
               Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. The Issuer
               shall be entitled to rely on any direction given by the Manager
               under this clause and shall not be under any obligation to
               investigate or query any such direction.

          (d)  Every Class A Note presented or surrendered for registration of
               transfer or exchange shall be:

               (1)  duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument
                    of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Note Registrar
                    duly executed by, the Class A Noteholder thereof or such
                    Class A Noteholder's attorney duly authorised in writing,
                    with such signature guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor
                    institution" meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar
                    which requirements include membership or participation of
                    Securities Transfer Agents SMHL Global Program (STAMP) or
                    such other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                    determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in
                    substitution for Stamp, all in accordance with the Exchange
                    Act, and

               (2)  accompanied by such other documents as the Note Registrar
                    may require.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 18

          (e)  No service charge shall be made to a Class A Noteholder for any
               registration of transfer or exchange of Class A Notes, but the
               Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
               any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
               connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Class
               A Notes.

          (f)  The preceding provisions of this clause 3.7 notwithstanding, the
               Issuer shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar need
               not register transfers or exchanges of Class A Notes, nor the
               Principal Paying Agent be required to authenticate any Class A
               Notes selected for redemption for a period of 30 days preceding
               the due date for any payment with respect to the Class A Note.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4    COVENANT OF COMPLIANCE

          (a)  The Issuer and the Manager covenant with the Note Trustee that
               they will comply with and perform and observe all material
               provisions of the Class A Notes and Transaction Documents which
               are expressed to be binding on them respectively for the benefit
               of the Note Trustee or any Class A Noteholder.

          (b)  The Transaction Documents and the Conditions shall be binding on
               the Issuer, the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders.

          (c)  The Note Trustee (or the Class A Noteholders, under clause 6.5,
               as the case may be) is entitled to enforce the obligations of the
               Issuer under the Class A Notes and the Conditions as if the same
               were set out and contained in this deed (which shall be read and
               construed as one document with the Notes). The Note Trustee shall
               hold the benefit of this covenant for itself and the Class A
               Noteowners according to its and their respective interests.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5    CANCELLATION OF CLASS A NOTES

     5.1  CANCELLATION

          The Note Registrar shall ensure that all Class A Notes:

          (a)  which have been surrendered for payment, registration of
               transfer, exchange or redemption; or

          (b)  in the case of any Definitive Note, which, being mutilated or
               defaced, have been surrendered and replaced under Condition 11,

          shall be cancelled by or on behalf of the Issuer and will execute a
          certificate and deliver same to the Note Trustee stating:

          (a)  the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of Notes which have
               been redeemed; and

          (b)  the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form (where
               applicable).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 19

     5.2  RECORDS

          The Note Registrar shall procure:

          (a)  the keeping of a full and complete record of all Class A Notes
               and of their redemption, payment, exchange or cancellation (as
               the case may be) and of all replacement Class A Notes issued in
               substitution for lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed
               Definitive Notes;

          (b)  the making available at its Specified Office of such records to
               the Issuer and the Note Trustee and the Note Registrar on
               reasonable notice and during business hours promptly following
               the Note Trustee's request or the Issuer's request for the same.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6    ENFORCEMENT

     6.1  ACTIONS FOLLOWING EVENT OF DEFAULT

          At any time while an Event of Default is subsisting the Note Trustee
          may (subject to the Security Trust Deed, to clauses 6.4 and 7, and to
          Conditions 9 and 10), at its discretion and without further notice,
          take any action available to it to direct the Security Trustee to:

          (a)  institute any proceedings against the Issuer which are permitted
               under the Transaction Documents;

          (b)  enforce the security created under the Security Trust Deed
               (including anything set out in clause 7.2 of the Security Trust
               Deed); and

          (c)  enforce repayment of the Class A Notes together with accrued
               interest and any other moneys payable to the Note Trustee or the
               Class A Noteholders under the Transaction Documents.

     6.2  EVIDENCE OF DEFAULT

          If the Security Trustee or the Note Trustee takes any action against
          the Issuer to enforce any of the provisions of any Class A Note or
          this deed, proof that as regards any Class A Note, the Issuer has not
          paid any principal or interest due in respect of that Class A Note
          shall (unless the contrary is proved) be sufficient evidence that the
          Issuer has not paid that principal or interest on all other Class A
          Notes in respect of which the relevant payment is then due.

     6.3  NOTE TRUSTEE MUST RECEIVE INDEMNITY

          If:

          (a)  the Note Trustee convenes a meeting of the Class A Noteholders,
               or is required by the Class A Noteholders to take any action
               under this Deed, and advises them that the Note Trustee will not
               act in relation to any matter contemplated by this deed unless it
               is personally indemnified by the Class A Noteholders (other than
               the Note Trustee) to its reasonable satisfaction against all
               actions, proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render
               itself liable, and all costs, charges, damages and expenses which
               it may incur, in relation to any matter contemplated by this deed
               and

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 20

               put in funds to the extent to which it may become liable
               (including costs and expenses); and

          (b)  the Class A Noteholders refuse to grant the requested indemnity
               and put the Note Trustee in funds,

          then the Note Trustee will not be obliged to act in relation to such
          matter.

          In those circumstances, the Class A Noteholders may exercise such
          powers as they determine by Extraordinary Resolution.

     6.4  RESTRICTIONS ON ENFORCEMENT

          If any of the Class A Notes remain outstanding and are due and payable
          otherwise than by reason of a default in payment of any amount due on
          any Class A Notes, the Note Trustee must not vote under the Security
          Trust Deed to, or otherwise direct the Security Trustee to, enforce
          the Security Trust Deed or dispose of the Charged Property unless:

          (a)  a sufficient amount would be realised to discharge in full all
               amounts owing to the Class A Noteholders and any other amounts
               payable by the Issuer ranking in priority to or pari passu with
               the Class A Notes;

          (b)  the Note Trustee is of the opinion, reached after considering at
               any time and from time to time the advice of a merchant bank or
               other financial adviser selected by the Note Trustee (the cost of
               which advice shall be an Expense incurred by the Note Trustee
               under the Transaction Documents), that the cash flow receivable
               by the Issuer (or the Security Trustee under the Security Trust
               Deed) will not (or that there is a significant risk that it will
               not) be sufficient, having regard to any other relevant actual,
               contingent or prospective liabilities of the Issuer, to discharge
               in full in due course all the amounts referred to in clause
               6.4(a) relating to the Securitisation Fund; or

          (c)  the Note Trustee is so directed by the holders of at least 75% of
               the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes calculated and
               expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

     6.5  ACTION BY NOTEHOLDERS

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, if the Note Trustee,
          having become bound to take steps and/or proceed under clause 6.1
          and/or the Security Trust Deed, fails to do so within 14 days and such
          failure is continuing, any of the Class A Noteholders may do so, but
          then only if and to the extent the Class A Noteholders are able to do
          so under the Transaction Documents.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7    PROCEEDINGS

     7.1  ACTING ONLY ON DIRECTION

          (a)  The Note Trustee may, but shall not be bound to, vote under the
               Security Trust Deed, or otherwise direct the Security Trustee
               under the Security Trust Deed, to take any proceedings, actions
               or steps under, or any other proceedings pursuant to or in
               connection with, the Security Trust Deed,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 21

               this deed or any Class A Notes and shall be bound to so vote or
               direct the Security Trustee if directed or requested to do so in
               writing by the holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested
               Amount of the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$
               Equivalent and then only if the Note Trustee is indemnified to
               its satisfaction against all actions, proceedings, claims and
               demands to which it may render itself liable and all costs,
               charges, damages and expenses which it may incur by so doing.

          (b)  The Note Trustee shall be protected with respect to any action
               taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance
               with the direction of the holders of the required aggregate
               Invested Amount of the Class A Notes in accordance with this deed
               relating to the time, method and place of conducting any
               proceeding for any remedy available to, or exercising any trust
               or power conferred upon it, under this deed.

     7.2  SECURITY TRUSTEE ACTING

          (a)  Only the Security Trustee may enforce the provisions of the
               Security Trust Deed and neither the Note Trustee nor any holder
               of a Class A Note is entitled to proceed directly against the
               Issuer to enforce the performance of any of the provisions of the
               Security Trust Deed or of the Class A Notes (including the
               Conditions), provided that if the Security Trustee having become
               bound to take steps and/or to proceed under the Security Trust
               Deed, fails to do so within a reasonable time and such failure is
               continuing, the Note Trustee and/or Class A Noteholders (if
               entitled under clause 6.5 to act in place of the Note Trustee)
               may proceed directly against the Issuer to the extent permitted
               under the Transaction Documents.

          (b)  The Security Trustee shall comply with all directions given to it
               by the Note Trustee pursuant to any power to give directions
               granted to the Note Trustee pursuant to this deed or pursuant to
               the Security Trust Deed, provided that the Security Trustee has
               the power under the Security Trust Deed to take the action
               contemplated by the direction and would not incur any personal
               liability in doing so, and the Security Trustee shall not be
               liable for all direct and indirect costs, expenses, losses,
               damages, liabilities or actions arising or resulting from any
               action or conduct undertaken or not taken by the Security Trustee
               or its officers, employees or agents as a consequence of
               following those directions.

     7.3  NOTE TRUSTEE ALONE ENTITLED TO ACT

          Subject to clauses 6.5 and 7.2, only the Note Trustee may:

          (a)  direct the Security Trustee to enforce or not to enforce; or

          (b)  enforce the provisions of,

          this deed or of the Class A Notes (including the Conditions) and no
          Class A Noteholder is entitled to take any of the above actions or to
          proceed directly against the Issuer to enforce the performance of any
          of the provisions of this deed or the Class A Notes (including the
          Conditions).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 22

     7.4  AVAILABLE AMOUNTS

          For the purpose of Conditions 5(i) and 5(j) the Note Trustee shall not
          be satisfied that the Issuer will be in a position to discharge the
          liabilities referred to in those Conditions unless, either:

          (a)  the Issuer will have available to it sufficient cash in the
               Collection Account and sufficient Authorised Investments which
               will mature on or before the relevant Payment Date after making
               any other payments or provisions having priority in order of
               application under the applicable provisions of the Supplementary
               Bond Terms Notice; or

          (b)  the Issuer has entered into a legally binding contract with an
               entity either whose long term unsecured and unguaranteed debt is
               rated AA- by S&P or whose short term unsecured and unguaranteed
               debt securities are rated A-1+ by S&P, provided that in both
               cases its short term unsecured and unguaranteed debt securities
               are ranked P-1 by Moody's, to provide sufficient cash on or
               before the relevant Payment Date to enable the Issuer to
               discharge the relevant liabilities,

          and in each circumstance the Manager has certified to the Note Trustee
          that the requirements of clause 7.4(a) or 7.4(b) have been met and the
          Note Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such certification.

     7.5  NO OBLIGATION TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE

          In giving any direction to the Security Trustee under this deed or the
          Security Trust Deed, the Note Trustee shall not be obliged to ensure
          that the Security Trustee complies with such direction and will not be
          liable for failure by the Security Trustee to so comply.

     7.6  CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

          The Note Trustee shall, with respect to all the powers, trusts,
          authorities, duties and discretions vested in it by the Transaction
          Documents, except where expressly provided otherwise, have regard to
          the interests of the Class A Noteholders.

     7.7  NOTE TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE

          The Note Trustee has the power, subject to clause 45:

          (a)  (ENFORCE FOLLOWING DEFAULT): in the event of a default in
               repayment of the principal or payment of interest by the Issuer
               in respect of any Class A Note when and as the same shall become
               due and payable, which default has continued for a period of 10
               days, to recover judgement, in its own name and as trustee for
               the Class A Noteholders, against the Issuer for the whole amount
               of such principal and interest remaining unpaid; and

          (b)  (FILE PROOFS): to file such proofs of claim and other payments or
               documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
               claims of the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders allowed in
               any judicial proceedings in relation to the Issuer; and

          (c)  (ENFORCE RIGHTS): if an Event of Default occurs and is
               subsisting, to proceed, to protect and enforce its right and the
               rights of the Class A Noteholders by such appropriate judicial
               proceedings as the Note Trustee

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 23

               deems most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights,
               whether for the performance of any provision of this deed or in
               aid of the exercise of any power under this deed or to enforce
               any other proper remedy;

          but nothing in this clause 7.7 is to be construed as requiring the
          Note Trustee to take any such action unless it has been directed to do
          so by the holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of
          the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent and
          has been indemnified or put in funds to its satisfaction by the Class
          A Noteholders against any liability that it may incur as a result of
          taking such action.

          If the Note Trustee takes any action to enforce any of the provisions
          of the Class A Notes, proof that as regards any Class A Note the
          Issuer has not paid any principal or interest due in respect of that
          Class A Note will (unless the contrary is proved) be sufficient
          evidence that the Issuer has not paid that principal or interest on
          all other Class A Notes in respect of which the relevant payment is
          then due.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8    NOTICE OF PAYMENT

          The Principal Paying Agent shall give notice to the Class A
          Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12 of the day fixed for any
          payment to them of amounts received by the Note Trustee under clause
          12 of the Security Trust Deed. Those payments may be made in
          accordance with Condition 6 and payment of those amounts by the Note
          Trustee to the Principal Paying Agent for that purpose shall be a good
          discharge to the Note Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9    INVESTMENT BY NOTE TRUSTEE

          Any amount which, under the Note Trust ought to or may be invested by
          the Note Trustee, may be invested in the name or under the control of
          the Note Trustee at the written direction of the Manager in any
          Authorised Investments. The Note Trustee shall not be liable for the
          selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon in
          the absence of fraud, negligence or wilful default on its part.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10   PARTIAL PAYMENTS

          In the case of Definitive Notes, on any payment of amounts received by
          the Note Trustee under clause 12 of the Security Trust Deed (other
          than the payment in full against surrender of a Definitive Note), the
          Definitive Note in respect of which such payment is made shall be
          produced to the Note Trustee or the Paying Agent by or through whom
          such payment is made and the Note Trustee shall, or shall cause the
          Paying Agent to, enface on the Definitive Note a memorandum of the
          amount and the date of payment, but the Note Trustee may in any
          particular case dispense with that production and enfacement upon the
          Issuer certifying to the Note Trustee that an indemnity has been given
          to the Issuer by the recipient of the payment as the Issuer considers
          sufficient and the Note Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such
          certification.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 24

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11   COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND MANAGER

     11.1 UNDERTAKINGS

          Each of the Issuer and the Manager undertakes to the Note Trustee, on
          behalf of the Class A Noteholders, as follows in relation to the
          Securitisation Fund for so long as any of the Class A Notes remain
          outstanding (except to the extent that the Note Trustee otherwise
          consents in accordance with this deed).

          (a)  (MASTER TRUST DEED COVENANTS) It will comply with its covenants
               in the Master Trust Deed.

          (b)  (TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS)

               (1)  It will comply with its material obligations under the
                    Transaction Documents.

               (2)  It will use reasonable endeavours (to the extent that it is
                    able to do so under the Master Trust Deed) to procure that
                    each other party to a Transaction Document complies with and
                    performs its material obligations under that Transaction
                    Document.

               (3)  It shall not amend any Transaction Document in so far as any
                    such amendment affects or relates to the Securitisation Fund
                    without the prior consent of the Note Trustee, other than in
                    the circumstances contemplated in clause 35.1.

          (c)  (ASSISTANCE) It will provide to the Note Trustee such
               information, copies of any accounting records and other
               documents, statements and reports required to be maintained by,
               or that are otherwise in the possession of, the Issuer or the
               Manager, as the case may be in relation to the Fund, as the Note
               Trustee may reasonably require to enable the Note Trustee to
               perform its duties and functions under this deed.

          (d)  (NOTIFY EVENTS OF DEFAULT)

               (1)  It will promptly notify the Note Trustee in writing if it
                    has knowledge or notice of or is aware of the occurrence of
                    an Event of Default, Trustee's Default or Manager's Default
                    including full details (to the extent known, without making
                    any enquiry) of that Event of Default, Trustee's Default or
                    Manager's Default (as the case may be).

               (2)  In addition to its obligations under clause 11.1(d)(1), the
                    Manager will confirm to the Note Trustee in an Officer's
                    Certificate, to be provided on each anniversary of this
                    deed:

                    (A)  whether or not the Manager is aware that any Event of
                         Default, Trustee's Default or Manager's Default has
                         occurred and give reasonable details of that event; and

                    (B)  any other matter which is required to be notified to
                         the Note Trustee under the Transaction Documents and
                         which has not previously been so notified.

          (e)  (MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY) The Manager on behalf of the
               Issuer will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
               York, United

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 25

               States of America, an office or agency where Class A1 Notes which
               are Class A1 Definitive Notes may be surrendered for registration
               of transfer or exchange and will maintain in London, United
               Kingdom, an office or agency where Class A2 Notes which are Class
               A2 Definitive Notes may be surrendered for registration of
               transfer or exchange. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the
               Note Registrar to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes
               in respect of the Class A Notes. The Manager will give prompt
               written notice to the Note Trustee of the location, and of any
               change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any
               time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency
               or shall fail to furnish the Note Trustee with the address
               thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
               served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby
               appoints the Note Trustee as its agent to receive all such
               surrenders. The Note Registrar and the Note Trustee shall act
               solely for, and as agent of, the Issuer and shall not have any
               obligations towards or relationship or agency or trust with any
               other person in respect of its appointment under this clause
               11.1(e).

          (f)  (CALCULATION AGENT) It will procure that, so long as any of the
               Class A Notes remain outstanding, there will at all times be a
               Calculation Agent.

          (g)  (CHANGE TO PAYING AGENTS OR CALCULATION AGENT) It will give
               notice to the Noteholders in accordance with this deed and
               Condition 12 of:

               (1)  any appointment, resignation or removal of any Paying Agent
                    (other than the appointment of the initial Principal Paying
                    Agent) or Calculation Agent;

               (2)  any change to any Paying Agent's Paying Office; or

               (3)  any change to the Calculation Agent's Specified Office.

          (h)  (ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS) In the case of the Manager only, it
               will deliver to the Note Trustee, within 180 days after the end
               of each fiscal year of the Securitisation Fund (the first such
               fiscal year commencing on 1 July 2005), the financial statements
               of the Securitisation Fund. Such statements shall be audited by
               the Issuer's Auditors and shall be prepared in such form as will
               comply with all relevant legal and accounting requirements.

          (i)  (NOTICES) It will promptly give to the Note Trustee, or ensure
               that the Note Trustee receives for approval by the Note Trustee,
               two copies of the form of every notice prior to the notice being
               given to the Class A Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12.

          (j)  (ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE) The Issuer (or the Manager on
               its behalf) will deliver to the Note Trustee, within 120 days
               after the end of each fiscal year of the Trust (the first such
               fiscal year commencing on 1 July 2005), and otherwise in
               compliance with the requirements of section 314(a)(4) of the TIA,
               an Officer's Certificate stating that:

               (1)  a review of the activities of the Issuer in respect of the
                    Trust during such year and of performance under the
                    Transaction Documents has been made under supervision of the
                    person signing the Officer's Certificate (the SIGNATORY);
                    and

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 26

               (2)  to the best of the knowledge of the Signatory, based on the
                    review referred to in clause 11.1(j)(1), the Issuer has
                    complied with all conditions and covenants under the
                    Transaction Documents throughout the relevant year, or, if
                    there has been a default in the compliance of any such
                    condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to
                    the Signatory of the nature and status of the default.

               For the purposes of this clause 11.1(j) compliance shall be
               determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement
               of notice under the Transaction Documents.

          (k)  (OPINIONS AS TO TRUST ESTATE) On the Closing Date, the Manager
               shall furnish to the Note Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (who may
               be counsel for the Manager) either stating that in the opinion of
               such counsel the Security Trust Deed and any other requisite
               documents has been properly recorded and filed so as to make
               effective the Security Interest intended to be created by the
               Security Trust Deed, and reciting the details of such action, or
               stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is
               necessary to make such Security Interest effective.

               Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year commencing on
               30 June 2006, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall
               furnish to the Note Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (who may be
               counsel for the Issuer) either stating that in the opinion of
               such counsel such action has been taken with respect to the
               recording, filing, re-recording, and refiling of the Security
               Trust Deed and any other requisite documents as is necessary to
               maintain the Security Interest created by the Security Trust
               Deed, and reciting the details of such action, or stating that in
               the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to
               maintain such Security Interest.

          (l)  In addition, the Issuer shall procure that an Opinion of Counsel
               is provided by its counsel as to the due validity and
               enforceability of the Transaction Documents against the Issuer
               and the Security Trustee.

          (m)  (NOTEHOLDER REPORT)

               (1)  The Manager shall deliver to the Issuer, the Note Trustee
                    and the Principal Paying Agent on each Determination Date
                    the Noteholders Report for the related Calculation Period,
                    with written instructions for the Note Trustee and the
                    Principal Paying Agent to forward the Noteholders Report to
                    each Class A Noteholder.

               (2)  Each Noteholder Report shall contain the information set out
                    in Schedule 2.

          (n)  (CHANGE OF MANAGER) It will, in the case of the Issuer only,
               promptly notify the Note Trustee of any retirement or replacement
               of the Manager pursuant to clause 14 of the Master Trust Deed and
               of the appointment of a replacement Manager.

          (o)  (TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS) It will, in the case of the Manager only,
               provide to the Note Trustee, on or prior to the issue of any of
               the Class A Notes (ISSUE DATE), one copy of each Transaction
               Document as at that Issue Date and provide to the Note Trustee a
               copy of each Transaction

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 27

               Document which is material to the interests of the Note Trustee
               and the Noteholders executed after that Issue Date promptly after
               its execution.

          (p)  (PAYING AGENTS) The Manager will ensure that each Paying Agent
               agrees, as a term of its appointment, to hold on account for the
               benefit of the Class A Noteholders or the Note Trustee all sums
               held by such Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or
               interest on the Class A Notes and to promptly give to the Note
               Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (without regard to
               any grace period) in the making of any such payment.

          (q)  (LISTING OF CLASS A2 NOTES) The Manager will procure that the
               Class A2 Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange upon issue
               and will use reasonable endeavours to ensure compliance by the
               Issuer with the continuing obligations arising under the rules
               and requirements of the Irish Stock Exchange for so long as the
               Class A2 Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the
               rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require.

          (r)  (INFORMATION TO IRISH STOCK EXCHANGE) The Manager will provide to
               the Irish Stock Exchange all information required because of the
               rules and requirements of the Irish Stock Exchange for so long as
               the Class A2 Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the
               rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require.

     11.2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          The Issuer and the Manager hereby confirm for the benefit of the Note
          Trustee and the Class A Noteholders the representations and warranties
          provided by each of them under clause 5.1 and 5.2 respectively of the
          Security Trust Deed. For the purposes of this warranty, all references
          in clauses 5.1 and 5.2 of the Security Trust Deed to "this deed" shall
          refer to the Note Trust Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12   REMUNERATION OF NOTE TRUSTEE, PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, CALCULATION AGENT AND
     NOTE REGISTRAR

     12.1 FEE

          The Issuer, in its personal capacity and not as trustee of the
          Securitisation Fund, shall pay to the Note Trustee, the Principal
          Paying Agent, the Irish Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent and the
          Note Registrar the respective fees agreed between them.

     12.2 ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION

          If the Note Trustee gives direction under Condition 10 or it
          undertakes duties which it considers expedient or necessary under this
          deed, or which the Issuer requests it to undertake and which duties
          the Note Trustee, the Issuer and, the Manager agree to be of an
          exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties
          of the Note Trustee under this deed, the Issuer shall pay to the Note
          Trustee any additional remuneration as the Note Trustee, the Issuer
          and the Manager agree.

          In the event of the Note Trustee, the Issuer and the Manager failing
          to agree on such additional remuneration, such remuneration shall be
          determined by a

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 28

          merchant or investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an
          arbitrator) selected by the Note Trustee and approved by the Manager
          or, failing such approval, nominated (on the application of the Note
          Trustee or the Manager) by the President for the time being of the Law
          Society of New South Wales the expenses involved in such nomination
          and the fees of such merchant or investment bank being paid by the
          Issuer (which payments are an Expense for the purposes of the Master
          Trust Deed) and the determination of any such merchant or investment
          bank shall be final and binding upon the Note Trustee, the Manager and
          the Issuer and shall be payable by the Issuer to the Note Trustee.

          Any fee payable under this clause 12.2 and the Issuer's share of any
          costs payable to any expert in accordance with this clause 12.2 shall
          be an Expense as defined in the Master Trust Deed.

     12.3 COSTS, EXPENSES

          (a)  Subject to clause 50.8, the Issuer shall also reimburse, pay or
               discharge all reasonable costs, charges, liabilities and expenses
               and any stamp and other Taxes (other than income tax) or duties
               incurred by the Note Trustee (or the Class A Noteholders acting
               under clause 6.5 (as the case may be)), the Irish Paying Agent,
               each other Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent and the Note
               Registrar in connection with properly undertaking its duties
               under the Transaction Documents and in connection with any legal
               proceedings brought by the Note Trustee (or the Class A
               Noteholders acting under clause 6.5 (as the case may be)), the
               Irish Paying Agent, each other Paying Agent, the Calculation
               Agent or the Note Registrar to enforce any obligation under this
               deed or the Class A Notes or any other Transaction Documents.
               Without limiting any right of indemnity available by law to the
               Note Trustee, the Note Trustee is entitled to be indemnified from
               the Securitisation Fund for and against all such costs, charges,
               liabilities and expenses and any stamp and other taxes (other
               than income tax) or duties. The Note Trustee, the Irish Paying
               Agent, each other Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent and the
               Note Registrar shall not be reimbursed for any overhead or
               general operating expenses which it incurs.

          (b)  Without prejudice to the right of indemnity by law given to
               trustees, to the extent the Issuer is itself entitled to be
               indemnified, and subject to clause 45, the Issuer indemnifies the
               Note Trustee (or the Class A Noteholders acting under clause 6.5
               (as the case may be)) and every other person properly appointed
               by it or any of them under this deed from and against all
               liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, actions,
               proceedings, claims and demands incurred by or made against it or
               him in the execution of the Note Trust or of their powers or in
               respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way
               relating to this deed (other than arising from any fraud,
               negligence or wilful default by the Note Trustee or that person).

     12.4 OVERDUE RATE

          All sums payable by the Issuer under clauses 12, 29, 47 and 50.8 shall
          be payable by the Issuer on the next Payment Date in the order set out
          in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice or (if applicable) the Security
          Trust Deed and shall carry interest at the rate of LIBOR plus [2]%
          from the due date. Any amount payable shall carry interest at that
          rate from the due date to the date of actual payment.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 29

     12.5 CONTINUING OBLIGATION

          Unless otherwise specifically stated in any discharge relating to this
          deed, the provisions of this clause 12 shall continue in full force
          and effect notwithstanding such discharge, and even if the Note
          Trustee has ceased to be the Note Trustee for any reason, including
          but not limited to those contemplated in clause 39.

     12.6 GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

          (a)  Subject to clause 12.6(b), all amounts referred to in this deed
               which are relevant in determining a payment to be made by one
               party to another are exclusive of GST unless specifically
               indicated otherwise.

          (b)  If a party to this agreement is entitled to be indemnified or
               reimbursed for any cost or expense incurred by that party, then
               the indemnity or reimbursement will be calculated by reference to
               the GST-exclusive amount of that cost or expense, increased by an
               amount equal to that part of the cost or expense for which the
               party is not entitled to an input tax credit but would be if it
               were entitled to a full input tax credit. For the avoidance of
               doubt, the amount calculated under this clause 12.6(b) is a
               GST-exclusive amount.

          (c)  If GST is levied or imposed on a supplier in respect of any
               supply made under or in connection with this deed for which the
               consideration is a monetary payment, then the consideration
               provided for that supply is increased by an amount equal to the
               consideration multiplied by the rate at which that GST is levied
               or imposed. This additional amount is payable to the party with
               the liability to remit GST in the manner and at the time when the
               consideration to which it relates is payable. For the avoidance
               of doubt, if GST is levied or imposed on the recipient of a
               supply under or in connection with this deed, then no additional
               amount is payable under this clause 12.6(c).

               If an amount of consideration for a supply is denominated in a
               currency other than Australian dollars, then the increase in the
               consideration calculated under clause 12.6(c) will be payable in
               the same currency as the consideration to which it relates.

          (d)  The recipient of any consideration for a supply (whether in money
               or otherwise) must provide to the other part a GST tax invoice
               (or any other thing required under any legislation) in the form
               required by the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act
               1999.

          (e)  Where an "adjustment event", as defined in the A New Tax System
               (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 occurs under this agreement,
               the parties shall do all things necessary to ensure that the
               adjustment event may be appropriately recognised, including the
               issue of an "adjustment note", as that term is defined in that
               Act.

     12.7 CURRENCY AND VAT

          The above fees and expenses will be paid in United States dollars. The
          Issuer will in addition pay any value added tax which may be
          applicable.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 30

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13   NOTE TRUSTEE

     13.1 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST NOTE TRUSTEE

          The Note Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA,
          excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the
          TIA. A Note Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject
          to Section 311(a) of TIA only to the extent required by the TIA.

     13.2 DUTIES OF NOTE TRUSTEE

          (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is subsisting, of which a
               Responsible Officer of the Note Trustee has actual knowledge, the
               Note Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by
               this deed and use the same degree of care and skill in their
               exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
               circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

          (b)  Except while an Event of Default subsists:

               (1)  the Note Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only
                    such duties as are specifically set forth in this deed and
                    no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
                    deed against the Note Trustee; and

               (2)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Note Trustee
                    may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and
                    the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
                    certificates or opinions furnished to the Note Trustee and
                    conforming to the requirements of this deed; however, the
                    Note Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to
                    determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of
                    this deed.

          (c)  The Note Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
               negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own
               wilful misconduct, except that:

               (1)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (a) of
                    this clause 13.2; and

               (2)  the Note Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
                    judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless
                    it is proved that the Note Trustee was negligent in
                    ascertaining the pertinent facts.

          (d)  Section 315(d)(3) of the TIA is expressly excluded by this deed.

     13.3 OBLIGATIONS OF NOTE TRUSTEE

          (a)  The Note Trustee represents and warrants that it is duly
               qualified to assume its obligations under this deed and has
               obtained all necessary approvals required to perform its
               obligations under this deed.

          (b)  If the Note Trustee is entitled under the Master Trust Deed or
               the Security Trust Deed to vote at any meeting on behalf of Class
               A Noteholders, the Note Trustee must vote in accordance, where
               applicable, with the directions of the Class A Noteholders
               (whether or not solicited and

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 31

               whether or not all Class A Noteholders have provided such
               directions) and otherwise in its absolute discretion.

     13.4 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS

          (a)  If an Event of Default occurs and is subsisting and the Note
               Trustee is actually aware of that Event of Default, the Note
               Trustee shall mail to each Class A Noteholder notice of the Event
               of Default within 90 days after becoming so aware.

          (b)  Except in the case of a default in payment of principal of or
               interest on any Class A Note (including payments pursuant to the
               mandatory redemption provisions of that Class A Note), the Note
               Trustee may withhold the notice referred to in paragraph (a) if
               and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or
               a trust committee of its directors in good faith determines that
               withholding the notice is in the interest of Class A Noteholders.

     13.5 RIGHTS OF NOTE TRUSTEE

          (a)  The Note Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed
               by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the
               proper person. The Note Trustee need not investigate any fact or
               matter stated in the document. The Note Trustee is not liable to
               make good out of its own funds any loss incurred by any person if
               a signature is forged or otherwise fails to bind the person or
               persons whose signature it purports to be or on whose behalf it
               purports to be made unless the Note Trustee has actual notice of
               such matters.

          (b)  Before the Note Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
               require an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The
               Note Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers
               or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer's
               Certificate or opinion of Counsel.

          (c)  No provision of this deed or any other Transaction Document shall
               require the Note Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
               otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of
               its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or
               powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that
               repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against
               such risk or liability is not assured to it. Except for the
               obligations imposed on it under this deed, the Class A Notes or
               any other Transaction Document, the Note Trustee is not obliged
               to do or omit to do any thing, including entering into any
               transaction or incurring any liability unless the Note Trustee's
               liability, is limited in a manner satisfactory to the Note
               Trustee in its absolute discretion

          (d)  The Note Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
               representation as to the validity or adequacy of this deed or the
               Class A Notes or any Transaction Document, shall not be
               accountable for the Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Class A
               Notes and shall not be responsible for any statement of the
               Issuer in this deed or in any document issued in connection with
               the sale of the Class A Notes or in the Class A Notes and is not
               liable for any failure to obtain any licence, consent or other
               authority for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness,
               adequacy, genuineness,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 32

               validity, performance, enforceability or admissibility in
               evidence of this deed or any other Transaction Document except in
               each case with respect to itself or to the extent specifically
               provided in this deed or such Transaction Document. The Note
               Trustee is not responsible for recitals, statements, warranties
               or representations of any party (other than itself) contained in
               any Transaction Document (and is entitled to assume the accuracy
               and correctness thereof).

          (e)  The Note Trustee may in relation to this deed act on the advice
               or opinion of or any information obtained from any lawyer,
               valuer, accountant, banker, broker, credit-rating agency, lead
               manager or other expert whether obtained by the Issuer, the Note
               Trustee, the Manager, the Mortgage Manager or otherwise. The Note
               Trustee will not be responsible for any loss occasioned by so
               acting and in reliance on such advice.

          (f)  Any advice, opinion or information may be sent or obtained by
               letter, telex, telegram, facsimile transmission or cable and the
               Note Trustee shall not be liable for acting on any such advice,
               opinion or information purporting to be conveyed by any such
               letter or facsimile transmission although the same shall contain
               some error or shall not be authentic.

          (g)  The Note Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept
               as sufficient evidence of any fact or matter or the expediency of
               any transaction or thing a certificate signed by two Authorised
               Signatories of the Issuer and the Note Trustee shall not be bound
               in any such case to call for further evidence or be responsible
               for any loss that may be occasioned by the Note Trustee acting on
               that certificate.

          (h)  The Note Trustee is at liberty to hold or to place this deed and
               any other documents relating to this deed in any part of the
               world (other than Australia) with any banker or banking company
               or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody
               of documents or lawyer or firm of lawyers reasonably considered
               by the Note Trustee to be of good repute and except in the case
               of fraud, negligence or wilful default (in the case of the
               Security Trustee) or fraud, negligence, default or wilful default
               (in the case of the Note Trustee) of that party, neither the Note
               Trustee nor the Security Trustee shall be responsible for any
               loss, expense or liability which may be suffered as a result of
               any such holding or placement or of any assets secured by the
               Security Trust Deed, Charged Property or any deed or documents of
               title thereto, being uninsured or inadequately insured or being
               held by or to the order of the Mortgage Manager or any of its
               affiliates or by clearing organisations or their operators or by
               any person on behalf of the Note Trustee if chosen in accordance
               with the Transaction Documents.

          (i)  The Note Trustee shall not be responsible for the receipt or
               application of the proceeds of the issue of any of the Class A
               Notes (except to the extent specifically provided in this deed)
               or any moneys borrowed by the Issuer under any Transaction
               Document or the transfer or cancellation of any Class A Note or
               exchange of any Book-Entry Note for any other Book-Entry Note or
               Definitive Note, as the case may be.

          (j)  Except as otherwise provided in this deed or any other
               Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the Note Trustee
               shall not be bound to

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 33

               give notice to any person of the execution of this deed or any of
               the Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby
               or thereby or to take any steps to ascertain whether any Event of
               Default has happened and, until it has actual knowledge or
               express notice to the contrary, the Note Trustee is entitled to
               assume that no Event of Default has happened and that the Issuer
               and each other party to any Transaction Document is observing and
               performing all the obligations on its part contained in the Class
               A Notes and under this deed or, as the case may be, the Security
               Trust Deed or any other Transaction Document to which it is a
               party and need not inquire whether that is, in fact, the case
               (but nothing in this clause 13.5(j) is to be construed as
               limiting the Note Trustee's right to make such inquiries in its
               discretion, and to exercise its power under this deed to do so).

          (k)  Save as expressly otherwise provided in this deed or the
               Transaction Documents, the Note Trustee shall have absolute and
               uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of the discretions,
               powers, authorities and trusts vested in the Note Trustee by this
               deed and the Transaction Documents (the exercise of which as
               between the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders shall be
               conclusive and binding on the Class A Noteholders) but whenever
               the Note Trustee is under the provisions of this deed or the
               Transaction Documents bound to act at the request or direction of
               the Class A Noteholders, or any of them, the Note Trustee shall
               nevertheless not be so bound unless first indemnified to its
               satisfaction against all actions, proceedings, claims and demands
               to which it may render itself liable and all costs, charges,
               damages, expenses and liabilities which it may incur by so doing.

          (l)  Any consent or approval given by the Note Trustee for the purpose
               of this deed, the Conditions and any Transaction Document may be
               given on any terms and subject to any conditions as the Note
               Trustee thinks fit and despite anything to the contrary contained
               in this deed, any Transaction Document or the Conditions may be
               given retrospectively.

          (m)  The Note Trustee shall not (unless and to the extent ordered so
               to do by a court of competent jurisdiction) be required to
               consider or disclose to any Class A Noteholder or any Secured
               Creditor, any information made available to the Note Trustee by
               the Issuer or any other person in connection with the Note Trust
               and no Class A Noteholder shall be entitled to take any action to
               obtain from the Note Trustee any such information.

          (n)  Where it is necessary or desirable for any purpose in connection
               with this deed or any Transaction Document to convert any sum
               from one currency to another it shall (unless otherwise provided
               by this deed, any other Transaction Document or required by law)
               be converted at the rate or rates, in accordance with the method
               and as at the date for the determination of the rate of exchange,
               as may be agreed by the Note Trustee in consultation with the
               Manager and any rate, method and date so agreed shall be binding
               on the Issuer and the Class A Noteholders.

          (o)  Subject to clauses 6.4 and 7.4, the Note Trustee may certify in
               good faith whether or not any of the events set out in paragraphs
               (b) to (d) of Condition 9 or any breach under clause 7 of the
               Security Trust Deed is in its opinion materially prejudicial to
               the interests of the relevant Class A

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 34

               Noteholders and may certify, in relation to the event set out in
               paragraph (a) of Condition 9 in relation to any payment of
               interest on the Class A Notes that the Issuer had, on the due
               date for payment of the amount of interest in question,
               sufficient cash to pay, in accordance with the provisions of the
               Supplementary Bond Terms Notice or the Security Trust Deed, all
               interest (after payment of all sums which are permitted under the
               Supplementary Bond Terms Notice or the Security Trust Deed to be
               paid in priority to or pari passu with them) and that certificate
               shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer and the Class A
               Noteholders. The Note Trustee shall have no liability to the
               Issuer, any Class A Noteholder or any other person in relation to
               any such certificate or in relation to any delay or omission in
               providing such certificate. In giving any certificate relating to
               paragraph (a) of Condition 9, the Note Trustee may rely on any
               determination made by any Independent accountants of recognised
               standing in Australia and any such determination shall be
               conclusive and binding on the Issuer and the Class A Noteholders.
               The Issuer shall pay the Note Trustee's reasonable costs and
               expenses of providing the certificate at the times specified in
               the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice.

          (p)  The Note Trustee shall not be bound to take any steps to
               ascertain whether any event, condition or act, the happening of
               which would cause a right or remedy to become exercisable by the
               Note Trustee under this deed or by the Issuer under any of the
               Transaction Documents, has happened or to monitor or supervise
               the observance and performance by the Issuer or any of the other
               parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder and,
               until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice to the
               contrary, the Note Trustee shall be entitled to assume that no
               such event, condition or act has happened and that the Issuer and
               each of the other parties thereto are observing and performing
               all their respective obligations thereunder.

          (q)  The Note Trustee shall not be bound or concerned to examine or
               enquire into nor is it liable for any failure, omission or defect
               in or filing or procuring registration or filing of or otherwise
               protecting or perfecting the Security Trust Deed or the Charged
               Property or any other security or failure to call for delivery of
               documents of title to the Charged Property or any other security
               or to require any further assurances in relation to any property
               or assets comprised in the Charged Property or any other
               security. The Note Trustee may accept without enquiry,
               requisition or objection such title as the Issuer may have to the
               Charged Property or any part thereof from time to time and shall
               not be bound to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of
               the Issuer to the Charged Property or any part thereof from time
               to time.

          (r)  Without prejudice to the provisions of any Transaction Document,
               the Note Trustee shall not be under any obligation to insure any
               of the Charged Property (or any other property) or any deeds or
               documents of title or other evidence relating to that property
               and shall not be responsible for any loss, expense or liability
               which may be suffered as a result of the lack of or inadequacy of
               any insurance.

          (s)  The Note Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss, expense
               or liability occasioned to the Charged Property or any other
               property or in respect of all or any of the moneys which may
               stand to the credit of the Collection

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 35

               Account, from time to time however caused (including any bank,
               broker, depository, warehouseman or other intermediary or any
               clearing system or its operator acting in accordance with or
               contrary to the terms of any of the Transaction Documents or
               otherwise), unless that loss is occasioned by the fraud,
               negligence, default or wilful default of the Note Trustee.

          (t)  The Note Trustee has no responsibility whatsoever to the Issuer
               or any Class A Noteholder as regards any deficiency or additional
               payment, as the case may be, which might arise because the Note
               Trustee or the Issuer is subject to any Tax in respect of that
               payment, the Charged Property, the Security Trust Deed, this
               deed, or any other security or any income or any proceeds from
               them.

          (u)  No provision of this deed requires the Note Trustee to do
               anything which may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or
               regulation or expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
               financial liability in the performance of any of its duties, or
               in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it has grounds
               to believe that repayment of those funds or adequate indemnity
               against that risk or liability is not assured to it. Without
               limitation nothing contained in this deed imposes any obligation
               on the Note Trustee to make any further advance to an obligor or
               to borrow any moneys under a Transaction Document.

          (v)  The Note Trustee is not responsible (except as to itself) for the
               genuineness, validity, effectiveness or suitability of any of the
               Transaction Documents or any of the Mortgages, Security Interests
               or other documents entered into in connection with them or any
               Mortgage Insurance Policy or any other document or any obligation
               or rights created or purported to be created by them or under
               them or any Security Interest or the priority constituted by or
               purported to be constituted by or pursuant to that Security
               Interest, nor shall it (except as to itself) be responsible or
               liable to any person because of any invalidity of any provision
               of those documents or the unenforceability of those documents,
               whether arising from statute, law or decision of any court and
               (without limitation) the Note Trustee shall not be responsible
               for or have any duty to make any investigation in respect of or
               in any way be liable whatsoever for:

               (1)  the nature, status, creditworthiness or solvency of any
                    Mortgagor or any other person or entity who has at any time
                    provided any security or support whether by way of
                    guarantee, Security Interest or otherwise in respect of any
                    advance made to any Mortgagor;

               (2)  the execution, legality, validity, adequacy, admissibility
                    in evidence or enforceability of any Mortgage or Loan or any
                    other document entered into in connection with them;

               (3)  the title, ownership, value, sufficiency or existence of any
                    Land, mortgaged property or any Mortgage Insurance Policy;

               (4)  the registration, filing, protection or perfection of any
                    Mortgage or the priority of the security created under a
                    Mortgage whether in respect of any initial advance or any
                    subsequent advance or any other sums or liabilities;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 36

               (5)  the scope or accuracy of any representations, warranties or
                    statements made by or on behalf of any Mortgagor in any
                    application for any advance or in any Mortgage or Loan or in
                    any document entered into in connection with them;

               (6)  the performance or observance by any Mortgagor or any other
                    person of any provisions of any Mortgage or Loan or in any
                    document entered into in connection with them or the
                    fulfilment or satisfaction of any conditions contained in
                    them or relating to them or as to the existence or
                    occurrence at any time of any default, event of default or
                    similar event contained in them or any waiver or consent
                    which has at any time been granted in relation to any of the
                    above;

               (7)  the existence, accuracy or sufficiency of any legal or other
                    opinions, searches, reports, certificates, valuations or
                    investigations delivered or obtained or required to be
                    delivered or obtained at any time in connection with any
                    Mortgage or Loan;

               (8)  the title of the Issuer to any Mortgage, Loan or other
                    Charged Property;

               (9)  the suitability, adequacy or sufficiency of any guidelines
                    under which Loans are entered into or compliance with those
                    guidelines or compliance with any applicable criteria for
                    any further advances or the legality or ability or
                    enforceability of the advances or the priority of the
                    Mortgages in relation to the advances;

               (10) the compliance of the provisions and contents of and the
                    manner and formalities applicable to the execution of the
                    Mortgages and Loans and any documents connected with them or
                    the making of any advance intended to be secured by them or
                    with any applicable laws or regulations (including consumer
                    credit legislation);

               (11) the failure by the Issuer, any Mortgage Manager or the
                    Manager to obtain or comply with any Authorisation in
                    connection with the origination, sale, purchase or
                    administration of any of the Mortgages or Loans or the
                    making of any advances in connection with them or the
                    failure to effect or procure registration of or to give
                    notice to any person in relation to or otherwise protect the
                    security created or purported to be created by or pursuant
                    to any of the Mortgages or Loans or other documents entered
                    into in connection with them;

               (12) the failure to call for delivery of documents of title to or
                    require any transfers, legal mortgages, charges or other
                    further assurances in relation to any of the assets the
                    subject matter of any of the Transaction Documents or any
                    other document;

               (13) any accounts, books, records or files maintained by any
                    Mortgage Manager, the Issuer, the Manager or any other
                    person in respect of any of the Mortgages or Loans; or

               (14) any other matter or thing relating to or in any way
                    connected with any Mortgage or Loans or any document entered
                    into in connection with them whether or not similar to the
                    above.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 37

          (w)  The Note Trustee is not liable or responsible for any loss, cost,
               damages, expenses, liabilities or inconvenience which may result
               from anything done or omitted to be done by it in accordance with
               the provisions of this deed, any other Transaction Document or
               any other document or as a consequence of or in connection with
               it being held or treated as, or being deemed to be, a creditor,
               for the purposes of the consumer credit legislation, in respect
               of any of the Mortgages.

          (x)  The Note Trustee shall be entitled to call for and rely on a
               certificate or any letter of confirmation or explanation
               reasonably believed by it to be genuine, of the Issuer, the
               Manager, any Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent, any Designated
               Rating Agency or any other credit rating agency in respect of
               every manner and circumstance for which a certificate is
               expressly provided for under this deed or in respect of the
               rating of the Class A Notes or the Conditions and the Note
               Trustee is not bound in any such case to call for further
               evidence or be responsible for any loss, liability, costs,
               damages, expenses or inconvenience that may be occasioned by its
               failing so to do.

          (y)  In connection with the exercise by it of any trusts, powers,
               authorities and discretions under this deed or any other
               Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, any
               modification, waiver, authorisation or determination), the Note
               Trustee must where it is required to have regard to the interests
               of the Class A Noteholders, have regard to the general interests
               of the Class A Noteholders as a class. The Note Trustee will not
               incur any liability to any Class A Noteholder as a result of the
               Note Trustee giving effect to this clause 13.5(y).

          (z)  Except as otherwise provided in this deed or any other
               Transaction Document, the Note Trustee shall have no
               responsibility for the maintenance of any rating of the Class A
               Notes by a Designated Rating Agency or any other credit-rating
               agency or any other person.

          (aa) The Note Trustee shall be under no obligation to monitor or
               supervise the functions of the Mortgage Manager from time to time
               under the terms of any Mortgage Origination and Management
               Agreement or any other person under any other Transaction
               Document, and is entitled, in the absence of actual knowledge of
               a breach of duty or obligation, to assume that the Mortgage
               Manager is properly performing its obligations in accordance with
               the provisions of the Mortgage Origination and Management
               Agreement or that any other person is properly performing its
               obligations in accordance with each other Transaction Document,
               as the case may be.

          (bb) The Note Trustee acknowledges that the Manager is responsible,
               under the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice, for calculating all
               amounts referred to in clause 6 of the Supplementary Bond Terms
               Notice and the Note Trustee has no liability in respect of these
               calculations.

          (cc) The Note Trustee shall not be liable to the Issuer or any
               Noteholder by reason of having accepted as valid or not having
               rejected any Definitive Note purporting to be such and
               subsequently found to be forged or not authentic and the Note
               Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept and place
               full reliance on, as sufficient evidence of the facts stated
               therein,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 38

               a certificate or letter of confirmation certified as true and
               accurate and signed on behalf of the Clearing Agency or any
               Common Depository for it or any person as the Note Trustee
               reasonably considers appropriate, or any form of record made by
               any of them to the effect that at any particular time or through
               any particular period any particular person is, was or will be
               shown in its records as entitled to a particular number of Class
               A Notes.

          (dd) The Note Trustee is under no obligation to account to any person
               for any moneys received pursuant to this deed or any other
               Transaction Document other than those received by the Note
               Trustee from the Issuer or received or recovered by the Note
               Trustee under this deed or any other Transaction Document,
               subject always to such deductions and withholdings by the Note
               Trustee as are authorised by this deed. Obligations of the Note
               Trustee to any person under or in connection with this deed can
               only be enforced against the Note Trustee to the extent to which
               they can be satisfied out of such moneys in accordance with this
               deed.

          (ee) The Note Trustee will not be responsible for having acted in good
               faith upon a direction purporting to have been given by the
               holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the
               Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent even
               though it may subsequently be found that for any reason such
               direction was not valid or binding upon the Note Trustee, other
               than as a result of fraud, negligence or wilful default.

          (ff) The Note Trustee is, for any purpose and at any time, entitled to
               rely on, act upon, accept and regard as conclusive and sufficient
               (without being in any way bound to call for further evidence or
               information or being responsible for any loss that may be
               occasioned by such reliance, acceptance or regard) any of the
               following:

               (1)  any information, report, balance sheet, profit and loss
                    account, certificate or statement suppled by the Issuer, the
                    Security Trustee or the Manager or by any officer, auditor
                    or solicitor of the Issuer, the Security Trustee or the
                    Manager;

               (2)  any information or statement provided to it in relation to
                    the Class A Notes, the Class A Noteholders or the Class A
                    Noteowners by the Clearing Agency or its nominee;

               (3)  all statements (including statements made or given to the
                    best of the maker's knowledge and belief or similarly
                    qualified) contained in any information, report, balance
                    sheet, profit and loss account, certificate or statement
                    given pursuant to or in relation to this deed, the Security
                    Trust Deed, the Master Trust Deed or the Supplementary Bond
                    Terms Notice;

               (4)  all accounts supplied to the Note Trustee pursuant to this
                    deed and all reports of the Auditor supplied to the Note
                    Trustee pursuant to this deed; and

               (5)  notices and other information supplied to the Note Trustee
                    under this deed;

               save, in each case, when it is actually aware that the
               information supplied pursuant to clauses 13.5(ff)(1) to (5) is
               actually incorrect or incomplete.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 39

          (gg) The Note Trustee may, whenever it thinks it expedient in the
               interests of the Class A Noteholders, apply to any court for
               directions in relation to any question of law or fact arising
               either before or after an Event of Default and assent to or
               approve any applications of any Class A Noteholder, the Issuer or
               the Manager.

          (hh) Subject to this deed, any applicable laws and any duty of
               confidentiality owed to any other person, the Note Trustee may,
               for the purpose of meeting its obligations under this Deed,
               disclose to any Class A Noteholder any confidential, financial or
               other information made available to the Note Trustee by any
               person in connection with this deed.

          (ii) The Note Trustee, as between itself and the Class A Noteholders,
               has full power to determine (acting reasonably and in good faith)
               all questions and doubts arising in relation to any of the
               provisions of this deed and every such determination, whether
               made upon such a question actually raised or implied in the acts
               or proceedings of the Note Trustee, will be conclusive and will
               bind the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders.

          (jj) The Note Trustee is entitled to assume for the purposes of
               exercising any power, trust, authority, duty or discretion under
               or in relation to the Class A Notes, this deed or any other
               Transaction Document, that such exercise will not be materially
               prejudicial to the interests of the Class A Noteholders if each
               of the Designated Rating Agencies has confirmed in writing that
               such exercise will not result in the reduction, qualification or
               withdrawal of the credit rating then assigned by it to the Class
               A Notes (but nothing in this clause 13.5(jj) is to be construed
               as requiring the Note Trustee to obtain such confirmation).

          (kk) Each Class A Noteholder is solely responsible for making its own
               independent appraisal of and investigation into the financial
               condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and,
               nature of the Issuer and the Securitisation Fund and the Note
               Trustee does not at any time have any responsibility for the same
               and no Class A Noteholder may rely on the Note Trustee in respect
               of such appraisal and investigation.

          (ll) In the event of any dispute or ambiguity as to the construction
               or enforceability of this deed or any other Transaction Document,
               or the Note Trustee's powers or obligations under or in
               connection with this deed or the determination or calculation of
               any amount or thing for the purpose of this deed or the
               construction or validity of any direction from Class A
               Noteholders, provided the Note Trustee is using reasonable
               endeavours to resolve such ambiguity or dispute, the Note
               Trustee, in its absolute discretion, may (but will have no
               obligation to) refuse to act or refrain from acting in relation
               to matters affected by such dispute or ambiguity.

     13.6 LIMITATION ON NOTE TRUSTEE'S' LIABILITY

          (a)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this deed, the Note
               Trustee will have no liability under or in connection with this
               deed or any other Secured Document other than to the extent to
               which the liability is able to be satisfied out of the property
               from which the Note Trustee is actually indemnified for the
               liability. This limitation will not apply to a liability of the
               Note Trustee to the extent that it is not satisfied because,
               under this

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 40

               deed or by operation of law, there is a reduction in the extent
               of the Note Trustee's indemnification as a result of the Note
               Trustee's fraud, negligence or wilful default.

          (b)  The Note Trustee is not to be under any liability whatsoever for
               a failure to take any action in respect of any breach by the
               Issuer of its duties as trustee of the Securitisation Fund of
               which the Note Trustee is not aware or in respect of any Event of
               Default of which the Note Trustee is not aware.

     13.7 WILFUL DEFAULT OF THE NOTE TRUSTEE

          For the purposes of this deed the expression "wilful default":

          (a)  in relation to the Note Trustee, means a wilful default of this
               deed by the Note Trustee;

               (1)  other than a default which:

                    (A)  arises out of a breach of a Transaction Document by a
                         person other than the Note Trustee or any person
                         referred to in clause 13.7(b) in relation to the Note
                         Trustee;

                    (B)  arises because some other act or omission is a
                         precondition to the relevant act or omission of the
                         Note Trustee, and that other act or omission does not
                         occur;

                    (C)  is in accordance with a lawful court order or direction
                         or is required by law; or

                    (D)  is in accordance with an instruction or direction given
                         to it by any person in circumstances where that person
                         is authorised to do so by any Transaction Document; and

               (2)  in circumstances where had it not committed that default it
                    would have been entitled to recoupment, reimbursement or a
                    right of indemnity for its costs and expenses (if any) in
                    complying with this deed from the Note Trust.

          (b)  A reference to the "fraud", "negligence" or "wilful default" of
               the Note Trustee means the fraud, negligence or wilful default of
               the Note Trustee and of its officers or employees, but not of its
               agents or delegates, unless the Note Trustee is liable for the
               acts or omissions of such other person under the terms of this
               deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14   NOTE TRUSTEE'S LIABILITY

          Nothing in this deed shall exempt the Note Trustee from or indemnify
          it against any liability in any case in which the Note Trustee has
          failed to show the degree of care and diligence required of it as
          trustee having regard to the provisions of this deed or any liability
          in respect of any fraud, negligence or wilful default of which it may
          be guilty in relation to its duties under this deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 41

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15   DELEGATION BY NOTE TRUSTEE

          (a)  The Note Trustee may whenever it thinks fit delegate by power of
               attorney or otherwise to any person or persons for any period
               (whether exceeding one year or not) or indefinitely all or any of
               the duties, discretions, trusts, powers and authorities vested in
               the Note Trustee by this deed and that delegation may be made
               upon any terms and subject to any conditions (including power to
               sub-delegate) and subject to any regulations as the Note Trustee
               may in the interests of the Class A Noteholders think fit.

          (b)  If the Note Trustee exercises reasonable care in the selection of
               a delegate under paragraph (a), providing the Note Trustee and
               the delegate are not related bodies corporate or affiliates, the
               Note Trustee shall not be under any obligation to supervise the
               proceedings or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by
               reason of any misconduct or default on the part of any delegate
               or sub-delegate. The Note Trustee must within a reasonable time
               prior to any delegation or any renewal, extension or termination
               of any delegation give notice of it to the Issuer and the
               Designated Rating Agencies.

          (c)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this clause 15, where the
               Note Trustee delegates any power to a related body corporate or
               affiliate, the Note Trustee shall be liable for all acts or
               omissions of the delegate done or omitted whilst acting in its
               capacity as such.

          (d)  For the purpose of this clause 15 the following expressions have
               the following meaning:

               "related body corporate" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the
               Corporations Act of Australia;

               "affiliate" means with respect to any specified person, any other
               person controlling or controlled by or under common control with
               such specified person. For the purposes of this definition,
               "control" when used with respect to any specified person means
               the power to direct the management and policies of such person,
               directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
               securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlling"
               and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16   EMPLOYMENT OF AGENT BY NOTE TRUSTEE

          (a)  The Note Trustee may in the conduct of the Note Trust instead of
               acting personally employ and pay an agent, whether being a lawyer
               or other professional person, to transact or conduct or concur in
               transacting or conducting any business and to do or concur in
               doing all acts required to be done in connection with the Note
               Trust.

          (b)  If the Note Trustee exercises reasonable care in the selection of
               an agent under clause 16(a) and providing the Note Trustee and
               the agent are not related bodies corporate (as defined in the
               Corporations Act) or affiliates as defined in clause 15(d), the
               Note Trustee shall not in any way be responsible for any loss
               incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on the part of
               that agent or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 42

               of such person. The Note Trustee must within a reasonable time
               prior to the employment of any agent give notice of such
               employment to the Issuer and the Designated Rating Agencies.

          (c)  Notwithstanding any other provision in this clause 16, where the
               Note Trustee employs, under this clause 16, a related body
               corporate (as defined in the Corporations Act) or an affiliate as
               defined in clause 15(d), as agent, the Note Trustee shall be
               liable for all acts or omissions of the agent done or omitted
               whilst acting in its capacity as such.

          (d)  Any such agent which is a lawyer, accountant, broker or other
               person engaged in any profession or business is entitled to
               charge and be paid all usual professional and other charges for
               business transacted and acts done by him or his firm in
               connection with this deed and also his reasonable charges in
               addition to disbursements for all other work and business done
               and all time spent by him or his firm in connection with matters
               arising in connection with this deed. Those charges will be for
               the account of the Note Trustee unless agreed otherwise, who
               shall be reimbursed by the Issuer under clause 12.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17   NOTE TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH ISSUER

          Neither the Note Trustee in its personal or any other capacity, its
          directors or officers or any related body corporate or affiliate (as
          defined in clause 15(d)) or shareholder of the Note Trustee nor any
          director or officer of a corporation acting as a trustee under this
          deed is by reason of its or their fiduciary position only in any way
          precluded from:

          (a)  entering into or being interested in any contract or financial or
               other transaction or arrangement with the Issuer or any other
               party to any of the Transaction Documents or any person or body
               corporate associated with the Issuer including any contract,
               transaction or arrangement of a banking or insurance nature or
               any contract, transaction or arrangement in relation to the
               making of loans or the provision of financial facilities to or
               the purchase, placing or underwriting of or subscribing or
               procuring subscriptions for or otherwise acquiring holding or
               dealing with the Class A Notes or any of them, or any other
               bonds, stocks, shares, debenture stock, debentures, notes or
               other securities of the Issuer or any other party to any of the
               Transaction Documents or any related person or body corporate; or

          (b)  accepting or holding the trusteeship of any other trust deed
               constituting or securing any other securities issued by or
               relating to the Issuer or any other party to any of the
               Transaction Documents or any related person or body corporate or
               any other office of profit under the Issuer or any other party to
               any of the Transaction Documents or any related person or body
               corporate and shall be entitled to retain and shall not be in any
               way liable to account for any profit made or share of brokerage
               or commission or remuneration or other benefit received by them
               or in connection with any of those arrangements.

          Where any holding company, subsidiary or associated company of the
          Issuer or any director or officer of the Issuer acting other than in
          his capacity as such a

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 43

          director or officer has any information, the Issuer shall not thereby
          be deemed also to have knowledge of such information and, unless it
          shall have actual knowledge of such information, shall not be
          responsible for any loss suffered by Noteholders resulting from the
          Issuer's failing to take such information into account in acting or
          refraining from acting under or in relation to this deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18   APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENTS

          (a)  Subject to the terms of this deed, the Issuer (acting on the
               direction of the Manager) appoints the Principal Paying Agent as
               its principal paying agent, the Irish Paying Agent as its Irish
               paying agent, and each other Paying Agent as its paying agent,
               for making payments in respect of the Class A Notes in accordance
               with this deed and the Conditions at their respective Paying
               Offices. The Principal Paying Agent, the Irish Paying Agent and
               each other Paying Agent appointed under this deed accepts that
               appointment.

          (b)  Except in clause 33 and as the context otherwise requires,
               references to the Principal Paying Agent are to it acting solely
               through its Paying Office.

          (c)  If at any time there is more than one Paying Agent, the
               obligations of the Paying Agents under this deed shall be several
               and not joint.

          (d)  It is acknowledged and agreed that:

               (1)  each of the Principal Paying Agent and the other Paying
                    Agents is the agent of the Issuer in its capacity as trustee
                    of the Securitisation Fund only; and

               (2)  despite anything else in this deed, any other Transaction
                    Document or at law, the Issuer in its personal capacity is
                    not responsible for any act or omission of the Principal
                    Paying Agent or any other Paying Agent.

          (e)  The obligations of the Paying Agent with respect to the Class A2
               Notes under this agreement are subject to:

               (1)  the provisions of the EU Tax Directive; and

               (2)  the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Article 2 of the EU
                    Tax Directive) providing to that Paying Agent such
                    information and documents (if any) required by that Paying
                    Agent in order for it to comply with the EU Tax Directive.

          (f)  The Issuer authorises each Paying Agent to make mandatory
               disclosures required by the EU Tax Directive to be made to the
               competent authority of the member state of the European Union of
               that Paying Agent.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19   PAYMENT

     19.1 PAYMENT BY ISSUER

          The Issuer shall, with the assistance of and, at the direction of the
          Manager, not later than 10.00am (New York time) in the case of the
          Class A1 Notes or 10.00am

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 44

          (London time) in the case of the Class A2 Notes on each Payment Date,
          pay to or to the order of, or procure the transfer to a non interest
          bearing trust account or accounts in the name of the Issuer as
          notified by the Principal Paying Agent to the Issuer and the Note
          Trustee in same day funds the amount in the Relevant Class A Currency
          as may be required (after taking account of any cash then held by the
          Principal Paying Agent and available for the purpose) to be made on
          each Class of Class A Notes on that Payment Date under the
          Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Conditions.

     19.2 CONFIRMATION

          Not later than 4.00 pm (Sydney time) on each Determination Date, the
          Manager shall notify, or procure notification to, the Principal Paying
          Agent and the Note Trustee of the amount of interest or principal
          payable in respect of each Class of Class A Notes on the Payment Date
          following that Determination Date.

     19.3 PAYMENTS BY PAYING AGENTS

          Subject to payment being duly made as provided in clause 19.1 (or to
          the Principal Paying Agent otherwise being satisfied that the payment
          will be duly made on the due date), and subject to clause 23, the
          Paying Agents shall pay or cause to be paid on behalf of the Issuer on
          each Payment Date the relevant amounts of principal and interest due
          in respect of each Class of the Class A Notes in accordance with the
          Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Conditions.

     19.4 METHOD OF PAYMENT - BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

          The Principal Paying Agent shall cause all payments of principal or
          interest (as the case may be) due in respect of each Class of Class A
          Notes represented by a Book-Entry Note to be made to the Common
          Depository.

     19.5 METHOD OF PAYMENT - DEFINITIVE NOTES

          Payments of principal and interest on the Definitive Notes, if any,
          shall be made in accordance with the Conditions and the Supplementary
          Bond Terms Notice.

     19.6 LATE PAYMENT

          (a)  If any payment under clause 19.1 is made late but otherwise in
               accordance with the provisions of this deed, each Paying Agent
               shall make payments required to be made by it in respect of the
               Class A Notes as provided in this clause 19. However, unless and
               until the full amount of any payment in respect of the Class A
               Notes required to be made under the Transaction Documents has
               been made under clause 19.1 in accordance with this deed, no
               Paying Agent shall be bound to make a payment under this clause
               19 (but may, in its discretion, make such payment) except to the
               extent that non-payment is caused by fraud, wilful default or
               negligence on the part of that Paying Agent or of any of its
               directors, officers, employees or servants.

          (b)  If the Principal Paying Agent has not received on a Payment Date
               the full amount of principal and interest then payable on any
               Class A Note in

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 45

               accordance with the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the
               Conditions, but receives the full amount later, it shall:

               (1)  forthwith upon full receipt notify the other Paying Agents
                    (if any), the Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent, the
                    Issuer, the Note Trustee, the Security Trustee and the
                    Manager; and

               (2)  as soon as practicable after such full receipt give due
                    notice, in accordance with Condition 12 (unless the Note
                    Trustee agrees otherwise), to the Common Depository that it
                    has received the full amount.

     19.7 NOTICE OF NON-RECEIPT

          The Principal Paying Agent shall as soon as practicable notify by
          facsimile the other Paying Agents (if any), the Note Registrar, the
          Calculation Agent, the Note Trustee, the Issuer, the Security Trustee
          and the Manager if the full amount of any payment of principal or
          interest required to be made by the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice
          and Conditions in respect of the Class A Notes is not unconditionally
          received by it or to its order in accordance with this deed.

     19.8 REIMBURSEMENT

          The Principal Paying Agent shall (provided that it has been placed in
          funds by the Issuer) on demand promptly reimburse the other Paying
          Agents (if any) for payments of principal and interest properly made
          by that Paying Agent in accordance with the Supplementary Bond Terms
          Notice, the Conditions and this deed. The Issuer shall not be
          concerned with the apportionment of any moneys between the Principal
          Paying Agent, the other Paying Agents (if any) and payment to the
          Principal Paying Agent of any moneys due to the Paying Agents shall
          operate as a good discharge to the Issuer in respect of such moneys.

     19.9 METHOD OF PAYMENT

          (a)  All sums payable by the Issuer to the Principal Paying Agent
               under this deed shall be paid by the relevant Currency Swap
               Provider on behalf of the Issuer in the Relevant Class A Currency
               to the account or accounts specified in clause 19.1. Those sums
               shall be held in the relevant account for payment to the Class A
               Noteholders and, failing that payment within the designated
               periods of prescription specified in Condition 6, or upon the
               bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up or liquidation of the
               Principal Paying Agent or default being made by the Principal
               Paying Agent in the payment of any amounts in respect of
               principal or interest in accordance with this deed, on account
               for repayment to the Issuer (subject to clause 20). On repayment
               in accordance with clause 20 to the Issuer all liabilities of the
               Principal Paying Agent with respect to those moneys shall cease.

          (b)  Subject to the terms of this deed, the Principal Paying Agent
               shall be entitled to deal with moneys paid to it under this deed
               in the same manner as other moneys paid to it as a banker by its
               customers. The Principal Paying Agent shall be entitled to retain
               for its own account any interest earned on the sums from time to
               time credited to the separate account referred to in clause
               19.9(b) and it need not segregate such sums from other amounts
               held by it.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 46

          (c)  No Paying Agent may exercise any right of set-off or combination
               of accounts in respect of any money payable to or by it under the
               terms of this deed.

     19.10 NO FEE

          No Paying Agent will charge any commission or fee in relation to any
          payment under this deed.

     19.11 SECURITISATION FUND

          Subject to clause 19.9(a), the Principal Paying Agent shall hold on
          account for the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders all sums held
          by it for the payment of principal and interest with respect to the
          Notes until all relevant sums are paid to the Note Trustee or the
          Class A Noteholders or otherwise disposed of in accordance with this
          deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20   REPAYMENT

          (a)  Immediately on any entitlement to receive principal or interest
               under any Class A Note becoming void under the Conditions, the
               Principal Paying Agent shall repay to the Issuer the amount which
               would have been due in respect of that principal or interest if
               it had been paid before the entitlement became void, together
               with any fees applicable to that payment or entitlement (pro
               rated as to the amount and time) to the extent already paid under
               clause 12.

          (b)  Despite clause 20(a), the Principal Paying Agent shall not be
               obliged to make any repayment to the Issuer so long as any
               amounts which should have been paid to or to the order of the
               Principal Paying Agent or, if applicable, the Note Trustee, by
               the Issuer remain unpaid.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21   APPOINTMENT OF THE CALCULATION AGENT

          (a)  The Issuer (acting on the direction of the Manager) appoints the
               Calculation Agent as its reference agent in respect of the Class
               A Notes upon the terms and conditions set forth in this deed and
               the Calculation Agent accepts that appointment.

          (b)  It is acknowledged and agreed that:

               (1)  the Calculation Agent is the agent of the Issuer in its
                    capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund only; and

               (2)  despite anything else in this deed, any other Transaction
                    Document or at law, the Issuer in its personal capacity is
                    not responsible for any act or omission of the Calculation
                    Agent.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 47

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22   DUTIES OF THE CALCULATION AGENT

          (a)  The Calculation Agent shall in relation to each Class of Class A
               Notes until the Final Maturity Date or such earlier date on which
               the Class A Notes are due and payable in full and in either case
               until the Issuer has paid all amounts in relation to the Class A
               Notes to the Principal Paying Agent or, if applicable, the Note
               Trustee:

               (1)  perform such duties at its Specified Office as are set forth
                    in this deed and in the Conditions and any other duties
                    which are reasonably incidental at the request of the
                    Issuer, the Manager, the Note Trustee or the Principal
                    Paying Agent;

               (2)  determine LIBOR and EURIBOR for each Interest Period, and
                    calculate the relevant Interest and Interest Rate on the
                    Class A Notes, in the manner set out in Condition 4; and

               (3)  notify the Issuer, the Manager, the Note Trustee and the
                    Paying Agents in writing on or as soon as possible after the
                    first day of that Interest Period, of the Interest Rate and
                    the Interest so determined by it in relation to that
                    Interest Period, specifying to the Issuer and the Manager
                    the rates upon which they are based and (where relevant) the
                    names of the banks quoting those rates.

          (b)  The Interest, Interest Rate and relevant Payment Date made
               available under Condition 4(d) may subsequently be amended (or
               appropriate alternative arrangements made by way of adjustment)
               without notice to Class A Noteholders in the event of a
               shortening of the Interest Period.

          (c)  If the Calculation Agent at any time for any reason does not
               determine the Interest Rate or calculate the Interest for a Class
               A Note, the Manager shall do so and each such determination or
               calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the Calculation
               Agent. In doing so, the Manager shall apply the provisions of
               this clause 22, with any necessary consequential amendments, to
               the extent that, in its opinion, it can do so, and, in all other
               respects it shall do so in such a manner as it shall deem fair
               and reasonable in all the circumstances.

          (d)  If the Manager does not at any time for any reason determine a
               Principal Payment, the Outstanding Principal Balance or the
               Invested Amount applicable to Class A Notes in accordance with
               the Transaction Documents, the Principal Payment, the Outstanding
               Principal Balance and the Invested Amount may be determined by
               the Calculation Agent in accordance with the Transaction
               Documents (but based on the information in its possession) and
               each such determination or calculation shall be deemed to have
               been made by the Manager. The Calculation Agent may appoint any
               person as its agent for the purpose of making any such
               calculation or determination.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23   NOTICE OF ANY WITHHOLDING OR DEDUCTION

          If the Issuer or any Paying Agent is, in respect of any payment in
          respect of the Class A Notes compelled to withhold or deduct any
          amount for or on account of

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 48

          any taxes, duties or charges as contemplated by Condition 7, the
          Issuer must give notice to the Principal Paying Agent, the Note
          Trustee and the Class A Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12
          immediately after becoming aware of the requirement to make the
          withholding or deduction and must give to the Principal Paying Agent
          and the Note Trustee such information as they reasonably require to
          enable each of them to comply with the requirement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24   EARLY REDEMPTION OF NOTES

          (a)  If the Issuer intends to redeem all (but not some only) of a
               Class of Class A Notes prior to its Final Maturity Date pursuant
               to Condition 5(i) or (j) (which it may only do at the direction
               of the Manager), the Manager shall give not less than 5 days'
               prior notice to the Principal Paying Agent and the Note Trustee
               before giving the requisite period of notice to the relevant
               Class A Noteholders in accordance with Condition 5(i) or (j) and
               stating the date on which such Class A Notes are to be redeemed.

          (b)  The Principal Paying Agent shall, on receipt of a notice under
               paragraph (a):

               (1)  notify the Clearing Agency of the proposed redemption,
                    specifying:

                    (A)  the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance and
                         Invested Amount (as the case may be) of each Class of
                         Class A Notes to be redeemed;

                    (B)  the amount of principal to be repaid in relation to
                         each Class of Class A Notes; and

                    (C)  the date on which each Class of Class A Notes are to be
                         redeemed; and

               (2)  promptly and in accordance with the relevant Conditions on
                    behalf of and at the expense of the Issuer publish the
                    notices required in connection with that redemption.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25   PRO RATA REDEMPTION, PURCHASES AND CANCELLATION OF NOTES

          (a)  If the Issuer is required to redeem some (but not all) of a Class
               of Class A Notes prior to its Final Maturity Date pursuant to
               Condition 5(a) the Manager shall on each Determination Date give
               prior notice to the Calculation Agent, the Principal Paying Agent
               and the Note Trustee, as provided in Condition 5.

          (b)  On receipt of a notice under paragraph (a), the Principal Paying
               Agent shall notify the Common Depository of the proposed
               redemption, specifying in each case the aggregate principal
               amount of the Class A Notes to be redeemed, the Class of Class A
               Notes to be redeemed and the date on which such Class A Notes are
               to be redeemed.

          (c)  The Manager shall, on each Determination Date in respect of each
               Class of the Class A Notes calculate:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 49

               (1)  the amount of principal to be repaid in respect of each
                    Class of Class A Notes due on the next Payment Date
                    following that Determination Date; and

               (2)  the Outstanding Principal Balance and Invested Amount of
                    each Class A Note on the first day of the next following
                    Interest Period (after deducting any principal due to be
                    made on the next Payment Date),

               and shall forthwith on that Determination Date notify or cause to
               be notified to the Issuer, the Calculation Agent the Note
               Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent of each of those
               determinations in accordance with the Supplementary Bond Terms
               Notice and Conditions. On receipt of that notice, the Principal
               Paying Agent shall give a copy of that notice to the Clearing
               Agency or any Common Depository for them and, in the case of the
               Class A1 Notes only, in accordance with the requirements of the
               Note Depository Agreement.

          (d)  The Manager will immediately cause details of each determination
               under clause 25(c) to be made available in accordance with
               Condition 12 by one Banking Day before the relevant Payment Date.

          (e)  If no principal is due to be repaid on the Class A Notes on any
               Payment Date, the Manager shall give notice or shall cause a
               notice to this effect to be given to the Class A Noteholders in
               accordance with Condition 12.

          (f)  If any Class of Class A Notes is redeemed in whole or in part in
               accordance with the Conditions and the Transaction Documents, the
               Principal Paying Agent will, if any Book-Entry Notes are still
               outstanding in relation to that Class, cause the Note Registrar
               to record all relevant details in the Note Register. The
               Principal Paying Agent shall as soon as possible, and in any
               event within three months after the date of any redemption or
               purchase, furnish to each of the Issuer and the Note Trustee a
               certificate setting out the aggregate Invested Amount or
               Outstanding Principal Balance of Class A Notes which have been
               redeemed or the aggregate Invested Amount or Outstanding
               Principal Balance of Class A Notes which have been purchased. If
               the Invested Amount of a Book-Entry Note is reduced to nil, the
               Principal Paying Agent shall destroy the relevant Book-Entry Note
               and issue a destruction certificate forthwith to the Note Trustee
               and shall send a copy of that certificate to the Issuer, the
               Manager and the Note Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26   NOTICES TO NOTEHOLDERS

          (a)  At the expense of the Issuer, the Principal Paying Agent shall
               make available at its offices in New York City on a Banking Day,
               all notices to Class A Noteholders.

          (b)  The Principal Paying Agent shall promptly send to each of the
               Note Trustee and the Issuer one copy of the form of every notice
               given to Class A Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 50

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27   DOCUMENTS AND FORMS

          (a)  The Manager shall provide to the Principal Paying Agent for
               distribution to each Paying Agent (including the Irish Paying
               Agent) sufficient copies of all documents required by the
               Conditions or the Note Trust Deed or, with respect to the Class
               A2 Notes, the Irish Stock Exchange (for so long as the Class A2
               Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the
               Irish Stock Exchange so require) to be available to the Class A
               Noteholders for issue or inspection (including the Note Trust
               Deed, the Master Trust Deed and the Supplementary Bond Terms
               Notice).

          (b)  The Manager shall provide to the Calculation Agent such documents
               as the Calculation Agent may reasonably require from the Manager
               or the Issuer (and in the case of the Issuer only those documents
               that are in the Issuer's possession or power) in order for the
               Calculation Agent properly to fulfil its duties in respect of the
               Class A Notes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28   AUTHENTICATION

          The Principal Paying Agent shall authenticate or cause to be
          authenticated the Book-Entry Notes and (if required) the Definitive
          Notes (whether on initial issue or on replacement). The Principal
          Paying Agent shall not be required to authenticate or cause to
          authenticate any Book-Entry Note or Definitive Note unless it is
          directed to do so in writing by the Issuer acting on the instruction
          of the Manager.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29   INDEMNITY

          (a)  Subject to clause 29(b) and clause 45, the Issuer shall indemnify
               each Paying Agent, the Note Registrar and the Calculation Agent
               and their respective directors, officers and employees against
               any loss, damages, proceeding, liability, cost, claim, action,
               demand or expense (in this clause 29, each, an Expense) which the
               Paying Agent, the Note Registrar or the Calculation Agent and
               their respective directors, officers and employees, as the case
               may be, may incur or which may be made against the Paying Agent,
               the Note Registrar's or the Calculation Agents (as the case may
               be), as a result of or in connection with the Paying Agent's, the
               Note Registrar's or the Calculation Agent's, as the case may be,
               appointment or the proper exercise and/or enforcement of the
               Paying Agent's or the Note Registrar's or the Calculation
               Agent's, as the case may be, duties under this deed,
               notwithstanding the resignation or removal of that Paying Agent,
               Note Registrar or the Calculation Agent in accordance with clause
               33 (including any liability in respect of payment of a cheque
               drawn by that Paying Agent where the cheque is collected or sued
               upon or an attempt at collection is made after the amount in
               respect of which it is paid has been returned to the Issuer under
               clause 20).

          (b)  The indemnity in paragraph (a) applies to any Expense of a Paying
               Agent, the Note Registrar or the Calculation Agent (as the case
               may be) only to the extent the Expense does not result from the
               breach by the Paying

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 51

               Agent, the Note Registrar or the Calculation Agent (as the case
               may be) of the terms of this deed or from the Paying Agent's, the
               Note Registrar's or the Calculation Agent's (as the case may be)
               own fraud, wilful default or negligence or that of its directors,
               officers or employees or servants.

          (c)  Each of the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agents and the Note
               Registrar severally indemnifies the Issuer and the Manager and
               its respective directors, officers and employees against any
               Expense which the Issuer or the Manager or their respective
               directors, officers or employees (as the case may be) may incur
               or which may be made against it (but in no event punitive,
               indirect or special damages or loss of profits) as a result of a
               breach by the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent or the Note
               Registrar (as the case may be) of the terms of this deed or its
               own fraud, wilful default or negligence or that of its directors,
               officers or employees or servants, including any failure to
               obtain and maintain in existence any Authorisation required by it
               for the assumption, exercise and performance of its powers and
               duties under this deed. This clause 29 will survive the
               retirement or removal of the Paying Agent, Note Registrar or
               Calculation Agent (as the case may be) and the termination of
               this deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30   THE NOTE REGISTER

     30.1 APPOINTMENT OF NOTE REGISTRAR

          The Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, appoints the Note
          Registrar to be the initial Note Registrar upon the terms and
          conditions of this deed. The Note Registrar accepts that appointment.

     30.2 DETAILS TO BE KEPT ON THE NOTE REGISTER

          The Note Registrar shall keep the Note Register with respect to the
          Class A Notes in accordance with this deed, on which shall be entered
          the following information relating to the Securitisation Fund:

          (a)  (NAME) the name of the Securitisation Fund;

          (b)  (CREATION) the date of the creation of the Securitisation Fund;

          (c)  (BOND ISSUE DATES) the Bond Issue Dates for Class A Notes issued
               in relation to the Securitisation Fund;

          (d)  (ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE) the total Original Principal Balance
               of Class A Notes issued on each such Issue Date;

          (e)  (OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE) the Outstanding Principal Balance
               of each Class A Note or Class of Class A Notes from time to time;

          (f)  (INVESTED AMOUNT) the Invested Amount of each Class A Note or
               Class of Class A Notes from time to time;

          (g)  (SERIES) details of relevant Classes of Class A Notes;

          (h)  (DETAILS OF NOTEHOLDERS) the name and address of each Class A
               Noteholder;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 52

          (i)  (NUMBER OF NOTES) the number of Class A Notes held by each Class
               A Noteholder;

          (j)  (DATE OF ENTRY) the date on which a person was entered as the
               holder of Class A Notes;

          (k)  (DATE OF CESSATION) the date on which a person ceased to be a
               Class A Noteholder;

          (l)  (ACCOUNT) the account to which any payments due to a Class A
               Noteholder are to be made (if applicable);

          (m)  (PAYMENTS) a record of each payment in respect of the Class A
               Notes; and

          (n)  (ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) such other information as:

               (1)  is required by the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice;

               (2)  the Note Registrar considers necessary or desirable; or

               (3)  the Manager or the Issuer reasonably requires.

     30.3 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

          (a)  Any payment of principal or interest on any Class A Note shall be
               endorsed by the Note Registrar on the Note Register. In the case
               of payments of principal, the Outstanding Principal Balance and
               Invested Amount of the Class A Notes shall be reduced for all
               purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed on the Note Register.
               Any such record shall be prima facie evidence that the payment in
               question has been made.

          (b)  If the amount of principal or interest (as the case may be) due
               for payment on any Class A Note is not paid in full (including
               Carry Over Class A Charge Offs and by reason of a deduction or
               withholding) the Note Registrar shall endorse a record of that
               shortfall on the Note Register.

     30.4 PLACE OF KEEPING REGISTER, COPIES AND ACCESS

          The Note Register shall be:

          (a)  (PLACE KEPT) kept at the principal office of the Note Registrar
               or at such place as the Issuer, the Manager and the Note
               Registrar may agree;

          (b)  (ACCESS TO ISSUER AND MANAGER) open to the Issuer and the Manager
               to inspect at the Note Registrar's Specified Office during normal
               business hours;

          (c)  (INSPECTION BY CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS) open for inspection by a
               Class A Noteholder during normal business hours but only in
               respect of information relating to that Class A Noteholder; and

          (d)  (NOT FOR COPYING) not available to be copied by any person (other
               than the Issuer or the Manager or the Note Trustee or Paying
               Agent) except in compliance with such terms and conditions (if
               any) as the Manager, the Issuer and the Note Registrar or the
               Note Trustee or Paying Agent in their absolute discretion
               nominate from time to time.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 53

     30.5 DETAILS ON NOTE REGISTER CONCLUSIVE

          (a)  (RELIANCE ON REGISTER) The Issuer, the Note Trustee and the
               Paying Agents shall be entitled to rely on the Note Register as
               being a correct, complete and conclusive record of the matters
               set out in it at any time and whether or not the information
               shown in the Note Register is inconsistent with any other
               document, matter or thing. The Issuer, the Note Trustee, and the
               Paying Agents and the Note Registrar are not liable to any person
               in any circumstances whatsoever for any inaccuracy in, or
               omission from, the Note Register.

          (b)  (NO TRUSTS) The Note Registrar shall not be obliged to enter on
               the Note Register notice of any trust, Security Interest or other
               interest whatsoever in respect of any Class A Notes and the
               Issuer, the Note Trustee, and the Paying Agents and the Note
               Registrar shall be entitled to recognise a Class A Noteholder as
               the absolute owner of Class A Notes and the Issuer, the Note
               Trustee, and the Paying Agents and the Note Registrar shall not
               be bound or affected by any trust affecting the ownership of any
               Class A Notes unless ordered by a court or required by statute.

     30.6 ALTERATION OF DETAILS ON NOTE REGISTER

          On the Note Registrar being notified of any change of name or address
          or payment or other details of a Class A Noteholder by the Class A
          Noteholder, the Note Registrar shall alter the Note Register
          accordingly.

     30.7 RECTIFICATION OF NOTE REGISTER

          If:

          (a)  an entry is omitted from the Note Register;

          (b)  an entry is made in the Note Register otherwise than in
               accordance with this deed;

          (c)  an entry wrongly exists in the Note Register;

          (d)  there is an error or defect in any entry in the Note Register; or

          (e)  default is made or unnecessary delay takes place in entering in
               the Note Register that any person has ceased to be the holder of
               Class A Notes.

          the Note Registrar shall rectify the same.

     30.8 CORRECTNESS OF NOTE REGISTER

          The Note Registrar shall not be liable for any mistake on the Note
          Register or in any purported copy except to the extent that the
          mistake is attributable to its fraud, negligence or wilful default.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31   CHANGES OF NOTE REGISTRAR

     31.1 REMOVAL

          The Issuer (on the direction of the Manager) may terminate the
          appointment of the Note Registrar with the prior written approval of
          the Note Trustee (which

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 54

          approval must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), with effect
          not less than 60 days from that notice.

     31.2 RESIGNATION

          Subject to this clause 31, the Note Registrar may resign its
          appointment at any time by giving to the Issuer, the Manager and the
          Note Trustee not less than 60 days written notice to that effect.

     31.3 LIMITATION

          Despite clauses 31.1 and 31.2:

          (a)  no resignation by or termination of the appointment of the Note
               Registrar shall take effect until a new Note Registrar approved
               in writing by the Note Trustee has been appointed on terms
               previously approved in writing by the Note Trustee (in each case,
               that approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

          (b)  the appointment of a new Note Registrar shall be on terms and
               subject to the conditions of this deed and the outgoing Note
               Registrar shall co-operate fully to do all further acts and
               things and execute any further documents as may be necessary or
               desirable to give effect to the appointment of the new Note
               Registrar.

     31.4 APPOINTMENT OF NEW NOTE REGISTRAR

          The Issuer shall forthwith appoint, as soon as reasonably practical, a
          replacement Note Registrar in the event of the resignation or removal
          of the Note Registrar under this clause 31. The retirement or
          resignation of the Note Registrar shall not become effective until the
          successor Note Registrar is appointed. The Manager must assist the
          Issuer to appoint a new Note Registrar on this date or if the Issuer
          fails to appoint a new Note Registrar by the date which is one month
          prior to the Note Registrar's retirement or removal, the Note
          Registrar may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the
          expense of the Issuer (which expense is an Expense for the purposes of
          the Master Trust Deed) for the appointment of a new Note Registrar
          acceptable to the Issuer.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32   GENERAL

     32.1 COMMUNICATIONS TO CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS

          The Principal Paying Agent shall, upon receipt from the Issuer,
          Manager, Security Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar
          or Note Trustee of any communication to be delivered to Class A
          Noteholders, including any communications pursuant to this deed or any
          other solicitation of notice from or consent of the Class A
          Noteholders pursuant to or relating to this deed, forward such
          communications to the Class A Noteholders, along with instructions
          that the responses relating to such communications be returned to the
          Principal Paying Agent. Such communication shall include the date upon
          which the response to such solicitation shall be delivered (the
          RESPONSE DATE). The Principal Paying Agent shall treat any Class A
          Noteholder who has not delivered its response as of

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 55

          the Response Date as having withheld its consent to the proposed
          action. The Principal Paying Agent shall notify the Issuer, Manager
          and Note Trustee of the results of any such solicitations of consent.

          The Principal Paying Agent will not be responsible for, or liable to
          any person in respect of the contents of any communications delivered
          to or from the Class A Noteholders.

     32.2 INTENTIONALLY DELETED

     32.3 IDENTITY

          Each Paying Agent shall (except as ordered by a court of competent
          jurisdiction or as required by law) be entitled to treat the person:

          (a)  who is, while a Book-Entry Note remains outstanding, the
               registered owner of that Book-Entry Note as the person entitled
               to receive payments of principal or interest (as applicable) and
               each person shown in the records of the Common Depository as the
               holder of any Class A Note represented by a Book-Entry Note shall
               be entitled to receive from the registered owner of that
               Book-Entry Note any payment so made in accordance with the
               respective rules and procedures of the Common Depository and on
               the terms and subject to the conditions of that Book-Entry Note;

          (b)  who is the registered owner of any relevant Definitive Note, as
               the absolute owner or owners of that Definitive Note, (whether or
               not that Definitive Note, is overdue and despite any notice of
               ownership or writing on it or any notice of previous loss or
               theft or of any trust or other interest in it); or

          (c)  who, when a Book-Entry Note in respect of any Class of Notes is
               no longer outstanding but Definitive Notes in respect of that
               Class of Notes have not been issued, is for the time being the
               Note Trustee, as the person entrusted with the receipt of
               principal or interest, as applicable, on behalf of the relevant
               Noteholders,

          and in all cases and for all purposes despite any notice to the
          contrary and shall not be liable for so doing.

     32.4 NO SET-OFF

          No Paying Agent shall exercise any right of set-off, withholding,
          counterclaim or lien against, or make any deduction in any payment to,
          any person entitled to receive amounts of principal or interest on the
          Class A Notes in respect of moneys payable by it under this deed.

     32.5 RELIANCE

          Each of the Note Trustee, Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar and
          the Paying Agent(s) shall be protected and shall incur no liability
          for or in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in
          reliance upon any instruction, request or order from the Issuer or the
          Manager or in reliance upon any Class A Note or upon any notice,
          resolution, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 56

          other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to
          have been delivered, signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

     32.6 ENTITLED TO DEAL

          The Note Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar and the
          Paying Agent(s) shall not be precluded from acquiring, holding or
          dealing in any Class A Notes or from engaging or being interested in
          any contract or other financial or other transaction with the Issuer,
          the Manager or the Mortgage Manager and in no event whatsoever (other
          than fraud, negligence or wilful default) shall any Note Trustee,
          Calculation Agent, Note Registrar or Paying Agent be liable to account
          to the Issuer or any person entitled to receive amounts of principal
          or interest on the Class A Notes for any profit made or fees or
          commissions received in connection with this deed or any Class A
          Notes.

     32.7 CONSULTATION

          Each of the Note Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar
          and the Paying Agent(s) may consult as to legal matters with lawyers
          selected by it, who may be employees of or lawyers to any party to
          this deed.

     32.8 DUTIES

          The Note Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar and the
          Paying Agents shall perform the duties, and only the duties, contained
          in or reasonably incidental to this deed and the Conditions and in the
          Class A Notes, and no implied duties or obligations (other than
          general laws as to agency) shall be read into this deed or the Class A
          Notes against the Note Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Note
          Registrar or the Paying Agents. None of the Note Trustee, the
          Calculation Agent, the Note Registrar or the Paying Agents shall be
          required to take any action under this deed which would require it to
          incur any expense or liability, for which (in its reasonable opinion)
          either it would not be reimbursed within a reasonable time or in
          respect of which it has not been indemnified to its satisfaction.

     32.9 INCOME TAX RETURNS

          The Principal Paying Agent shall deliver to each Class A Noteholder
          such information as may be reasonably required to enable such Class A
          Noteholder to prepare its income tax returns.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33   CHANGES IN PAYING AGENTS AND CALCULATION AGENT

     33.1 REMOVAL

          The Issuer (on the direction of the Manager) may at any time:

          (a)  with the prior written approval of the Note Trustee appoint:

               (1)  additional or alternative Paying Agents; or

               (2)  an alternative Calculation Agent;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 57

          (b)  subject to this clause 33, terminate the appointment of any
               Paying Agent or the Calculation Agent by giving written notice to
               that effect to each Designated Rating Agency, the Calculation
               Agent (if its appointment is to be terminated), the Principal
               Paying Agent and the Note Trustee and (if different) the Paying
               Agent whose appointment is to be terminated:

               (1)  with effect immediately on that notice, if any of the
                    following occurs in relation to the Paying Agent or
                    Calculation Agent (as the case may be):

                    (A)  an Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to the
                         Paying Agent or Calculation Agent;

                    (B)  the Paying Agent or Calculation Agent has ceased its
                         business;

                    (C)  the Paying Agent or Calculation Agent fails to comply
                         with any of its obligations under this deed and, if
                         capable of remedy, such failure is not remedied within
                         five Banking Days after the earlier of the Paying Agent
                         or the Calculation Agent, as the case may be, having
                         become aware of that failure and the receipt by the
                         Paying Agent or the Calculation Agent, as the case may
                         be, of written notice with respect thereto from the
                         Issuer or Manager; or

               (2)  otherwise, with the prior written approval of the Note
                    Trustee (which approval must not be unreasonably withheld or
                    delayed) with effect from the next succeeding Payment Date,
                    if such date falls more than 30 days after the notice, or
                    otherwise from the following Payment Date.

     33.2 RESIGNATION

          Subject to this clause 33, a Paying Agent or the Calculation Agent may
          resign its appointment under this deed at any time by giving to the
          Issuer, the Manager, each Designated Rating Agency and (where a Paying
          Agent is resigning and the Paying Agent is not the Principal Paying
          Agent) the Principal Paying Agent not less than 60 days' written
          notice to that effect, which notice shall expire not less than 30 days
          before any due date for payment of any Class A Notes.

     33.3 LIMITATION

          Despite clauses 33.1 and 33.2:

          (a)  no resignation by or termination of the appointment of the
               Principal Paying Agent shall take effect until a new Principal
               Paying Agent approved in writing by the Note Trustee has been
               appointed on terms previously approved in writing by the Note
               Trustee (in each case, that approval not to be unreasonably
               withheld or delayed);

          (b)  subject to clause 33.3(a), if the Principal Paying Agent or the
               Calculation Agent gives a notice of resignation in accordance
               with clause 33.2 and if by the date which is one (1) month prior
               to the date of the Principal Paying Agent's or the Calculation
               Agent's (as the case may be) proposed retirement or removal, the
               Issuer or the Manager has not appointed a new Principal Paying
               Agent or Calculation Agent, then the Principal Paying

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 58

               Agent or Calculation Agent (as the case may be) may petition any
               court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Issuer
               (which expense is an Expense for the purposes of the Master Trust
               Deed) for the appointment of a new Principal Paying Agent or
               Calculation Agent (as the case may be) acceptable to the Issuer
               and the Note Trustee;

          (c)  no resignation by or termination of the appointment of any Paying
               Agent shall take effect if as a result of that resignation or
               termination there would cease to be a Paying Agent which has a
               Paying Office in the City of New York (in the case of the Class
               A1 Notes) or the United Kingdom (in the case of the Class A2
               Notes) and the Republic of Ireland (for so long as the Class A2
               Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange);

          (d)  no appointment or termination of the appointment of any Paying
               Agent or the Calculation Agent (as the case may be) shall take
               effect unless and until notice has been given to the Class A
               Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions; and

          (e)  no resignation by or termination of the appointment of the
               Calculation Agent shall take effect until a new Calculation Agent
               has been appointed; and

          (f)  the appointment of any additional Paying Agent shall be on the
               terms and subject to the conditions of this deed and each of the
               parties to this deed shall co-operate fully to do all further
               acts and things and execute any further documents as may be
               necessary or desirable to give effect to the appointment of the
               Paying Agent (which shall be, in the case of an appointment under
               clause 33.1(a) or a termination under clause 33.1(b)(2), at the
               cost of the relevant Paying Agent).

          In addition, the Issuer shall forthwith appoint a Paying Agent in New
          York City, the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland (for so long
          as the Class A2 Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange) (as
          applicable) (if there is no such Paying Agent at the time) and while
          such circumstances subsist maintain such a Paying Agent. Notice of any
          such termination or appointment and of any change in the office
          through which any Paying Agent will act will be given in accordance
          with Condition 12.

     33.4 DELIVERY OF AMOUNTS

          If the appointment of the Principal Paying Agent terminates, the
          Principal Paying Agent shall, on the date on which that termination
          takes effect, pay to the successor Principal Paying Agent any amount
          held by it for payment of principal or interest in respect of any
          Class A Note and shall deliver to the successor Principal Paying Agent
          all records maintained by it pursuant to this deed and all documents
          (including any Definitive Notes) held by it.

     33.5 SUCCESSOR TO PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

          (a)  On the execution by the Issuer, the Manager and any successor
               Principal Paying Agent of an instrument effecting the appointment
               of that successor Principal Paying Agent and a deed whereby the
               successor agrees to be bound by the terms of this deed, that
               successor Principal Paying Agent shall, without any further act,
               deed or conveyance, become vested with all the authority, rights,
               powers, trusts, immunities, duties and obligations of

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 59

               its predecessor with effect as if originally named as Principal
               Paying Agent in this deed and that predecessor, on payment to it
               of the pro rata proportion of its administration fee and
               disbursements then unpaid (if any), shall have no further
               liabilities under this deed, except for any accrued liabilities
               arising from or relating to any act or omission occurring prior
               to the date on which the successor Principal Paying Agent is
               appointed.

          (b)  Any corporation:

               (1)  into which the Principal Paying Agent is merged;

               (2)  with which the Principal Paying Agent is consolidated;

               (3)  resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the
                    Principal Paying Agent is a party;

               (4)  to which the Principal Paying Agent sells or otherwise
                    transfers all or substantially all the assets of its
                    corporate trust business,

               shall, on the date when that merger, conversion, consolidation,
               sale or transfer becomes effective (and upon execution by the
               Issuer, the Manager and any such merged or consolidated entity of
               a deed whereby that entity agrees to be bound by the terms of
               this deed) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, become
               the successor Principal Paying Agent under this deed without the
               execution or filing of any agreement or document or any further
               act on the part of the parties to this deed, unless otherwise
               required by the Issuer or the Manager, and after that effective
               date all references in this deed to the Principal Paying Agent
               shall be references to that corporation.

          (c)  The Manager undertakes to use its best endeavours to procure
               execution by the relevant parties of the deeds referred to in
               clauses 33.5(a) and 33.5(b)

     33.6 SUCCESSOR TO CALCULATION AGENT

          (a)  On the execution by the Issuer, the Manager and any successor
               Calculation Agent of an instrument effecting the appointment of
               that successor Calculation Agent and a deed whereby the successor
               agrees to be bound by the terms of this deed, that successor
               Calculation Agent shall, without any further act, deed or
               conveyance, become vested with all the authority, rights, powers,
               trusts, immunities, duties and obligations of its predecessor
               with effect as if originally named as Calculation Agent in this
               deed and that predecessor, on payment to it of the pro rata
               proportion of its administration fee and disbursements then
               unpaid (if any), shall have no further liabilities under this
               deed, except for any accrued liabilities arising from or relating
               to any act or omission occurring prior to the date on which the
               successor Calculation Agent is appointed.

          (b)  Any corporation:

               (1)  into which the Calculation Agent is merged;

               (2)  with which the Calculation Agent is consolidated;

               (3)  resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the
                    Calculation Agent is a party;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 60

               (4)  to which the Calculation Agent sells or otherwise transfers
                    all or substantially all the assets of its corporate trust
                    business,

               shall, on the date when that merger, conversion, consolidation,
               sale or transfer becomes effective (and upon execution by the
               Issuer, the Manager and any such merged or consolidated entity of
               a deed whereby that entity agrees to be bound by the terms of
               this deed) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, become
               the successor Calculation Agent under this deed without the
               execution or filing of any agreement or document or any further
               act on the part of the parties to this deed, unless otherwise
               required by the Issuer or the Manager, and after that effective
               date all references in this deed to the Calculation Agent shall
               be references to that corporation.

          (c)  The Manager undertakes to use its best endeavours to procure
               execution by the relevant parties of the deeds referred to in
               clauses 33.6(a) and 33.6(b).

     33.7 NOTICE TO NOTEHOLDERS

          The Manager on behalf of the Issuer shall, within 14 days of:

          (a)  the termination of the appointment of any Paying Agent or the
               Calculation Agent;

          (b)  the appointment of a new Paying Agent or Calculation Agent; or

          (c)  the resignation of any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent,

          give to the Class A Noteholders notice of the termination, appointment
          or resignation in accordance with Condition 12 (in the case of a
          termination under clause 33.1(b) or 33.2 at the cost of the outgoing
          Paying Agent or the Calculation Agent, as the case may be).

     33.8 CHANGE IN PAYING OFFICE OR SPECIFIED OFFICE

          (a)  If any Paying Agent proposes to change its Paying Office or to
               nominate a further Paying Office (which must be within the same
               city as its previous Paying Office), it must give to the Issuer,
               the Manager, the Note Trustee and, in the case of a change in the
               Paying Office of a Paying Agent other than the Principal Paying
               Agent, the Principal Paying Agent, not less than 30 days' prior
               written notice of that change, giving the address of the new
               Paying Office and stating the date on which the change is to take
               effect. No change of Paying Office may occur within the period of
               30 days before any due date for payment of any Notes.

          (b)  If the Calculation Agent proposes to change its Specified Office
               (which must be in New York), or to nominate a further Specified
               Office, it must give to the Issuer, the Manager and the Note
               Trustee, not less than 30 days' prior written notice of that
               change, giving the address of the new Specified Office and
               stating the date on which the change is to take effect. No change
               of specified office may occur within the period of 30 days before
               any due date for payment of any Class A Notes.

          (c)  The Manager on behalf of the Issuer must, within 14 days of
               receipt of a notice under paragraph (a) or (b) (unless the
               appointment is to terminate pursuant to clause 33.1 or 33.2 on or
               prior to the date of that change) give

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 61

               to the Class A Noteholders notice in accordance with the
               Conditions of that change and of the address of the new Paying
               Office or Specified Office (as the case may be) but the costs of
               giving that notice shall be borne by the Paying Agent or the
               Calculation Agent (as the case may be) which is changing its
               Paying Office or Specified Office and not by the Issuer or the
               Manager.

          (d)  Despite any other provision of this deed, no Paying Office may be
               located in Australia.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34   WAIVER

          (a)  The Note Trustee may, without the consent of any of the Class A
               Noteholders, and if directed to do so by the holders of at least
               75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes
               calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent must, and without
               prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach,
               condition, event or act from time to time and at any time (but
               only if, and in so far as, in its opinion the interests of any of
               the Class A Noteholders are not materially prejudiced unless the
               Note Trustee is acting at the direction of the holders of at
               least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes
               calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent), waive or
               authorise on any terms and subject to any conditions as it sees
               fit and proper:

               (1)  any breach or proposed breach by the Issuer of any of the
                    covenants or provisions contained in this deed or in the
                    Class A Notes (including the Conditions) or any other
                    Transaction Document (as to which evidence of a breach of
                    one Class A Note shall be deemed evidence of a breach of all
                    Class A Notes); or

               (2)  determine that any condition, event or act which
                    constitutes, or which with the giving of notice, the lapse
                    of time or the issue of a certificate would constitute, but
                    for that determination, an Event of Default shall not, or
                    shall not subject to specified conditions, be so treated for
                    the purposes of this deed,

               but the Note Trustee shall not exercise any powers conferred on
               it by this clause 34 in contravention of any express direction
               given in writing by holders of Class A Notes representing at
               least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes
               calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent or the affected
               class of Class A Notes as applicable. No direction or request
               shall affect any waiver, authorisation or determination
               previously given or made.

          (b)  Any waiver, authorisation or determination under this clause 34
               is binding on the Class A Noteholders and if, but only if, the
               Note Trustee so requires, shall be notified by the Issuer to the
               Class A Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12 as soon as
               practicable.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 62

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
35   AMENDMENT

     35.1 APPROVAL

          The Manager and the Issuer may, following the giving of not less than
          ten Banking Days' prior notice to each Designated Rating Agency:

          (a)  by way of supplemental deed entered into with the parties to this
               deed alter, add to or modify this deed (including this clause
               35), the Conditions and this clause 35 or any other Transaction
               Document to which the Note Trustee is a party; or

          (b)  subject to (a), with the consent of the Note Trustee, alter, add
               to or modify any Transaction Document (in so far as any such
               amendment affects or relates to the Securitisation Fund),

          so long as that alteration, addition or modification is:

          (c)  to correct a manifest error or ambiguity or is of a formal,
               technical or administrative nature only;

          (d)  in the opinion of the Note Trustee necessary to comply with the
               provisions of any law or regulation or with the requirements of
               any Government Agency;

          (e)  in the opinion of the Note Trustee appropriate or expedient as a
               consequence of an amendment to any statute or regulation or
               altered requirements of any Government Agency (including, without
               limitation, an alteration, addition or modification which is in
               the opinion of the Note Trustee appropriate or expedient as a
               consequence of the enactment of a statute or regulation or an
               amendment to any law or regulation or ruling by the Commissioner
               or Deputy Commissioner of Taxation or any governmental
               announcement or statement, in any case which has or may have the
               effect of altering the manner or basis of taxation of trusts
               generally or of trusts similar to the Securitisation Fund); or

          (f)  in the reasonable opinion of the Note Trustee neither prejudicial
               nor likely to be prejudicial to the interests of the Class A
               Noteholders as a whole, and in the manner, and to the extent,
               permitted by the Transaction Documents.

     35.2 RESOLUTION OF CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS

          Where in the opinion of the Note Trustee a proposed alteration,
          addition or modification to this deed, other than an alteration,
          addition or modification referred to in clause 35.1, is prejudicial or
          likely to be prejudicial to the interest of Class A Noteholders as a
          whole or any class of Class A Noteholders, the Note Trustee, the
          Manager and the Issuer may make that alteration, addition or
          modification only if sanctioned in writing by holders of at least 75%
          of the aggregate Invested Amount of each such Class of Class A Notes
          calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent, as applicable, and in
          any case, with respect to the Class A1 notes, in compliance with the
          TIA.

     35.3 DISTRIBUTION OF AMENDMENTS

          The Manager shall distribute to all Class A Noteholders and each
          Designated Rating Agency a copy of any amendments made under clause
          35.1 or 35.2 in

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 63

          accordance with Condition 12 as soon as reasonably practicable after
          the amendment has been made.

     35.4 AMENDMENTS BINDING

          Any amendment under this clause 35 is binding on the Noteholders.

     35.5 NO RATING AGENCY DOWNGRADE

          The Note Trustee will be entitled to assume that any proposed
          alteration, addition or revocation will not be prejudicial or likely
          to be prejudicial to the interests of Class A Noteholders or a
          sub-class thereof if each of the Designated Rating Agencies confirms
          in writing that if the alteration, addition or revocation is effected
          this will not lead to a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the
          then rating given to the Class A Notes. or the relevant sub-class of
          the Class A Notes by the Designated Rating Agency.

     35.6 CONFORMITY WITH TIA

          Every amendment of this deed executed pursuant to this clause 35 shall
          conform to the requirements of the TIA, in respect of the Class A1
          Notes, as then in effect so long as this deed shall then be qualified
          under the TIA.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36   CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS

     36.1 ABSOLUTE OWNER

          (a)  The Issuer, the Manager, the Security Trustee, the Note Trustee
               and any Paying Agent may treat the registered holders of any
               Definitive Note as the absolute owner of that Definitive Note
               (whether or not that Definitive Note is overdue and despite any
               notation or notice of ownership or writing on it or any notice of
               previous loss or theft of it or trust or other interest in it)
               for the purpose of making payment and for all purposes and none
               of the Issuer, the Manager, the Security Trustee, the Note
               Trustee or the Paying Agent is affected by any notice to the
               contrary.

          (b)  So long as the Class A Notes, or any of them, are represented by
               a Book-Entry Note, the Issuer, the Manager, the Note Trustee and
               any Paying Agent may treat the person for the time being shown in
               the records of the Clearing Agency as the holder of any Class A
               Note as the absolute owner of that Class A Note and the Issuer,
               the Manager, the Note Trustee and the Paying Agent are not
               affected by any notice to the contrary, but without prejudice to
               the entitlement of the registered holder of the Book-Entry Note
               to be paid principal and interest on the Book-Entry Note in
               accordance with its terms. Such person shall have no claim
               directly against the Issuer in respect of payment due on the
               Class A Notes for so long as the Class A Notes are represented by
               a Book-Entry Note and the relevant obligations of the Issuer will
               be discharged by payment to the registered holder of the
               Book-Entry Note in respect of each amount so paid.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 64

          (c)  All payments made to the owner of a Class A Note under this
               clause 36 (or, in the case of a Book-Entry Note, to or to the
               order of the registered holder of that Book-Entry Note) shall be
               valid and, to the extent of the sums so paid, effective to
               satisfy and discharge the liability for the moneys payable upon
               those Class A Notes.

          (d)  Any instalment of interest or principal, payable on any Class A
               Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer
               to the Paying Agent on the applicable Payment Date or Maturity
               Date shall be paid to the person in whose name such Class A Note
               is registered on the Record Date, by cheque mailed first-class,
               postage prepaid, to such person's address as it appears on the
               Note Register on such Record Date, except that, unless Definitive
               Notes have been issued pursuant to clause 3.3 or clause 3.4, with
               respect to Class A Notes registered on the Record Date in the
               name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such
               nominee to be the Common Depository), payment will be made by
               wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
               designated by such nominee and except for the final instalment of
               principal payable with respect to such Class A Note on a Payment
               Date or Maturity Date (and except for the redemption of any Class
               A Note called for redemption pursuant to Condition 5 which shall
               be payable as provided below).

          (e)  The principal of each Class A Note shall be payable on each
               Payment Date and the Maturity Date as set forth in the
               Conditions. The Principal Paying Agent shall notify the person in
               whose name a Class A Note is registered at the close of business
               on the Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer
               expects that the final instalment of principal and interest on
               such Class A Note will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed or
               transmitted by facsimile prior to such final Maturity Date and
               shall specify that such final instalment will be payable only
               upon presentation and surrender of such Class A Note and shall
               specify the place where such Class A Note may be presented and
               surrendered for payment of such instalment. Notices in connection
               with redemptions of Class A Notes shall be mailed to Class A
               Noteholders as provided in Condition 12.

     36.2 CLEARING AGENCY CERTIFICATE

          The Issuer, the Manager, the Security Trustee and the Note Trustee may
          call for and shall be at liberty to accept and place full reliance on
          as sufficient evidence a certificate or letter or confirmation signed
          on behalf of any Clearing Agency or any form of record made by either
          of them to the effect that at any particular time or throughout any
          particular period any particular person is, was or will be shown in
          its records as entitled to a particular interest in a Book-Entry Note.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
37   CURRENCY INDEMNITY

          Subject to this deed including, without limitation, clause 45, the
          Issuer indemnifies the Note Trustee and the Class A Noteholders and
          keeps them indemnified against:

          (a)  any loss or damage incurred by any of them arising from the
               non-payment by the Issuer of the Relevant Class A Currency due to
               the Note Trustee or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 65

               the relevant Class A Noteholders under this deed or the relevant
               Class A Notes by reason of any variation in the rates of exchange
               between those used for the purposes of calculating the amount due
               under a judgment or order in respect of that payment, which
               amount is expressed in a currency other than the Relevant Class A
               Currency, and under which the Note Trustee and the Class A
               Noteholders do not have an option to have that judgment or order
               expressed in the Relevant Class A Currency, and those prevailing
               at the date of actual payment by the Issuer; and

          (b)  any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates
               of exchange between:

               (1)  the date (if any) as of which the non-Relevant Class A
                    Currency equivalent of the Relevant Class A Currency amounts
                    due or contingently due under this deed (other than this
                    clause 37) or in respect of the relevant Class A Notes is
                    calculated for the purposes of any bankruptcy, insolvency or
                    liquidation of the Issuer; and

               (2)  the final date for ascertaining the amount of claims in that
                    bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation provided that in that
                    bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation claims are required to
                    be made in a currency other than the Relevant Class A
                    Currency.

               The amount of that deficiency shall not be reduced by any
               variation in rates of exchange occurring between that final date
               and the date of any distribution of assets in connection with
               that bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation.

          (c)  If any payment is made by the Issuer under this deed or the Class
               A Notes or if the Note Trustee or any Class Noteholder receives
               or recovers any money under or pursuant to this deed or the Class
               A Notes in a currency (RECEIPT CURRENCY) other than the currency
               in which the money was payable pursuant to the terms of this deed
               or the Class A Notes (AGREED CURRENCY), the Issuer must, as a
               separate and additional liability, pay to the recipient such
               additional amount so that after conversion from the Receipt
               Currency into the Agreed Currency of such money so paid, received
               or recovered and after the payment of all commission and expenses
               in relation to such conversion the recipient will receive net in
               its hands an amount in the Agreed Currency equal to the amount of
               the money payable under this deed or the Class A Notes in the
               Agreed Currency.

          (d)  Any payment purportedly pursuant to the terms of this deed or a
               Class A Note in a currency other than the currency in which it is
               required to be paid will not discharge or satisfy the relevant
               obligation of the payer to make the payment except to the extent
               that, and insofar as, the currency in which the payment is
               required to be made is acquired by sale of the currency in which
               the payment was actually made.

          (e)  The indemnities in this clause 37 are obligations of the Issuer
               separate and independent from its obligations under the other
               provisions of this deed and Class A Notes and apply irrespective
               of any time or indulgence granted by the Note Trustee or the
               Class A Noteholders from time to time and shall continue in full
               force and effect despite the judgment or filing of any proof or
               proofs in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of the

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 66

               Issuer for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due
               under this deed (other than this clause 37) or the Class A Notes.
               Any deficiency will constitute a loss suffered by the Class A
               Noteholders and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be
               required by the Issuer or its liquidator.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
38   NEW NOTE TRUSTEES

     38.1 APPOINTMENT BY ISSUER

          The Issuer may, at the direction of the Manager, at any time appoint a
          new note trustee of this deed who has previously been approved in
          writing by holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of
          the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent. One
          or more persons may hold office as note trustee or note trustees of
          this deed but that note trustee or note trustees must be or include a
          Trust Corporation. Whenever there are more than two note trustees of
          this deed the majority of those note trustees are competent to execute
          and exercise all the duties, powers, trusts, authorities and
          discretions vested in the Note Trustee by this deed if a Trust
          Corporation is included in that majority.

     38.2 APPOINTMENT BY NOTE TRUSTEE

          (a)  The Note Trustee may, on not less than 14 days prior written
               notice to the Issuer and Manager, appoint any person established
               or resident in any jurisdiction (whether a Trust Corporation or
               not) to act either as a separate note trustee or as a co-note
               trustee jointly with the Note Trustee:

               (1)  if the Note Trustee considers that appointment to be in the
                    interests of the Class A Noteholders;

               (2)  for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements,
                    restrictions or conditions in any jurisdiction in which any
                    particular act or acts is or are to be performed; or

               (3)  for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction
                    or the enforcement in any jurisdiction of either a judgment
                    already obtained or any of the provisions of this deed
                    against the Issuer.

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of this deed, a person appointed under
               paragraph (a) has all trusts, powers, authorities and discretions
               (not exceeding those conferred on the Note Trustee by this deed)
               and all duties and obligations conferred or imposed by the
               instrument of appointment. All rights, powers, duties and
               obligations conferred or imposed upon the Note Trustee shall be
               conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Note
               Trustee and such separate note trustee or co-trustee jointly (it
               being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not
               authorised to act separately without the Note Trustee joining in
               such act), except to the extent that under any law of any
               jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be
               performed the Note Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to
               perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers,
               duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed singly by
               such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction
               of the Note Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 67

          (c)  The Note Trustee may remove any person appointed under this
               clause 38. The reasonable remuneration of any person appointed
               under this clause 38 together with any costs, charges and
               expenses properly incurred by it in performing its function as
               note trustee or co-note trustee will be costs, charges and
               expenses incurred by the Note Trustee under this deed.

     38.3 NOTICE

          (a)  The Issuer shall notify the Principal Paying Agent and the Class
               A Noteholders of any appointment of a new note trustee or any
               retirement or removal of an existing note trustee of this deed as
               soon as practicable after becoming aware of that appointment,
               retirement or removal in accordance with Condition 12.

          (b)  The Note Trustee shall notify each Designated Rating Agency of
               any appointment of a new note trustee or its retirement or
               removal as soon as practicable.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
39   NOTE TRUSTEE'S RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL

     39.1 REMOVAL BY ISSUER

          The Issuer (or the Manager after informing the Issuer of its intention
          to do so) may at any time terminate the appointment of the Note
          Trustee by giving written notice to that effect to each Designated
          Rating Agency and the Note Trustee with effect immediately on that
          notice, subject to clause 39.4, if any of the following occurs in
          relation to the Note Trustee:

          (a)  an Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to the Note Trustee
               in its personal capacity or in respect of its personal assets
               (and not in its capacity as trustee of any trust or in respect of
               any assets it holds as trustee);

          (b)  the Note Trustee has ceased its business;

          (c)  the Note Trustee fails to comply with any of its obligations
               under any Transaction Document and such failure has had or, if
               continued, will have, a Material Adverse Effect (as determined by
               the Issuer), and, if capable of remedy, the Note Trustee does not
               remedy that failure within 14 days after the earlier of:

               (1)  the Note Trustee becoming aware of that failure; and

               (2)  receipt by the Note Trustee of a written notice with respect
                    thereto from either the Issuer or the Manager; or

          (d)  the Note Trustee fails to satisfy any obligation imposed on it
               under the TIA with respect to the Securitisation Fund or this
               deed or comply with clause 39.9.

     39.2 REMOVAL BY CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS

          The Class A Noteholders may resolve by written consent of the holders
          of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes
          calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent to require the Issuer to
          terminate the appointment of the Note Trustee or Note Trustees for the
          time being of this deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 68

     39.3 RESIGNATION

          Subject to this clause 39, the Note Trustee may resign its appointment
          under this deed at any time by giving to the Issuer, the Manager, the
          Security Trustee and each Designated Rating Agency not less than 3
          months' written notice to that effect which notice shall expire not
          less than 30 days (or such lesser time as the Manager, the Issuer and
          the Note Trustee may agree) before any due date for payment of the
          Class A Notes.

     39.4 RATING AGENCIES APPROVAL

          Any resignation or removal of the Note Trustee and appointment of a
          successor note trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
          the appointment by that successor note trustee and confirmation by
          Moody's, Fitch Ratings and S&P (such confirmation not to be
          unreasonably withheld or delayed) that such appointment will not cause
          a downgrading, qualification or withdrawal of the then current ratings
          of the Class A Notes. The Manager is responsible for obtaining such
          confirmation from Moody's, Fitch Ratings and S&P.

     39.5 TRUST CORPORATION

          The Issuer undertakes that if the Note Trustee which is a Trust
          Corporation retires or is removed it will use its best endeavours to
          appoint a new note trustee of this deed which is a Trust Corporation
          as soon as reasonably practicable. The retirement or removal of any
          Note Trustee shall not become effective until a successor Note Trustee
          which is a Trust Corporation is appointed, save as hereinafter
          provided. The Manager must assist the Issuer to appoint a new note
          trustee of this deed. If the Issuer fails to appoint a new Note
          Trustee by the date which is one (1) month prior to the date of the
          Note Trustee's proposed retirement or removal, the Note Trustee shall
          be entitled to appoint a new Note Trustee which is a Trust Corporation
          and such appointment shall be deemed to have been made under clause
          38.2 of this deed. If no other person can be found to act as the Note
          Trustee, the Noteholders may appoint a Note Trustee from among the
          holders of the Class A Notes.

     39.6 SUCCESSOR TO NOTE TRUSTEE

          (a)  On the execution by the Issuer, the Manager and any successor
               Note Trustee of an instrument effecting the appointment of that
               successor Note Trustee and a deed whereby the successor agrees to
               be bound by this deed, that successor Note Trustee shall, without
               any further act, deed or conveyance, become vested with all the
               authority, rights, powers, trusts, immunities, duties and
               obligations of the predecessor Note Trustee with effect as if
               originally named as Note Trustee in this deed and the Transaction
               Documents and that predecessor Note Trustee, on payment to it of
               the pro rata proportion of its fee and disbursements then unpaid
               (if any), shall have no further liabilities under this deed,
               except for any accrued liabilities arising from or relating to
               any act or omission occurring prior to the date on which the
               successor Note Trustee is appointed.

          (b)  Any corporation:

               (1)  into which the Note Trustee is merged;

               (2)  with which the Note Trustee is consolidated;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 69

               (3)  resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Note
                    Trustee is a party;

               (4)  to which the Note Trustee sells or otherwise transfers all
                    or substantially all the assets of its corporate trust
                    business,

               shall, on the date when that merger, conversion, consolidation,
               sale or transfer becomes effective (and upon execution by the
               Issuer, the Manager and any such merged or consolidated entity of
               a deed whereby that entity agrees to be bound by the terms of
               this deed) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, become
               the successor Note Trustee under this deed without the execution
               or filing of any agreement or document or any further act on the
               part of the parties to this deed, unless otherwise required by
               the Issuer or the Manager, and after that effective date all
               references in this deed to the Note Trustee shall be references
               to that corporation.

          (c)  The Manager undertakes to use its best endeavours to procure
               execution by the relevant parties of the deeds referred to in
               clauses 39.6(a) and 39.6(b).

     39.7 NOTICE

          (a)  The Issuer shall notify the Principal Paying Agent and the Class
               A Noteholders of any appointment of a new note trustee or any
               retirement or removal of the existing note trustee of this deed
               as soon as practicable after becoming aware of that appointment,
               retirement or removal in accordance with Condition 12.

          (b)  The Note Trustee shall notify each Designated Rating Agency of
               its retirement as soon as practical.

     39.8 RETENTION OF LIEN

          (a)  Nothing in this clause 39 shall release the Note Trustee from any
               liability incurred by it prior to its retirement.

          (b)  The outgoing Note Trustee will remain entitled to the benefit of
               the indemnities granted by this deed to the outgoing Note Trustee
               in respect of any liability, cost or other obligation incurred by
               it while acting as Note Trustee, as if it were still the Note
               Trustee under this deed.

     39.9 ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION

          (a)  The Note Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of
               Section 310(a) of the TIA.

          (b)  The Note Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus (as
               those terms are used in the TIA) of at least US$50,000,000 as set
               forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

          (c)  The Note Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA,
               provided that any indenture or indentures under which other
               securities of the Trustee are outstanding shall be excluded from
               the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA for the purposes of
               paragraph (b) if the requirements for such exclusion set out in
               Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 70

          (d)  Neither the Manager, the Issuer nor any of their related entities
               may be appointed as Note Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40   NOTE TRUSTEE'S POWERS ADDITIONAL

          The powers conferred upon the Note Trustee by this deed shall be in
          addition to any powers which may from time to time be vested in the
          Note Trustee by the general law or as a holder of any of the Class A
          Notes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41   SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS

          Any provision of this deed which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
          jurisdiction is ineffective as to that jurisdiction to the extent of
          the prohibition or unenforceability. That does not invalidate the
          remaining provisions of this deed nor affect the validity or
          enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
42   NOTICES

     42.1 GENERAL

          All notices, requests, demands, consents, approvals, agreements or
          other communications to or by a party to this deed:

          (a)  must be in writing;

          (b)  must be signed by an Authorised Signatory of the sender; and

          (c)  will be taken to be duly given or made:

               (1)  (in the case of delivery in person or by post) when
                    delivered, received or left at the address of the person
                    shown in clause 42.2 or to any other address of which the
                    sender may have been notified by the recipient; and

               (2)  (in the case of facsimile transmission) on receipt of a
                    transmission report confirming successful transmission to
                    the number shown in clause 42.2 or any other number notified
                    by the recipient to the sender in accordance with this
                    clause 42;

               but if delivery or receipt is on a day on which business is not
               generally carried on in the place to which the communication is
               sent or is later than 5.00 pm (local time), it will be taken to
               have been duly given or made at the commencement of business on
               the next day on which business is generally carried on in that
               place. Any party may by notice to each party change its address
               and facsimile under this clause 42.1.

     42.2 DETAILS

          The address and facsimile of each person to whom notices may be sent
          at the date of this deed are as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 71

          THE ISSUER

               Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited
               Level 7
               9 Castlereagh Street
               Sydney New South Wales 2000
               Australia

               Fax:       +612 9221 7870

               Attention: Head of Debt Markets/Manager, Securitisation

          THE MANAGER

               ME Portfolio Management Limited
               Level 23
               360 Collins Street
               Melbourne Victoria 3000
               Australia

               Fax:       +613 9605 6200

               Attention: Manager - Capital Markets

          THE NOTE TRUSTEE

               The Bank of New York
               101 Barclay Street
               Floor 21 West
               New York New York 10286
               United States of America

               Fax:       +1 212 815 5915

               Attention: Global Structured Finance

          THE CALCULATION AGENT

               The Bank of New York
               101 Barclay Street
               Floor 21 West
               New York New York 10286
               United States of America

               Fax:       +1 212 815 5915

               Attention: Global Structured Finance

          THE SECURITY TRUSTEE

               Perpetual Trustee Company Limited
               Level 7
               9 Castlereagh Street
               Sydney New South Wales 2000
               Australia

               Fax:       +612 9221 7870

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 72

               Attention: Head of Debt Markets/Manager - Securitisation

          THE NOTE REGISTRAR

               The Bank of New York
               101 Barclay Street
               Floor 21 West
               New York New York 10286
               United States of America

               Fax:       +1 212 815 5915

               Attention: Global Structured Finance

          THE PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

               The Bank of New York
               101 Barclay Street
               Floor 21 West
               New York New York 10286
               United States of America

               Fax:       +1 212 815 5915

               Attention: Global Structured Finance

          THE IRISH PAYING AGENT

               AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited
               Guild House
               Guild Street
               Dublin 1
               Republic of Ireland

               Fax:       +353 1 829 0833

               Attention: Chief Operating Officer

     42.3 COMMUNICATION THROUGH PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

          All communications relating to this agreement between the Issuer and
          the Manager and the Calculation Agent and any of the Paying Agents or
          between the Paying Agents themselves shall save as otherwise provided
          in this agreement, be made through the Principal Paying Agent.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
43   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

     43.1 GOVERNING LAW

          (a)  Subject to clause 43.1(b), this deed and the Note Trust are
               governed by the law of New South Wales, Australia. The parties
               submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of courts exercising
               jurisdiction there.

          (b)  The administration of the Note Trust created under this deed,
               including the exercise of the Note Trustee's powers under clause
               13 of this deed, is governed by the law of New York. In the event
               of any inconsistency

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 73

               between the operation of the law of New South Wales, Australia
               and the law of New York in respect of the application of those
               powers, the law of New York will prevail to the extent of the
               inconsistency.

     43.2 JURISDICTION

          Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees for the benefit of each
          other and the Noteholders that the courts of New South Wales,
          Australia are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may
          arise out of or in connection with this deed and that accordingly any
          notices, demands, suit, action or proceedings arising out of or in
          connection with this deed (together referred to as "PROCEEDINGS") may
          be brought in the courts of New South Wales, Australia. Each of the
          parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not
          to raise any objection which it may have now or subsequently to the
          laying of the venue of any Proceedings in the courts of New South
          Wales, Australia and any claim that any Proceedings have been brought
          in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably and unconditionally
          agrees that a judgment in any Proceedings brought in the courts of New
          South Wales, Australia shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may
          be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Nothing in this
          Clause shall limit any right to take Proceedings in any other court of
          competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or
          more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other
          jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

     43.3 AGENT

          The Issuer irrevocably and unconditionally appoints CT Corporation
          System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th floor, New York, New York, 10011 and
          in the event of its ceasing so to act will appoint such other person
          as the Note Trustee may approve and as the Issuer may nominate in
          writing to the Note Trustee for the purpose to accept service of
          process on its behalf in respect of any Proceedings. The Issuer:

          (a)  agrees to procure that, so long as any of the Notes remains
               outstanding, there shall be in force an appointment of such a
               person approved by the Note Trustee with an office with authority
               to accept service as aforesaid;

          (b)  agrees that failure by any such person to give notice of such
               service of process to the Issuer shall not impair the validity of
               such service or of any judgment based thereon;

          (c)  consents to the service of process in respect of any Proceedings
               by airmailing of copies, postage prepaid, to the Issuer in
               accordance with Clause 26; and

          (d)  agrees that nothing in this deed shall affect the right to serve
               process in any other manner permitted by law.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44   COUNTERPARTS

          This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts. All
          counterparts together will be taken to constitute one instrument.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 74

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45   LIMITED RECOURSE

     45.1 GENERAL

          Clause 26 of the Master Trust Deed applies to the obligations and
          liabilities of the Issuer and the Manager under this deed.

     45.2 LIABILITY OF ISSUER LIMITED TO ITS RIGHT TO INDEMNITY

          (a)  The Issuer enters into this deed only in its capacity as trustee
               of the Securitisation Fund and in no other capacity (except where
               the Transaction Documents provide otherwise). Subject to clause
               45.2(c) below, a liability arising under or in connection with
               this deed or the Securitisation Fund is limited to and can be
               enforced against the Issuer only to the extent to which it can be
               satisfied out of the assets and property of the Securitisation
               Fund which are available to satisfy the right of the Issuer to be
               exonerated or indemnified for the liability. This limitation of
               the Issuer's liability applies despite any other provision of
               this deed and extends to all liabilities and obligations of the
               Issuer in any way connected with any representation, warranty,
               conduct, omission, agreement or transaction related to this deed
               or the Securitisation Fund.

          (b)  Subject to 45.2(c) below, no person (including any Relevant
               Party) may take action against the Issuer in any capacity other
               than as trustee of the Securitisation Fund or seek the
               appointment of a receiver (except under the Security Trust Deed),
               or a liquidator, an administrator or any similar person to the
               Issuer or prove in any liquidation, administration or
               arrangements of or affecting the Issuer except in relation to the
               Assets of the Securitisation Fund.

          (c)  The provisions of this clause 45.2 shall not apply to any
               obligation or liability of the Issuer to the extent that it is
               not satisfied because under a Transaction Document or by
               operation of law there is a reduction in the extent of the
               Issuer's indemnification or exoneration out of the Assets of the
               Securitisation Fund as a result of the Issuer's fraud, negligence
               or wilful default and will not apply to any obligation or
               liability of the Issuer to pay amounts from its personal funds
               pursuant to clause 12.1.

          (d)  It is acknowledged that the Relevant Parties are responsible
               under this deed or the other Transaction Documents for performing
               a variety of obligations relating to the Securitisation Fund. No
               act or omission of the Issuer (including any related failure to
               satisfy its obligations under this deed) will be considered
               fraud, negligence or wilful default of the Issuer for the purpose
               of clause 45.2(c) above to the extent to which the act or
               omission was caused or contributed to by any failure by any
               Relevant Party or any person who has been delegated or appointed
               by the Issuer in accordance with the Transaction Documents to
               fulfil its obligations relating to the Securitisation Fund or by
               any other act or omission of a Relevant Party or any such person.

          (e)  No attorney, agent, delegate, receiver or receiver and manager
               appointed in accordance with this deed or any other Transaction
               Document has authority to act on behalf of the Issuer in a way
               which exposes the Issuer

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 75

               to any personal liability and no act or omission of any such
               person will be considered fraud, negligence or wilful default of
               the Issuer for the purpose of clause 45.2(c) above.

          (f)  In this clause 45.2, Relevant Parties means any party to a
               Transaction Document other than the Issuer.

          (g)  The Issuer is not obliged to do or refrain from doing anything
               under this deed (including incurring liability) unless the
               Issuer's liability is limited in the same manner as set out in
               paragraphs (a) to (c) of this clause 45.2.

     45.3 UNRESTRICTED REMEDIES

          Nothing in clause 45.2 limits any party in:

          (a)  obtaining an injunction or other order to restrain any breach of
               this deed by any party;

          (b)  obtaining declaratory relief;

          (c)  relation to its rights under the Security Trust Deed; or

          (d)  taking any legal action against the Issuer in its personal
               capacity under clause 45.2(c)

     45.4 RESTRICTED REMEDIES

          Except as provided in clauses 45.2(c) and 45.3, none of the Note
          Trustee, each Paying Agent or the Calculation Agent shall, in respect
          of this Deed:

          (a)  (JUDGMENT) obtain a judgment for the payment of money or damages
               by the Issuer;

          (b)  (STATUTORY DEMAND) issue any demand under s459E(1) of the
               Corporations Act (or any analogous provision under any other law)
               against the Issuer;

          (c)  (WINDING UP) apply for the winding up or dissolution of the
               Issuer;

          (d)  (EXECUTION) levy or enforce any distress or other execution to,
               on or against any assets of the Issuer;

          (e)  (COURT APPOINTED RECEIVER) apply for the appointment by a court
               of a receiver to any of the assets of the Issuer;

          (f)  (SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM) exercise or seek to exercise any
               set-off or counterclaim against the Issuer; or

          (g)  (ADMINISTRATOR) appoint, or agree to the appointment, of any
               administrator to the Issuer,

          or take proceedings for any of the above and the Note Trustee, each
          Paying Agent and the Calculation Agent waives their rights to make
          those applications and take those proceedings.

          A reference to the Issuer in this clause 45.4 is to the Issuer in its
          personal capacity and not as trustee of the Securitisation Fund

     45.5 WILFUL DEFAULT OF THE ISSUER

          For the purposes of this deed the expression "wilful default":

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 76

          (a)  in relation to the Issuer, means a wilful default of this deed by
               the Issuer:

               (1)  other than a default which:

                    (A)  arises out of a breach of a Transaction Document by a
                         person other than the Issuer or any person referred to
                         in clause 45.5(b) in relation to the Issuer;

                    (B)  arises because some other act or omission is a
                         precondition to the relevant act or omission of the
                         Issuer and that other act or omission does not occur;

                    (C)  is in accordance with a lawful court order or direction
                         or is required by law; or

                    (D)  is in accordance with an instruction or direction given
                         to it by any person in circumstances where that person
                         is authorised to do so by any Transaction Document; and

               (2)  in circumstances where had it not committed that default it
                    would have been entitled to recoupment, reimbursement or a
                    right of indemnity for its costs and expenses (if any) in
                    complying with this deed from the Securitisation Fund;

          (b)  a reference to the "fraud", "negligence" or "wilful default" of
               the Issuer means the fraud, negligence or wilful default of the
               Issuer and of its officers or employees, but not of its agents or
               delegates, unless the Issuer is liable for the acts or omissions
               of such other person under the terms of this deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
46   SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE

          The Note Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Calculation Agent shall do
          all things reasonably necessary to enable any successor Issuer
          appointed under clause 18 of the Master Trust Deed to become the
          Issuer under this deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
47   REIMBURSEMENT FOR THE COST OF INDEPENDENT ADVICE

          Where the Note Trustee is required to express an opinion or make a
          determination or calculation under this deed or the other Transaction
          Documents, the Note Trustee may appoint or engage such independent
          advisers as the Note Trustee reasonably requires to assist in the
          giving of that opinion or the making of that determination or
          calculation and any reasonable costs and expenses payable to those
          advisers will be reimbursed to the Note Trustee by the Issuer or if
          another person is expressly stated in the relevant provision in a
          Transaction Document, that person.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48   NO LIABILITY

          Without limitation the Note Trustee shall not be liable (subject to
          the mandatory requirements of the TIA) for:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 77

          (a)  any decline in the value or loss realised upon any sale or other
               disposition made under the Security Trust Deed of any Charged
               Property or any other property charged to the Security Trustee by
               any other person in respect of or relating to the obligations of
               any person in respect of the Issuer or the Secured Moneys (as
               defined in the Security Trust Deed) or relating in any way to the
               Charged Property;

          (b)  any decline or loss directly or indirectly arising from the Note
               Trustee acting or failing to act as a consequence of an opinion
               reached by it or failing to act as a consequence of it not being
               indemnified for any action it might otherwise have taken as
               contemplated by clause 6.3; and

          (c)  any loss, expense or liability which may be suffered as a result
               of any assets secured by the Security Trust Deed, the Charged
               Property or any deeds or documents of title thereto being
               uninsured or inadequately insured or being held by or to the
               order of the Mortgage Manager or any of its affiliates or by
               clearing organisations or their operator or by any person on
               behalf of the Security Trustee or the Note Trustee,

          except for the fraud, negligence or wilful default of the Note
          Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49   PROSPECTUS

          The Note Trustee has no responsibility for any statement or
          information in or omission from any prospectus, advertisement,
          circular or other document issued by or on behalf of the Issuer or
          Manager, including in connection with the issue of Class A Notes.
          Neither the Issuer nor the Manager may publish or permit to be
          published any such document in connection with the offer of Class A
          Notes or an invitation for subscriptions for Class A Notes containing
          any statement which makes reference to the Note Trustee without the
          prior written consent of the Note Trustee, which consent must not be
          unreasonably withheld. In considering whether to give its consent, the
          Note Trustee is not required to take into account the interests of the
          Noteholders.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50   NOTE TRUSTEE'S LIMITED LIABILITY

     50.1 RELIANCE ON CERTIFICATE

          The Note Trustee shall not incur any liability as a result of relying
          upon the authority, validity, due authorisation of, or the accuracy of
          any information contained in any notice, resolution, direction,
          consent, certificate, receipt, affidavit, statement, valuation report
          or other document or communication (including any of the above
          submitted or provided by the Manager, by the Issuer or by a Class A
          Noteholder) if the Note Trustee is entitled, under clause 50.2 to
          assume such authenticity, validity, due authorisation or accuracy.

          In preparing any notice, certificate, advice or proposal the Note
          Trustee shall be entitled to assume, unless it is actually aware to
          the contrary, that each person under any Authorised Investment,
          Enhancement, Mortgage, other Transaction Document or any other deed,
          agreement or arrangement incidental to any of the

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 78

          above or to the Securitisation Fund, will perform their obligations
          under those documents in full by the due date and otherwise in
          accordance with their terms.

     50.2 NOTE TRUSTEE'S RELIANCE ON MANAGER, SECURITY TRUSTEE, ISSUER OR
          MORTGAGE MANAGER

          (a)  (Authorised Signatories are sufficient evidence) Whenever any
               certificate, notice, proposal, direction, instruction, document
               or other communication is to be given to the Note Trustee, the
               Note Trustee may assume:

               (1)  the authenticity and validity of any signature in any such
                    document and that such document has been duly authorised;
                    and

               (2)  the accuracy of any information contained in any such
                    documents,

               in either case unless the officers of the Note Trustee
               responsible for the administration of the Note Trust are actually
               aware to the contrary.

          (b)  (Note Trustee not liable for loss) The Note Trustee shall not be
               responsible for any loss arising from any forgery or lack of
               authenticity or any act, neglect, mistake or discrepancy of the
               Manager, the Security Trustee, Issuer or the Mortgage Manager or
               any officer, employee, agent or delegate of the Manager, the
               Security Trustee, the Issuer or the Mortgage Manager in preparing
               any such document or in compiling, verifying or calculating any
               matter or information contained in any such document, if the
               officers of the Note Trustee responsible for the administration
               of the Note Trust are not actually aware of such forgery, lack of
               authenticity or validity, act, neglect, mistake or discrepancy.

     50.3 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

          The Note Trustee shall not incur any liability to anyone in respect of
          any failure to perform or to do any act or thing which by reason of
          any provision of any applicable present or future law of any place or
          any applicable ordinance, rule, regulation or by law or of any
          applicable decree, order or judgment of any competent court or other
          tribunal, the Note Trustee shall be prohibited from doing or
          performing.

     50.4 RELIANCE ON EXPERTS

          The Note Trustee may rely on and act on the opinion or statement or
          certificate or advice of or information obtained from the Security
          Trustee, the Mortgage Manager, the Issuer, barristers or solicitors
          (whether instructed by the Note Trustee or not), bankers, accountants,
          brokers, valuers and other persons believed by it in good faith to be
          expert or properly informed in relation to the matters on which they
          are consulted and the Note Trustee shall not be liable for anything
          done or suffered by it in good faith in reliance on such opinion,
          statement, certificate, advice or information except to the extent of
          losses, costs, claims or damages caused by the Note Trustee's fraud,
          negligence or wilful default.

     50.5 OVERSIGHTS OF OTHERS

          Having regard to the limitations on the Note Trustee's duties, powers,
          authorities and discretions under this deed, the Note Trustee shall
          not be responsible for any

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 79

          act, omission, misconduct, mistake, oversight, error of judgment,
          forgetfulness or want of prudence on the part of any person or agent
          appointed by the Note Trustee or on whom the Note Trustee is entitled
          to rely under this deed (other than a related body corporate (as
          defined in section 9 of the Corporations Act)), attorney, banker,
          receiver, barrister, solicitor, agent or other person acting as agent
          or adviser to the Note Trustee except to the extent of losses, costs,
          claims or damages caused by the Note Trustee's fraud, negligence or
          wilful default, provided that nothing in this deed or any other
          Transaction Document imposes any obligations on the Note Trustee to
          review or supervise the performance by any other party of its
          obligations.

     50.6 POWERS, AUTHORITIES AND DISCRETIONS

          Except as otherwise provided in this deed and in the absence of fraud,
          negligence or wilful default, the Note Trustee shall not be in any way
          responsible for any loss (whether consequential or otherwise), costs,
          damages or inconvenience that may result from the exercise or
          non-exercise of any powers, authorities and discretions vested in it.

     50.7 IMPOSSIBILITY OR IMPRACTICABILITY

          If for any other reason it becomes impossible or impracticable for it
          to carry out any or all of the provisions of this deed or any other
          Transaction Document, the Note Trustee shall not be under any
          liability and, except to the extent of its own fraud, negligence or
          wilful default, nor shall it incur any liability by reason of any
          error of law or any matter or thing done or suffered or omitted to be
          done in good faith by it or its officers, employees, agents or
          delegates.

     50.8 LEGAL AND OTHER PROCEEDINGS

          (a)  (INDEMNITY FOR LEGAL COSTS) The Note Trustee or the Class A
               Noteholders acting under clause 6.5 (as the case may be) (each an
               Indemnified Party) shall be indemnified by the Issuer (subject to
               clause 45) for all legal costs and disbursements on a full
               indemnity basis and all other cost, disbursements, outgoings and
               expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with:

               (1)  the enforcement or contemplated enforcement of, or
                    preservation of rights under;

               (2)  without limiting the generality of clause 50.8(a)(1) above,
                    the initiation, defence, carriage and settlement of any
                    action, suit, proceeding or dispute in respect of; and

               (3)  obtaining legal advice or opinions concerning or relating to
                    the interpretation or construction of,

               this deed or any other Transaction Document or otherwise under or
               in respect of this deed provided that the enforcement,
               contemplated enforcement or preservation by the Note Trustee (as
               the case may be) of the rights referred to in clause 50.8(a)(1)
               or the court proceedings referred to in clause 50.8(a)(2)
               (including in each case the defence of any action, suit,
               proceeding or dispute brought against the Indemnified Party), and
               the basis of incurring any of those costs, disbursements,
               outgoings and expenses by the Indemnified Party:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 80

               (4)  has been approved in advance by the written consent of the
                    holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of
                    the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$
                    Equivalent; or

               (5)  the Indemnified Party reasonably considers the incurring of
                    those costs, disbursements, outgoings and expenses to be
                    necessary.

          (b)  (DEFENCE OF PROCEEDINGS ALLEGING NEGLIGENCE) The Indemnified
               Party shall be entitled to claim in respect of the above
               indemnity from the Issuer for its expenses and liabilities
               incurred in defending any action, suit, proceeding or dispute in
               which fraud, negligence or wilful default is alleged or claimed
               against it, but on the same being proved, accepted or admitted by
               it, it shall immediately repay to the Issuer the amount
               previously paid by the Issuer to it in respect of that indemnity.

          (c)  (EXPENSES) Subject to clause 45, the Issuer will on demand
               reimburse the Note Trustee for and keep the Note Trustee
               indemnified against all expenses including legal costs and
               disbursements (on a full indemnity basis) reasonably incurred by
               the Note Trustee in connection with:

               (1)  the preparation and execution of this deed and any
                    subsequent consent, agreement, approval or waiver under this
                    deed or amendment to this deed;

               (2)  the exercise, enforcement, preservation or attempted
                    exercise enforcement or preservation of any rights under
                    this deed including without limitation any expenses incurred
                    in the evaluation of any matter of material concern to the
                    Note Trustee; and

               (3)  any enquiry by a Government Agency concerning the Issuer or
                    the Assets of the Securitisation Fund or a transaction or
                    activity the subject of the Transaction Documents.

     50.9 NO LIABILITY EXCEPT FOR NEGLIGENCE ETC.

          Except to the extent caused by the fraud, negligence or wilful default
          on the Note Trustee's part or on the part of any of its officers or
          employees, or any agents or delegate, sub-agent, sub-delegate employed
          by the Note Trustee in accordance with this deed (and where this deed
          provides that the Note Trustee is liable for the acts or omissions of
          any such person) to carry out any transactions contemplated by this
          deed, the Note Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs,
          liabilities or claims arising from the failure to pay moneys on the
          due date for payment to any Class A Noteholder or any other person or
          for any loss howsoever caused in respect of any of the Securitisation
          Fund or to any Class A Noteholder or other person. The Note Trustee is
          not obliged to take any action under this deed unless it is
          indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction against all actions,
          proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render itself liable
          and all costs, charges, damages and expenses which it may incur by so
          doing.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 81

     50.10 FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON NOTE TRUSTEE'S LIABILITY

          Subject to clause 50.2, the Note Trustee shall not be liable:

          (a)  for any losses, costs, liabilities or expenses arising out of the
               exercise or non-exercise of its discretion or for any other act
               or omission on its part under this deed, any other Transaction
               Document or any other document except where the exercise or
               non-exercise of any discretion, or any act or omission, by the
               Note Trustee, or any of its officers or employees, or any agent,
               delegate, sub-agent, sub-delegate employed by the Note Trustee in
               accordance with this deed (and where this deed provides that the
               Note Trustee is liable for the acts or omissions of any such
               person) to carry out any transactions contemplated by this deed,
               constitutes fraud, negligence or wilful default;

          (b)  for any losses, costs, damages or expenses caused by its acting
               (in circumstances where this deed requires it to act or
               contemplates that it may so act) on any instruction or direction
               given to it by:

               (1)  any Class A Noteholder under this deed, any other
                    Transaction Document or any other document;

               (2)  any person under an Enhancement or Mortgage,

               except to the extent that it is caused by the fraud, negligence
               or wilful default of the Note Trustee, or any of its officers or
               employees, or an agent or delegate employed by the Note Trustee
               in accordance with this deed to carry out any transactions
               contemplated by this deed;

          (c)  for any Manager's Default;

          (d)  without limiting the Note Trustee's obligations under the
               Transaction Documents, for any act, omission or default of any
               Mortgage Manager in relation to its servicing duties or its
               obligations under any Mortgage Origination and Management
               Agreement;

          (e)  without limiting the Note Trustee's obligations under the
               Transaction Documents, for any act, omission or default of the
               Security Trustee in relation to its obligations under the
               Transaction Documents;

          (f)  without limiting the Note Trustee's obligations under the
               Transaction Documents, for any act, omission or default of a
               Paying Agent in relation to its obligations under the Transaction
               Documents;

          (g)  without limiting the Note Trustee's obligations under the
               Transaction Documents, for any act, omission or default of the
               Calculation Agent in relation to its obligations under the
               Transaction Documents;

          (h)  for the failure of a person to carry out an agreement with the
               Note Trustee in connection with the Securitisation Fund; or

          (i)  for any losses, costs, liabilities or expenses caused by the Note
               Trustee's failure (except where it has an express obligation to
               do so) to check any calculation, information, document, form or
               list supplied or purported to be supplied to it by the Manager,
               the Issuer or Security Trustee,

          except, in the case of paragraphs (c) to (i) (inclusive), to the
          extent that it is caused by the fraud, negligence or wilful default of
          the Note Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 82

          Nothing in this clause 50.10 alone (but without limiting the operation
          of any other clause of this deed) shall imply a duty on the Note
          Trustee to supervise the Manager or the Security Trustee in the
          performance of the Manager's or the Security Trustee's functions and
          duties, and the exercise by the Manager or the Security Trustee of its
          discretions.

     50.11 CONFLICTS

          (a)  (NOT LIABLE TO ACCOUNT) the Note Trustee shall not be in any way
               liable to account to any Class A Noteholder or any other person
               for any profits or benefits (including any profit, bank charges,
               commission, exchange, brokerage and fees) made or derived under
               or in connection with any transaction or contract specified in
               paragraph (b) below.

          (b)  (FIDUCIARY RELATIONSHIP) the Note Trustee shall not by reason of
               any fiduciary relationship be in any way precluded from making
               any contracts or entering into any transactions with any such
               person in the ordinary course of its business or from undertaking
               any banking, financial, development, agency or other services
               including any contract or transaction in relation to the placing
               of or dealing with any investment and the acceptance of any
               office or profit or any contract of loan or deposits or other
               contract or transaction which any person or company not being a
               party to this deed could or might have lawfully entered into if
               not a party to this deed. The Note Trustee shall not be
               accountable to any Class A Noteholder or any other person for any
               profits arising from any such contracts, transactions or offices.

     50.12 INFORMATION

          Except for notices and other documents and information (if any)
          expressed to be required to be furnished to any person by the Note
          Trustee under this deed or any other Transaction Document, the Note
          Trustee shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any
          person (including any Class A Noteholder) with any credit or other
          information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of
          the Securitisation Fund.

     50.13 INVESTIGATION BY NOTE TRUSTEE

          Each Noteholder acknowledges that the Note Trustee has no duty, and is
          under no obligation, to investigate whether a Manager's Default or
          Trustee's Default has occurred in relation to the Securitisation Fund
          other than where it has actual notice.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
51   NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS, CONTINUING SECURITY, RELEASES AND WAIVERS

     51.1 PROVISION OF INFORMATION

          The Manager will cause to be furnished to the Note Trustee:

          (a)  every six months (with the first six month period commencing on
               the Closing Date) (each such date being a Notice Date), a list,
               in such form as

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 83

               the Note Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and
               addresses of the Class A Noteholders as of the Record Date
               immediately preceding that Notice Date; and

          (b)  at such other times as the Note Trustee may request in writing,
               within 30 days after receipt by the Manager with a copy provided
               to the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and
               content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such
               list is furnished,

          provided that so long as:

          (c)  the Note Trustee is the Note Registrar; or

          (d)  the Class A Notes are Book-Entry Notes,

          no such list shall be required to be furnished.

     51.2 PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO NOTEHOLDERS

          (a)  The Note Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is
               reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Class A
               Noteholders contained in the most recent list (if any) furnished
               to the Note Trustee as provided in clause 51.1 and if it acts as
               Note Registrar, the names and addresses of Class A Noteholders
               received by the Note Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.
               The Note Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided
               in such clause 51.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

          (b)  Class A Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of
               the TIA with other Class A Noteholders with respect to their
               rights under this deed or under the Class A Notes.

          (c)  The Issuer, Note Trustee and Note Registrar shall have the
               protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

     51.3 REPORTS BY NOTE TRUSTEE

          If required by Section 313(a) of the TIA, within 60 days after each 30
          June, beginning with 30 June 2006, the Note Trustee shall mail to each
          Class A1 Noteholder, the Issuer and the Manager as required by Section
          313(c) of the TIA a brief report dated as of such date that complies
          with Section 313(a) of the TIA. The Note Trustee also shall comply
          with Section 313(b) of the TIA. A copy of each report at the time of
          its mailing to Class A1 Noteholders shall be filed by the Note Trustee
          with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the
          Class A1 Notes are listed. The Manager on behalf of the Issuer shall
          notify the Note Trustee if and when the Class A1 Notes are listed on
          any stock exchange.

     51.4 NOTICES TO CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS; WAIVER

          Where this deed provides for notice to Class A Noteholders of any
          event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise
          herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class,
          postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his or
          her address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the
          latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for
          the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Class A
          Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice
          nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Class A
          Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 84

          respect to other Class A Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in
          the manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been
          duly given. Where this deed provides for notice in any manner, such
          notice may be waived in writing by any person entitled to receive such
          notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the
          equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Class A Noteholders
          shall be filed with the Note Trustee but such filing shall not be a
          condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance
          upon such a waiver.

          In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail services as a
          result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be
          impractical to mail notice of any event to Class A Noteholders when
          such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this
          deed, then any manner of giving such notice as the Manager on behalf
          of the Issuer shall direct the Note Trustee shall be deemed to be a
          sufficient giving of such notice.

     51.5 ISSUER'S LIABILITY NOT AFFECTED

          This deed and the liability of the Issuer under this deed will not be
          affected or discharged by any of the following:

          (a)  (INDULGENCE): the granting to the Issuer or to any other person
               of any time or other indulgence or consideration;

          (b)  (DELAY IN RECOVERY): subject to Condition 8 of the Conditions,
               the Note Trustee failing or neglecting to recover any amounts
               owing in respect of the Class A Notes;

          (c)  (LACHES): any other laches, acquiescence, delay, act, omission or
               mistake on the part of the Note Trustee or any other person; or

          (d)  (RELEASE): the release, discharge, abandonment or transfer
               whether wholly or partially and with or without consideration of
               any other security judgment or negotiable instrument held from
               time to time or recovered by the Note Trustee from or against the
               Issuer or any other person.

     51.6 REPORTS BY ISSUER

          The Issuer or the Manager on its behalf shall:

          (a)  file with the Note Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer or
               the Manager is required to file the same with the Commission,
               copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents
               and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the
               foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and
               regulations prescribe) which the Issuer or the Manager may be
               required to file with the Commission pursuant to section 13 or
               15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

          (b)  file with the Note Trustee and the Commission in accordance with
               rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
               Commission such additional information, documents and reports
               with respect to compliance by the Issuer or the Manager on its
               behalf with the conditions and covenants of this deed as may be
               required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 85

          (c)  supply to the Note Trustee (and the Note Trustee shall transmit
               by mail to all Class A1 Noteholders described in Section 313(c)
               of the TIA) such summaries of any information, documents and
               reports required to be filed by the Issuer or the Manager on its
               behalf pursuant to clauses 51.6(a) and 51.6(b) as may be required
               by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
               Commission.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52   TRUST INDENTURE ACT - MISCELLANEOUS

     52.1 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS

          (a)  Upon any application or request by the Issuer or the Manager to
               the Note Trustee to take any action under any provision of this
               deed, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall furnish to
               the Note Trustee:

               (1)  an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions
                    precedent, if any, provided for in this deed relating to the
                    proposed action have been complied with;

               (2)  an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such
                    counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
                    complied with; and

               (3)  (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a
                    firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable
                    requirements of Section 314(c)(3) of the TIA, except that,
                    in the case of any such application or request as to which
                    the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by
                    any provision of this deed, no additional certificate or
                    opinion need be furnished.

          (b)  Prior to the deposit of any property or securities with the
               Issuer that is to be made the basis for the release of any
               property or securities subject to the Security Interest created
               by the Security Trust Deed, the Issuer (or the Manager on its
               behalf) shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in clause
               52.1(a) or elsewhere in this deed, furnish to the Note Trustee an
               Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each
               person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90
               days of such deposit) of the property or securities to be so
               deposited.

          (c)  Whenever any property or securities are to be released from the
               Security Interest created by the Security Trust Deed, the Issuer
               (or the Manager on its behalf) shall also furnish to the Note
               Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the
               opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair
               value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or
               securities proposed to be released and stating that in the
               opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the
               security under the Security Trust Deed in contravention of the
               provisions of the Security Trust Deed or this deed.

          (d)  Whenever the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) is required to
               furnish to the Note Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying
               or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters
               described in clause 52.1(b) and (c), the Issuer (or the Manager
               on its behalf) shall also furnish to the Note Trustee an
               Independent Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 86

               of the property or securities and of all other property or
               securities deposited or released from the Security Interest
               created by the Security Trust Deed since the commencement of the
               then current calendar year, as set forth in the certificate
               required by clause 52.1(c) and this clause 52.1(d), equals 10% or
               more of the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes calculated
               and expressed in the A$ Equivalent, but such certificate need not
               be furnished in the case of any release of property or securities
               if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officer's
               Certificate is less than the A$ Equivalent of US$25,000 or less
               than one percent of the then Outstanding Principal Balance of the
               Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent.
               Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause 52.1(d), the
               Issuer may:

               (1)  collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of receivables
                    or other Assets of the Securitisation Fund as and to the
                    extent permitted or required by the Transaction Documents;
                    and

               (2)  make or permit to be made cash payments out of the
                    Collection Account or the US$ Account or the Euro Account as
                    and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction
                    Documents.

          (e)  Every Officer's Certificate or opinion with respect to compliance
               with a condition or covenant provided for in this deed shall
               include:

               (1)  a statement that each signatory of such certificate or
                    opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or
                    condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

               (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
                    examination or investigation upon which the statements or
                    opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

               (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory,
                    such signatory has made such examination or investigation as
                    is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed
                    opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has
                    been complied with; and

               (4)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
                    signatory such condition or covenant has been complied with.

     52.2 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS

          (a)  Subject to clause 52.2(b), all parties to this deed agree, and
               each Class A Noteholder by such Class A Noteholder's acceptance
               thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its
               discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right
               or remedy under this deed, or in any suit against the Note
               Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as the
               Note Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an
               undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court
               may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including
               reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such
               suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
               claims or defences made by such party litigant.

          (b)  The provisions of this clause 52.2 shall not apply to:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 87

               (1)  any suit instituted by the Note Trustee;

               (2)  any suit instituted by any Class A Noteholder, or group of
                    Class A Noteholders in each case holding in the aggregate
                    more than 10% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class
                    A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent; or

               (3)  any suit instituted by any Class A Noteholder for the
                    enforcement of the payment of principal or interest on any
                    Class A Note on or after the respective due dates expressed
                    in such Class A Note and in this deed (or, in the case of
                    final redemption of a Class A Note, on or after the Final
                    Maturity Date).

     52.3 EXCLUSIONS OF SECTION 316

          (a)  Section 316(a)(1) of the TIA is expressly excluded by this deed.

          (b)  For the purposes of Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA in determining
               whether any Class A Noteholders have concurred in any relevant
               direction or consent, Class A Notes owned by the Issuer or by any
               Associate of the Issuer, shall be disregarded, except that for
               the purposes of determining whether the Note Trustee shall be
               protected in relying on any such direction or consent, only Class
               A Notes which the Note Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
               disregarded.

     52.4 UNCONDITIONAL RIGHTS OF CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL AND
          INTEREST

          Notwithstanding any other provisions in this deed but subject to
          clause 45, any Class A Noteholder shall have the right, which is
          absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and
          interest, if any, on such Class A Note on or after the respective due
          dates thereof expressed in such Class A Note or in this deed (or, in
          the case of final redemption of a Note, on or after the Final Maturity
          Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
          and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Class
          A Noteholder, except to the extent that the institution or prosecution
          thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law,
          result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Security
          Interest created by the Security Trust Deed upon any property subject
          to such Security Interest.

     52.5 CONTINUING OBLIGATION

          This deed shall be a continuing obligation notwithstanding any
          settlement of account intervening payment express or implied
          revocation or any other matter or thing whatsoever until a final
          discharge thereof has been given to the Issuer.

     52.6 NO MERGER

          Neither this deed nor any of the Note Trustee's powers shall merge or
          prejudicially affect or be merged in or prejudicially affected by and
          the Issuer's obligations hereunder shall not in any way be abrogated
          or released by any other security, any judgment or order, any
          contract, any cause of action or remedy or any other matter or thing
          now or hereafter existing in respect of the Secured Moneys.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 88

     52.7 WAIVER

          A failure to exercise or enforce or a delay in exercising or enforcing
          or the partial exercise or enforcement of any right, remedy, power or
          privilege hereunder by a party shall not in any way preclude or
          operate as a waiver of any further exercise or enforcement thereof or
          the exercise or enforcement of any other right remedy power or
          privilege hereunder or provided by law.

     52.8 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

          Where any act, matter or thing hereunder depends on the consent or
          approval of the Note Trustee then unless expressly provided otherwise
          herein such consent or approval may be given or withheld in the
          absolute and unfettered discretion of the Note Trustee and may be
          given subject to such conditions as the Note Trustee thinks fit in its
          absolute and unfettered discretion and notwithstanding anything to the
          contrary in this deed, may be given retrospectively.

     52.9 WRITTEN WAIVER, CONSENT AND APPROVAL

          Any waiver, consent or approval given by a party under this deed shall
          only be effective and shall only bind that party if it is given in
          writing or given verbally and subsequently confirmed in writing and
          executed by that party or on its behalf by an officer for the time
          being of that party.

     52.10 TIME OF ESSENCE

          Time is of the essence in respect of the Issuer's obligations
          hereunder.

     52.11 MORATORIUM LEGISLATION

          To the fullest extent permitted by law, the provisions of all Statutes
          operating directly or indirectly:

          (a)  to lessen or otherwise to vary or affect in favour of the Issuer
               any obligation under this deed; or

          (b)  to delay or otherwise prevent or prejudicially affect the
               exercise of any powers conferred on the Note Trustee, the
               Principal Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent or the Note
               Registrar under this deed;

          are hereby expressly waived, negatived and excluded.

     52.12 BINDING ON EACH SIGNATORY

          This deed shall bind each of the signatories hereto notwithstanding
          that any one or more of the named parties hereto does not execute this
          deed, that there is any invalidity forgery or irregularity touching
          any execution hereof or that this deed is or becomes unenforceable,
          void or voidable against any such named party.

     52.13 COUNTERPARTS

          This deed may be executed in a number of counterparts and all such
          counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the
          same instrument.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 89

     52.14 ASSIGNMENT

          No party may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under
          this deed without the prior written consent of the other parties and
          in accordance with the provisions of this deed with respect to
          retirement of each of such parties from their respective roles under
          this deed.

     52.15 POWER OF ATTORNEY

          Each attorney executing this deed states that he has no notice of any
          alteration to, or revocation or suspension of, his power of attorney.

     52.16 CERTIFICATE OF NOTE TRUSTEE

          A certificate in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Note
          Trustee certifying any act, matter or thing relating to this deed is
          conclusive and binding on the Issuer in the absence of manifest error
          on the face of the certificate.

     52.17 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

          The rights and remedies conferred by this deed upon the Note Trustee
          are cumulative and in addition to all other rights or remedies
          available to the Note Trustee by Statute or by general law.

     52.18 INTEREST ON JUDGMENT

          If a liability under this deed (other than a liability for negligence,
          fraud or wilful default of the Issuer under the Transaction Documents)
          becomes merged in a judgment or order then the Issuer as an
          independent obligation will pay interest to the Note Trustee on the
          amount of that liability at a rate being the higher of the rate
          payable pursuant to the judgment or order and the highest rate payable
          on the Class A Notes from the date it becomes payable until it is
          paid.

     52.19 CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT

          If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another
          provision hereof that is required to be included in this indenture by
          any of the provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall
          prevail.

          The provisions of Sections 310 to 317 (inclusive) of the TIA that
          impose duties on any person (including the provisions automatically
          deemed included herein unless expressly excluded by this deed) are a
          part of and govern this deed, whether or not contained herein.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53   CONSENT OF CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS

     53.1 GENERAL

          Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this deed or in clause 53.2
          below, any action that may be taken by the Class A Noteholders under
          this deed may be taken by registered holders of not less than a
          majority of the aggregate Invested Amount of Class A Notes calculated
          and expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 90

     53.2 SPECIAL WRITTEN APPROVALS

          (a)  The following matters are only capable of being effected by the
               approval in writing of holders of at least 75% of the aggregate
               Invested Amount of the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in
               the A$ Equivalent, namely:

               (1)  modification of the date fixed for final maturity of the
                    Class A Notes;

               (2)  reduction or cancellation of the principal payable on the
                    Class A Notes or any alteration of the date or priority of
                    redemption of the Class A Notes;

               (3)  alteration of the amount of interest payable on any class of
                    the Class A Notes or modification of the method of
                    calculating the amount of interest payable on the Class A
                    Notes or modification of the date of payment of or interest
                    payable on the Class A Notes;

               (4)  alteration of the currency in which payments under the Class
                    A Notes are to be made;

               (5)  altering the required percentage of aggregate Invested
                    Amount of the Class A Notes required to consent or take any
                    action;

               (6)  alteration of this sub-paragraph.

          (b)  The Class A Noteholders shall in addition to the powers given
               under this deed have the following powers if approval is given by
               holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the
               Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent as
               appropriate,

               (1)  power to sanction any compromise or arrangement proposed to
                    be made between the Issuer and the Class A Noteholders;

               (2)  power to sanction any abrogation, modification, compromise
                    or arrangement in respect of the rights of the Class A
                    Noteholders against the Issuer or against any of its
                    property or against any other person whether such rights
                    shall arise under these presents, any of the Notes or
                    otherwise;

               (3)  power to assent to any modification of the provisions
                    contained in this deed, the Class A Notes (including the
                    Conditions) or the provisions of any of the Transaction
                    Documents which shall be proposed by the Issuer or the Note
                    Trustee;

               (4)  power to give any authority or sanction which under the
                    provisions of this deed or the Class A Notes (including the
                    Conditions) is required to be given in writing by holders of
                    at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A
                    Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent;

               (5)  power to approve of a person to be appointed a trustee and
                    power to remove any trustee or trustees for the time being
                    under this deed;

               (6)  power to discharge or exonerate the Note Trustee from all
                    liability in respect of any act or omission for which the
                    Note Trustee may have become responsible under this deed or
                    under the Class A Notes;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 91

               (7)  power to authorise the Note Trustee to concur in and execute
                    and do all such deeds, instruments, acts and things as may
                    be necessary to carry out and give effect to the approval in
                    writing by holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested
                    Amount of the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the
                    A$ Equivalent;

               (8)  override any waiver by the Note Trustee of a breach of any
                    provisions of Transaction Documents or an Event of Default
                    under the Security Trust Deed;

               (9)  power to sanction any scheme or proposal for the exchange or
                    sale of the Class A Notes, as the case may be, or for the
                    conversion of the Class A Notes, or for the cancellation of
                    the Class A Notes, in consideration of shares, stock, notes,
                    bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations
                    and/or securities of the Issuer or of any other company
                    formed or to be formed, or for or into or in consideration
                    of cash, or partly for or into or in consideration of such
                    shares, stock, notes, bonds, debenture stock and/or other
                    obligations and/or securities as aforesaid and partly for or
                    into or in consideration of cash.

     53.3 REQUIREMENT FOR WRITING

          Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this deed, all notices and
          consents from Class A Noteholders shall be delivered in writing. Any
          solicitation of such notices or consent shall be in writing and be
          delivered by the Issuer, Manager or Note Trustee, as applicable,
          seeking such notice or consent from the Class A Noteholders to the
          Principal Paying Agent, who shall deliver the foregoing to the
          appropriate Class A Noteholders. With respect to any solicitation of
          approval of Class A Noteholders, the Record Date for determining Class
          A Noteholders with respect to such solicitation shall be the date upon
          which the Principal Paying Agent distributes such notices or
          solicitation to the Class A Noteholders.

     53.4 MEETINGS OF CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS

          Meetings of Class A Noteholders may be convened in the manner set out
          in the Meeting Procedures set out in Schedule 3 in any circumstance
          where a matter arises for determination by the Class A Noteholders
          pursuant to this deed.

          Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Class A1 Noteholders and the
          Class A2 Noteholders may take action as a Class on any matters that
          relate solely to their relevant Class of Class A Notes, provided that:

          (a)  the Class A1 Noteholders may not do anything which would
               materially affect the rights and interests of the Class A2
               Noteholders absent the consent of the Class A2 Noteholders; and

          (b)  the Class A2 Noteholders may not do anything which would
               materially affect the rights and interests of the Class A1
               Noteholders absent the consent of the Class A1 Noteholders and
               may not do anything which would affect the compliance of this
               deed with the TIA.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 92

     53.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          This deed together with such of the Transaction Documents to which
          each of the parties hereto is a party, constitutes the entire
          agreement between the parties to it as to the subject matter with
          which it deals.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 93

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXECUTED AS A DEED:

Each attorney executing this deed states that he or she has no notice of,
alteration to, or revocation or suspension of, his or her power of attorney.

ISSUER

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for
PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
by its attorney in the presence of:

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Witness                                  Attorney

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Name (please print)                      Name (please print)

MANAGER

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for
ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED
by its attorney in the presence of:

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Witness                                  Attorney

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Name (please print)                      Name (please print)

NOTE TRUSTEE / PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT / CALCULATION AGENT / NOTE REGISTRAR

EXECUTED for

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
by its Authorised Signatory in the
presence of:

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Witness                                  Authorised Signatory

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Name (please print)                      Name (please print)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 94

SECURITY TRUSTEE

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for
PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED
by its attorney in the presence of:

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Witness                                  Attorney

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Name (please print)                      Name (please print)

IRISH PAYING AGENT

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for
AIB/BNY FUND MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED
by its attorney in the presence of:

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Witness                                  Attorney

-----------------------------------      ---------------------------------------
Name (please print)                      Name (please print)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 95

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE 1 - FORM OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTE

PART A - FORM OF CLASS A1 BOOK-ENTRY NOTE

REGISTERED                                 CUSIP No. ___________________________

                                           ISIN No. ____________________________

                                           Common Code _________________________

Unless this Note is presented by an authorised representative of The Depository
Trust Company, a New York corporation (DTC), to the Issuer or its agent for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is registered
in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorised
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other
entity as is requested by an authorised representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

                      Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited

                              (ABN 86 000 431 827)

           (a limited liability company incorporated under the law of

                           New South Wales, Australia)

                        in its capacity as trustee of the

                             SMHL Global Fund No. 8

                            CLASS A1 BOOK-ENTRY NOTE

                                  representing

                                     US$[*]

               Class A1 Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes Due on

                    the Payment Date falling in January 2037

This Note is a Class A1 Book-Entry Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of
Notes of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited in its capacity as trustee of the
SMHL Global Fund No. 8 (the "SECURITISATION FUND") (the "ISSUER"), designated as
specified in the title above (the "NOTES"), in an initial aggregate principal
amount of

                                  ** US$[*] **

and (a) constituted by a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST DEED") dated 4
July 1994 as amended and restated from time to time between the Issuer as
trustee, and ME Portfolio Management Limited (the "MANAGER"), by a Supplementary
Bond Terms Notice (the "SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE") dated [*] 2005
executed by the Issuer, the Security Trustee (as defined herein), The Bank of
New York (the note trustee for the time being referred

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 96

to as the "NOTE TRUSTEE") as trustee for the holders for the time being of the
Class A Notes (the "CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS") and the Manager, and by the
Conditions; (b) issued subject to a Note Trust Deed dated [*] 2005 (the "NOTE
TRUST DEED") between (among others) the Issuer, the Manager and the Note
Trustee; and (c) secured by a Security Trust Deed (the "SECURITY TRUST DEED")
dated 29 July 2005 between the Issuer, the Manager, the Note Trustee, AIB/BNY
Fund Management (Ireland) Limited (the "IRISH PAYING AGENT") and Perpetual
Trustee Company Limited (ABN 42 000 001 007) (the "SECURITY TRUSTEE", which
expression shall include its successor for the time being as security trustee
under the Security Trust Deed). References to the Conditions (or to any
particular numbered Condition) shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Class
A1 Notes set out in Part A of Schedule 4 to the Note Trust Deed but with the
deletion of those provisions which are applicable only to Class A1 Notes in
definitive form. Terms and expressions defined in the Note Trust Deed and the
Conditions shall, save as expressly stated otherwise, bear the same meanings
when used herein.

If the Issuer is obliged to issue Class A1 Definitive Notes under Clause 3.3 of
the Note Trust Deed this Class A1 Book-Entry Note will be exchangeable in whole
at the offices of the Note Registrar at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New
York, New York 10286, United States of America (or such other place outside
Australia and any of its respective territories and possessions and other areas
subject to jurisdictions as the Note Trustee may agree) during normal business
hours for Class A1 Definitive Notes and the Issuer shall execute and procure
that the Principal Paying Agent authenticates and delivers in full exchange for
this Class A1 Book-Entry Note, Class A1 Definitive Notes in aggregate principal
amount equal to the Amount of all Class A1 Notes represented by this Class A1
Book-Entry Note. The Issuer is not obliged to issue Class A1 Definitive Notes
until 30 days after the occurrence of an event set out in clause 3.3 of the Note
Trust Deed.

The Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund, subject to
this Class A1 Book-Entry Note and subject to and in accordance with the
Conditions and the Note Trust Deed promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered
assigns of this Class A1 Book-Entry Note the principal sum of US$[_____] or such
lesser amount as may from time to time be represented by this Class A1
Book-Entry Note (or such part of that amount as may become repayable under the
Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Note Trust Deed) on such
date(s) that principal sum (or any part of it) becomes repayable in accordance
with the Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Note Trust Deed
and to pay interest in arrears on each Payment Date (as defined in Condition 4)
on the Invested Amount (as defined in Condition 5(a)) of this Class A1
Book-Entry Note at rates determined in accordance with Condition 4 and all
subject to and in accordance with the certification requirements described in
this Class A1 Book-Entry Note, the Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms
Notice and the Note Trust Deed, which shall be binding on the registered holder
of this Class A1 Book-Entry Note (as if references in the Conditions to the
Notes and the Noteholders were references to this Class A1 Book-Entry Note and
the registered holder of this Class A1 Book-Entry Note respectively and as if
the same had been set out in this Class A1 Book-Entry Note in full with all
necessary changes, except as otherwise provided in this Class A1 Book-Entry
Note).

Payments of interest on this Class A1 Book-Entry Note due and payable on each
Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal, if any, shall be
payable to the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.). No payment of interest or principal may be made by the Issuer or
any Paying Agent in the Commonwealth of Australia or its possessions or into a
bank account or to an address in the Commonwealth of Australia. Each of the
persons appearing from time to time in the records of DTC, as the holder of a
beneficial interest in a Class A1 Note will be entitled to receive any payment
so made in respect of that Class A1 Note in accordance with the respective rules
and procedures of DTC. Such persons will have no claim directly against the
Issuer in respect of payments due on the Class A1 Notes which must be made

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 97

by the holder of this Class A1 Book-Entry Note, for so long as this Class A1
Book-Entry Note is outstanding.

On any payment of principal and/or interest on the Class A1 Notes as set out
above details of that payment shall be endorsed by the Note Registrar in the
Note Register and, in the case of payments of principal, the Outstanding
Principal Balance and Invested Amount of the Class A1 Notes shall be reduced for
all purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed in the Note Register. Any such
record shall be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

If the Issuer is obliged to issue Class A1 Definitive Notes under Clause 3.3 of
the Note Trust Deed, the Class A1 Book-Entry Notes will be surrendered to the
Issuer by a Clearing Agency and a Clearing Agency will deliver the relevant
registration instructions to the Issuer. Class A1 Definitive Notes shall be
executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Principal Paying Agent and
delivered as per the instructions of the Clearing Agency.

The Class A1 Definitive Notes to be issued on that exchange will be in
registered form each in the denomination of US$100,000 or integral multiples
thereof (in respect of each Class A1 Note). If the Issuer fails to meet its
obligations to issue Class A1 Definitive Notes (in respect of any Class A1
Note), this shall be without prejudice to the Issuer's obligations with respect
to the Class A1 Notes under the Note Trust Deed, the Master Trust Deed, the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and this Class A1 Book-Entry Note.

On an exchange of this Class A1 Book-Entry Note, this Class A1 Book-Entry Note
shall be surrendered to the Principal Paying Agent.

This Class A1 Book-Entry Note shall not become valid for any purpose unless and
until the Certificate of Authentication attached has been signed by an
Authorised Signatory of the Principal Paying Agent (as defined in the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice).

This Class A1 Book-Entry Note is not a document of title. Title shall be
determined by entry in the Register and only the duly registered holder from
time to time is entitled to payments in respect of this Class A1 Book-Entry
Note.

This Class A1 Book-Entry Note is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with, the laws of New South Wales, Australia.

IN WITNESS the Issuer has caused this Class A1 Book-Entry Note to be signed
[manually/in facsimile] by a person duly authorised on its behalf

PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL
Global Fund No. 8

By:
    ------------------------------------
    Authorised Signatory

Date:
      ----------------------------------

IMPORTANT NOTICE:

----------
(a)  The Class A1 Notes do not represent deposits or other liabilities of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, ABN 86 000 431 827, or associates of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 98

(b)  The holding of Class A1 Notes is subject to investment risk, including
     possible delays in repayment and loss of income and principal invested.

(c)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, any associate of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited, the Security Trustee, the Note Trustee, the
     Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent or the Paying Agents in any way
     stands behind the capital value and/or performance of the Class A1 Notes or
     the assets of the Securitisation Fund except in the case of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited only to the limited extent provided in the
     Transaction Documents for the Securitisation Fund.

(d)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, the Manager, the Security
     Trustee, the Note Trustee, the Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent, the
     Paying Agents, the Euro Currency Swap Provider or the US Currency Swap
     Provider (as defined in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) guarantees the
     payment of interest or the repayment of principal due on the Class A1
     Notes.

(e)  None of the obligations of the Issuer or the Manager are guaranteed in any
     way by any associate either of them.

(f)  Without limiting the Conditions, the Issuer's liability to make payments in
     respect of the Class A1 Notes is limited to its right of indemnity from the
     assets of the Securitisation Fund from time to time available to make such
     payments under the Master Trust Deed and Supplementary Bond Terms Notice.
     All claims against the Issuer in relation to the Class A1 Notes can be
     enforced against the Issuer only to the extent to which it can be satisfied
     out of the assets of the Securitisation Fund out of which the Issuer is
     actually indemnified for the liability except in the case of (and to the
     extent of) any fraud, negligence or wilful default (as defined in the
     Master Trust Deed) on the part of the Issuer.

(g)  The Noteholder is required to accept any distribution of moneys under the
     Security Trust Deed in full and final satisfaction of all moneys owing to
     it, and any debt represented by any shortfall that exists after any such
     final distribution is extinguished.

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Class A1 Book-Entry Note is authenticated by The Bank of New York and until
so authenticated shall not be valid for any purpose.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Principal Paying Agent
by:

---------------------------------------

Assignment

________________________________________________________________________________

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee

________________________________________________________________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

________________________________________________________________________________
                         (name and address of assignee)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         PAGE 99

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints

________________________________________________________________________________

attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:
       ---------------------------------   -------------------------------------
                                           Signature
                                           Guaranteed:

Dated:
       ---------------------------------   -------------------------------------
                                           Signatures must be guaranteed by an
                                           "eligible guarantor institution"
                                           meeting the requirements of the Note
                                           Registrar, which requirements include
                                           membership or participation in STAMP
                                           or such other "signature guarantee
                                           program" as may be determined by the
                                           Note Registrar in addition to, or in
                                           substitution for, STAMP, all in
                                           accordance with the Securities
                                           Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                           -------------------------------------

*    NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the
     registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
     particular without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 100

PART B - FORM OF TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE

THIS TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED
UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
ACT") OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND, AS A MATTER
OF U.S. LAW, PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE CLOSING
DATE AND THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING OF THE CLASS A2 NOTES MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES, OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF
ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.

THIS TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE IS A GLOBAL BOND FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTION
128F(10) OF THE INCOME TAX ASSESSMENT ACT 1936 OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA.

REGISTERED                              ISIN No. _______________________________

                                        Common Code ____________________________

Unless this Temporary Class A2 Global Note is presented by an authorised
representative of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of Euroclear
("EUROCLEAR") or of Clearstream Banking, Societe Anonyme ("CLEARSTREAM,
LUXEMBOURG"), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment, and any Temporary Class A2 Global Note issued is registered in the
name of The Bank of New York Depositary (Nominees) Limited (and any payment is
made to The Bank of New York Depositary (Nominees) Limited), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, being The Bank of New York
Depositary (Nominees) Limited, has an interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALMENTS
AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS
TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON
THE FACE HEREOF.

                      Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited

                              (ABN 86 000 431 827)

           (a limited liability company incorporated under the law of

                           New South Wales, Australia)

                        in its capacity as trustee of the

                             SMHL Global Fund No. 8

                         TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE

                                  representing

                                    (euro)[*]

               Class A2 Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes Due on

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 101

                    the Payment Date falling in January 2037

This Note is a Temporary Class A2 Global Note in respect of a duly authorised
issue of Notes of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited in its capacity as
trustee of the SMHL Global Fund No. 8 (the "SECURITISATION FUND") (the
"ISSUER"), designated as specified in the title above (the "NOTES"), in an
initial aggregate principal amount of

                                 ** (euro)[*] **

and (a) constituted by a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST DEED") dated 4
July 1994 between the Issuer as trustee, and ME Portfolio Management Limited
(the "MANAGER") as amended and restated from time to time, by a Supplementary
Bond Terms Notice (the "SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE") dated [*] 2005
executed by the Issuer, the Security Trustee (as defined herein), The Bank of
New York (the note trustee for the time being referred to as the "NOTE TRUSTEE")
as trustee for the holders for the time being of the Class A Notes (the "CLASS A
NOTEHOLDERS") and the Manager, and by the Conditions; (b) issued subject to a
Note Trust Deed dated [*] 2005 (the "NOTE TRUST DEED") between (among others)
the Issuer, the Manager, AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited (the "IRISH
PAYING AGENT") and the Note Trustee; and (c) secured by a Security Trust Deed
(the "SECURITY TRUST DEED") dated 29 July 2005 between the Issuer, the Manager,
the Note Trustee and Perpetual Trustee Company Limited (ABN 42 000 001 007) (the
"SECURITY TRUSTEE", which expression shall include its successor for the time
being as security trustee under the Security Trust Deed). References to the
Conditions (or to any particular numbered Condition) shall be to the Terms and
Conditions of the Class A2 Notes set out in Part B of Schedule 4 to the Note
Trust Deed but with the deletion of those provisions which are applicable only
to Class A2 Notes in definitive form. Terms and expressions defined in the Note
Trust Deed and the Conditions shall, save as expressly stated otherwise, bear
the same meanings when used herein.

If the Issuer is obliged to issue Class A2 Definitive Notes under Clause 3.4 of
the Note Trust Deed this Temporary Class A2 Global Note will be exchangeable in
whole at the offices of the Note Registrar at 48th Floor, 1 Canada Square,
London, E14 5AL, United Kingdom (or such other place outside the United States
of America and Commonwealth of Australia and any of their respective territories
and possessions and other areas subject to jurisdictions as the Note Trustee may
agree) during normal business hours for Class A2 Definitive Notes and the Issuer
shall execute and procure that the Principal Paying Agent authenticates and
delivers in full exchange for this Temporary Class A2 Global Note, Class A2
Definitive Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the Amount of all Class
A2 Notes represented by this Temporary Class A2 Global Note. The Issuer is not
obliged to issue Class A2 Definitive Notes until the later of:

(a)  the expiry of 40 days after the later of the first Bond Issue Date and the
     date on which the relevant Class A2 Notes are first offered to persons
     other than distributors in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act;
     and

(b)  30 days after it becomes aware of the occurrence of the relevant event or
     request in Clause 3.4(b) of the Note Trust Deed.

If the Issuer fails to meet its obligations to issue Class A2 Definitive Notes,
this shall be without prejudice to the Issuer's obligations with respect to the
Class A2 Notes under the Note Trust Deed, the Master Trust Deed, the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and this Temporary Class A2 Global Note.

The Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund, subject to
this Temporary Class A2 Global Note and subject to and in accordance with the
Conditions and the Note Trust Deed promises to pay to the registered holder of
this Class A2 Global Note, or registered assigns of this Temporary Class A2
Global Note the principal sum of (euro)[______] or such lesser amount as

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 102

may from time to time be represented by this Temporary Class A2 Global Note (or
such part of that amount as may become repayable under the Conditions, the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Note Trust Deed) on such date(s) that
principal sum (or any part of it) becomes repayable in accordance with the
Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Note Trust Deed and to
pay interest in arrears on each Payment Date (as defined in Condition 4) on the
Invested Amount (as defined in Condition 5(a)) of this Temporary Class A2 Global
Note at rates determined in accordance with Condition 4 and all subject to and
in accordance with the certification requirements described in this Temporary
Class A2 Global Note, the Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and
the Note Trust Deed, which shall be binding on the registered holder of this
Temporary Class A2 Global Note (as if references in the Conditions to the Notes
and the Noteholders were references to this Temporary Class A2 Global Note and
the registered holder of this Temporary Class A2 Global Note respectively and as
if the same had been set out in this Temporary Class A2 Global Note in full with
all necessary changes, except as otherwise provided in this Temporary Class A2
Global Note).

Payments of interest on this Temporary Class A2 Global Note due and payable on
each Payment Date, together with the instalment of principal, if any, shall be
payable to the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be the
Common Depository in respect of the Class A2 Notes). No payment of interest or
principal may be made by the Issuer or any Paying Agent in the United States of
America or the Commonwealth of Australia or their possessions or into a bank
account or to an address in the United States of America or the Commonwealth of
Australia. Each of the persons appearing from time to time in the records of
Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the holder of a beneficial interest in
a Class A2 Note will be entitled to receive any payment so made in respect of
that Class A2 Note in accordance with the respective rules and procedures of
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg. Such persons will have no claim directly
against the Issuer in respect of payments due on the Class A2 Notes which must
be made by the holder of this Temporary Class A2 Global Note, for so long as
this Temporary Class A2 Global Note is outstanding.

Payments of interest on any portion of this Temporary Class A2 Global Note with
respect to any beneficial interest(s) in this Temporary Class A2 Global Note and
due to be made prior to the date or dates on which pertinent beneficial
interests in this Temporary Class A2 Global Note (or any portion of it) are
exchanged for a Permanent Class A2 Global Note (as provided below), which date
or dates shall be no earlier than the Exchange Date (as defined below), may, at
the direction of the registered holder of this Temporary Class A2 Global Note,
be made on each due date for that payment to Euroclear and/or Clearstream,
Luxembourg for credit to the accounts of the persons appearing in the records of
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg as having Class A2 Notes credited to
them.

On any payment of principal and/or interest on the Class A2 Notes as set out
above details of that payment shall be endorsed by the Note Registrar in the
Note Register and, in the case of payments of principal, the Outstanding
Principal Balance and Invested Amount of the Class A2 Notes shall be reduced for
all purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed in the Note Register. Any such
record shall be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

On or after the date (the "EXCHANGE DATE") which is 40 days after the later of
the Bond Issue Date for the Class A2 Notes and the date the relevant Class A2
Notes were first offered to persons other than distributors in reliance on
Regulation S of the Securities Act, this Temporary Class A2 Global Note may be
exchanged in whole or in part for a Permanent Class A2 Global Note in the form
of part C of schedule 1 to the Note Trust Deed upon presentation of this
Temporary Class A2 Global Note to the Note Registrar at its offices at 48th
Floor, 1 Canada Square, London, E14 5AL, United Kingdom (or such other place
outside the United States of America or Commonwealth of Australia, and any of
their territories and possessions and other

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 103

areas subject to their jurisdictions as the Note Trustee may agree) during
normal business hours. On an exchange of part only of this Temporary Class A2
Global Note for the Permanent Class A2 Global Note, details of that exchange
shall be entered by recording that exchange, following which the Outstanding
Principal Balance and Invested Amount of the Class A2 Notes to which this
Temporary Class A2 Global Note relates shall be reduced for all purposes by the
amount so exchanged and the Note Register shall be endorsed accordingly by the
Note Registrar following which the Outstanding Principal Balance of the
Permanent Class A2 Global Note shall be increased by that amount. On an exchange
of the whole of this Temporary Class A2 Global Note, this Temporary Class A2
Global Note shall be surrendered to the Principal Paying Agent at its office at
48th Floor, 1 Canada Square, London, E14 5AL, United Kingdom (or such other
place outside the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Australia,
and any of their respective territories and possessions and other areas subject
to jurisdictions as the Note Trustee may agree). If, following the issue of a
Permanent Class A2 Global Note in exchange for this Temporary Class A2 Global
Note, further Class A2 Notes are to be exchanged under this paragraph, that
exchange may be effected, without the issue of a new Permanent Class A2 Global
Note, by the Note Registrar endorsing the Note Register to reflect an increase
in the aggregate Invested Amount of that Permanent Class A2 Global Note by an
amount equal to the aggregate Invested Amount of the Permanent Class A2 Global
Note which would otherwise have been issued on that exchange.

On an exchange of this Temporary Class A2 Global Note, this Temporary Class A2
Global Note shall be surrendered to the Principal Paying Agent.

This Temporary Class A2 Global Note shall not become valid for any purpose
unless and until the Certificate of Authentication attached has been signed by
an Authorised Signatory of the Principal Paying Agent (as defined in the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice).

This Temporary Class A2 Global Note is not a document of title. Title shall be
determined by entry in the Register and only the duly registered holder from
time to time is entitled to payments in respect of this Temporary Class A2
Global Note.

This Temporary Class A2 Global Note is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with, the laws of New South Wales, Australia.

IN WITNESS the Issuer has caused this Temporary Class A2 Global Note to be
signed [manually/in facsimile] by a person duly authorised on its behalf

PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL
Global Fund No. 8

By:
    ------------------------------------
    Authorised Signatory

Date:
      ----------------------------------

IMPORTANT NOTICE:

----------
(a)  The Class A2 Notes do not represent deposits or other liabilities of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, ABN 86 000 431 827, or associates of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 104

(b)  The holding of Class A2 Notes is subject to investment risk, including
     possible delays in repayment and loss of income and principal invested.

(c)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, any associate of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited, the Security Trustee, the Note Trustee, the
     Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent or the Paying Agents in any way
     stands behind the capital value and/or performance of the Class A2 Notes or
     the assets of the Securitisation Fund except in the case of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited only to the limited extent provided in the
     Transaction Documents for the Securitisation Fund.

(d)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, the Manager, the Security
     Trustee, the Note Trustee, the Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent, the
     Paying Agents, the Euro Currency Swap Provider or, the US Currency Swap
     Provider (as defined in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) guarantees the
     payment of interest or the repayment of principal due on the Class A2
     Notes.

(e)  None of the obligations of the Issuer or the Manager are guaranteed in any
     way by any associate either of them.

(f)  Without limiting the Conditions, the Issuer's liability to make payments in
     respect of the Class A2 Notes is limited to its right of indemnity from the
     assets of the Securitisation Fund from time to time available to make such
     payments under the Master Trust Deed and Supplementary Bond Terms Notice.
     All claims against the Issuer in relation to the Class A2 Notes can be
     enforced against the Issuer only to the extent to which it can be satisfied
     out of the assets of the Securitisation Fund out of which the Issuer is
     actually indemnified for the liability except in the case of (and to the
     extent of) any fraud, negligence or wilful default (as defined in the
     Master Trust Deed) on the part of the Issuer.

(g)  The Noteholder is required to accept any distribution of moneys under the
     Security Trust Deed in full and final satisfaction of all moneys owing to
     it, and any debt represented by any shortfall that exists after any such
     final distribution is extinguished.

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Temporary Class A2 Global Note is authenticated by The Bank of New York and
until so authenticated shall not be valid for any purpose.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Principal Paying Agent
by:

----------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 105

PART C - FORM OF PERMANENT CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE

THIS PERMANENT CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED
UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES
ACT") OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND, AS A MATTER
OF U.S. LAW, PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE CLOSING
DATE AND THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING OF THE CLASS A2 NOTES MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES, OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF
ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES.

THIS PERMANENT CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE IS A GLOBAL BOND FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTION
128F(10) OF THE INCOME TAX ASSESSMENT ACT 1936 OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA.

REGISTERED                                ISIN No. _____________________________

                                          Common Code __________________________

Unless this Permanent Class A2 Global Note is presented by an authorised
representative of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator of Euroclear
("EUROCLEAR") or of Clearstream Banking, Societe Anonyme ("CLEARSTREAM,
LUXEMBOURG"), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment, and any Permanent Class A2 Global Note issued is registered in the
name of The Bank of New York Depositary (Nominees) Limited or the Common
Depository for Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or in such other name as is
requested by an authorised representative of Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg (and any payment is made to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, The
Bank of New York Depositary (Nominees) Limited or that Common Depository or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorised representative of Euroclear
or Clearstream, Luxembourg), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE
OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner
hereof, being The Bank of New York Depositary (Nominees) Limited, has an
interest herein.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS PERMANENT CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALMENTS
AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS
PERMANENT CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON
THE FACE HEREOF.

                      Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited

                              (ABN 86 000 431 827)

           (a limited liability company incorporated under the law of

                           New South Wales, Australia)

                        in its capacity as trustee of the

                             SMHL Global Fund No. 8

                         PERMANENT CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 106

                                  representing

                                    (euro)[*]

               Class A2 Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes Due on

                    the Payment Date falling in January 2037

This Permanent Class A2 Global Note is a Permanent Class A2 Global Note in
respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes of Perpetual Trustees Australia
Limited in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL Global Fund No. 8 (the
"SECURITISATION FUND") (the "ISSUER"), designated as specified in the title
above (the "NOTES"), in an initial aggregate principal amount of

                                 ** (euro)[*] **

and (a) constituted by a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST DEED") dated 4
July 1994 between the Issuer as trustee, and ME Portfolio Management Limited
(the "MANAGER") as amended and restated from time to time, by a Supplementary
Bond Terms Notice (the "SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE") dated [*] 2005
executed by the Issuer, the Security Trustee (as defined herein), The Bank of
New York (the note trustee for the time being referred to as the "NOTE TRUSTEE")
as trustee for the holders for the time being of the Class A Notes (the "CLASS A
NOTEHOLDERS") and the Manager, and by the Conditions; (b) issued subject to a
Note Trust Deed dated [*] 2005 (the "NOTE TRUST DEED") between (among others)
the Issuer, the Manager, AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited (the "IRISH
PAYING AGENT") and the Note Trustee; and (c) secured by a Security Trust Deed
(the "SECURITY TRUST DEED") dated 29 July 2005 between the Issuer, the Manager,
the Note Trustee and Perpetual Trustee Company Limited (ABN 42 000 001 007) (the
"SECURITY TRUSTEE", which expression shall include its successor for the time
being as security trustee under the Security Trust Deed). References to the
Conditions (or to any particular numbered Condition) shall be to the Terms and
Conditions of the Class A2 Notes set out in Part B of Schedule 4 to the Note
Trust Deed but with the deletion of those provisions which are applicable only
to Class A2 Notes in definitive form. Terms and expressions defined in the Note
Trust Deed and the Conditions shall, save as expressly stated otherwise, bear
the same meanings when used herein.

The Class A2 Notes represented by this Permanent Class A2 Global Note were
originally represented by a Temporary Class A2 Global Note. Unless that
Temporary Class A2 Global Note was exchanged in whole on this issue of this
Permanent Class A2 Global Note, the Temporary Class A2 Global Note may be
further exchanged on the terms and conditions set out in that Temporary Class A2
Global Note, for this Permanent Class A2 Global Note. If that exchange occurs
following the date of issue of this Permanent Class A2 Global Note, the Note
Registrar shall endorse the Note Register to reflect the increase in the
aggregate Invested Amount of this Permanent Class A2 Global Note due to that
exchange following which the Invested Amount of this Permanent Class A2 Global
Note shall be increased for all purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed in
the Note Register. Any such record shall be prima facie evidence that the
payment in question has been made.

If the Issuer is obliged to issue Class A2 Definitive Notes under Clause 3.4 of
the Note Trust Deed this Permanent Class A2 Global Note will be exchangeable in
whole at the offices of the Note Registrar at 48th Floor, 1 Canada Square,
London, E14 5AL, United Kingdom (or such other place outside the United States
of America and Commonwealth of Australia and any of their respective territories
and possessions and other areas subject to jurisdictions as the Note Trustee may
agree) during normal business hours for Class A2 Definitive Notes and the Issuer
shall execute and procure that the Principal Paying Agent authenticates and
delivers in full exchange for this Permanent Class A2 Global Note, Class A2
Definitive Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the Amount of all Class
A2 Notes represented by this Permanent Class

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 107

A2 Global Note. The Issuer is not obliged to issue Class A2 Definitive Notes
until 30 days after it becomes aware of the occurrence of the relevant event or
request in clause 3.4(b).

If the Issuer fails to meet its obligations to issue Class A2 Definitive Notes,
this shall be without prejudice to the Issuer's obligations with respect to the
Class A2 Notes under the Note Trust Deed, the Master Trust Deed, the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and this Permanent Class A2 Global Note.

The Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund, subject to
this Permanent Class A2 Global Note and subject to and in accordance with the
Conditions and the Note Trust Deed promises to pay to the registered holder of
this Permanent Class A2 Global Note, or registered assigns of this Permanent
Class A2 Global Note the principal sum of (euro)[__] or such lesser amount as
may from time to time be represented by this Permanent Class A2 Global Note (or
such part of that amount as may become repayable under the Conditions, the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Note Trust Deed) on such date(s) that
principal sum (or any part of it) becomes repayable in accordance with the
Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and the Note Trust Deed and to
pay interest in arrears on each Payment Date (as defined in Condition 4) on the
Invested Amount (as defined in Condition 5(a)) of this Permanent Class A2 Global
Note at rates determined in accordance with Condition 4 and all subject to and
in accordance with the certification requirements described in this Permanent
Class A2 Global Note, the Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and
the Note Trust Deed, which shall be binding on the registered holder of this
Permanent Class A2 Global Note (as if references in the Conditions to the Notes
and the Noteholders were references to this Permanent Class A2 Global Note and
the registered holder of this Permanent Class A2 Global Note respectively and as
if the same had been set out in this Permanent Class A2 Global Note in full with
all necessary changes, except as otherwise provided in this Permanent Class A2
Global Note).

Payments of interest on this Class A2 Note due and payable on each Payment Date,
together with the instalment of principal, if any, shall be payable to the
nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be the Common
Depository in respect of the Class A2 Notes). No payment of interest or
principal may be made by the Issuer or any Paying Agent in the Commonwealth of
Australia or their possessions or into a bank account or to an address in the
Commonwealth of Australia. Each of the persons appearing from time to time in
the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the holder of a
beneficial interest in a Class A2 Note will be entitled to receive any payment
so made in respect of that Class A2 Note in accordance with the respective rules
and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg. Such persons will have
no claim directly against the Issuer in respect of payments due on the Class A2
Notes which must be made by the holder of this Permanent Class A2 Global Note,
for so long as this Permanent Class A2 Global Note is outstanding.

On any payment of principal and/or interest on the Class A2 Notes as set out
above details of that payment shall be endorsed by the Note Registrar in the
Note Register and, in the case of payments of principal, the Outstanding
Principal Balance and Invested Amount of the Class A2 Notes shall be reduced for
all purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed in the Note Register. Any such
record shall be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

Any certificate referred to in this Permanent Class A2 Global Note which is
delivered by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg may be relied upon by the
Issuer, the Note Trustee, the Manager and the Principal Paying Agent as
conclusive evidence that the corresponding certification or certifications have
been delivered to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, as
contemplated by the terms of this Permanent Class A2 Global Note.

On an exchange of this Permanent Class A2 Global Note, this Permanent Class A2
Global Note

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 108

shall be surrendered to the Principal Paying Agent.

This Permanent Class A2 Global Note shall not become valid for any purpose
unless and until the Certificate of Authentication attached has been signed by
an Authorised Signatory of the Principal Paying Agent (as defined in the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice).

This Permanent Class A2 Global Note is not a document of title. Title shall be
determined by entry in the Register and only the duly registered holder from
time to time is entitled to payments in respect of this Permanent Class A2
Global Note.

This Permanent Class A2 Global Note is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with, the laws of New South Wales, Australia.

IN WITNESS the Issuer has caused this Permanent Class A2 Global Note to be
signed [manually/in facsimile] by a person duly authorised on its behalf

PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL
Global Fund No. 8

By:
      --------------------------------------
      Authorised Signatory

Date:
      --------------------------------------

IMPORTANT NOTICE:

----------
(a)  The Class A2 Notes do not represent deposits or other liabilities of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, ABN 86 000 431 827, or associates of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited.

(b)  The holding of Class A2 Notes is subject to investment risk, including
     possible delays in repayment and loss of income and principal invested.

(c)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, any associate of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited, the Security Trustee, the Note Trustee, the
     Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent or the Paying Agents in any way
     stands behind the capital value and/or performance of the Class A2 Notes or
     the assets of the Securitisation Fund except in the case of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited only to the limited extent provided in the
     Transaction Documents for the Securitisation Fund.

(d)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, the Manager, the Security
     Trustee, the Note Trustee, the Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent, the
     Paying Agents, the Euro Currency Swap Provider or, the US Currency Swap
     Provider (as defined in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) guarantees the
     payment of interest or the repayment of principal due on the Class A2
     Notes.

(e)  None of the obligations of the Issuer or the Manager are guaranteed in any
     way by any associate either of them.

(f)  Without limiting the Conditions, the Issuer's liability to make payments in
     respect of the Class A2 Notes is limited to its right of indemnity from the
     assets of the Securitisation Fund from time to time available to make such
     payments under the Master Trust Deed and Supplementary Bond Terms Notice.
     All claims against the Issuer in relation to the Class A2 Notes can be
     enforced against the Issuer only to the extent to which it can be

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 109

     satisfied out of the assets of the Securitisation Fund out of which the
     Issuer is actually indemnified for the liability except in the case of (and
     to the extent of) any fraud, negligence or wilful default (as defined in
     the Master Trust Deed) on the part of the Issuer.

(g)  The Noteholder is required to accept any distribution of moneys under the
     Security Trust Deed in full and final satisfaction of all moneys owing to
     it, and any debt represented by any shortfall that exists after any such
     final distribution is extinguished.

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Permanent Class A2 Global Note is authenticated by The Bank of New York and
until so authenticated shall not be valid for any purpose.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Principal Paying Agent
by:

--------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 110

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE 2 - NOTEHOLDER REPORTS

INFORMATION TO BE CONTAINED IN NOTEHOLDER'S REPORT

o    the Outstanding Principal Balance of each class of notes, including the
     Class B notes;

o    the Invested Amount of each class of notes, including the Class B notes;

o    the interest payments and principal distributions on each class of notes;

o    the Collections;

o    the Interest Collections;

o    the Principal Collections;

o    the aggregate of all redraws and top-ups made during the relevant
     Calculation Period;

o    the amount of funds withdrawn from the cash collateral account, if any, for
     the relevant Calculation Period;

o    the balance of the cash collateral account after giving effect to all
     deposits and withdrawals from that account on the next Payment Date;

o    the aggregate amount of Realised Losses realised during the relevant
     Calculation Period, if any;

o    the amount of Realised Losses, if any, during the relevant Calculation
     Period allocated to each class of notes and to any Redraw Funding Facility
     and to any Top-Up Funding Facility;

o    the bond factor for each class of notes, which with respect to a class of
     notes, means the aggregate of the Invested Amount of the class of notes
     less all principal payments on that class of notes to be made on the next
     Payment Date, divided by the aggregate initial Invested Amount of that
     class of notes;

o    if required, the threshold rate as of that Payment Date;

o    the interest rates on the notes for the related Interest Period;

o    scheduled and unscheduled payments of principal on the housing loans;

o    aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the fixed rate housing loans and
     the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the variable rate housing
     loans;

o    delinquency and loss statistics with respect to the housing loans;

o    LIBOR for the related Interest Period in respect of the Class A1 notes;

o    EURIBOR for the related Interest Period in respect of the Class A2 notes;

o    the Class A Carry Over Charge Offs;

o    the Class A Charge Offs;

o    the Class B Carry Over Charge Offs;

o    the Class B Charge Offs;

o    Redraw Charge Offs;

o    Carry Over Redraw Charge Offs;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 111

o    Top-up Charge Offs;

o    Carry Over Top-Up Charge Offs;

o    the Required Cash Collateral; and

o    the current cash collateral balance.

Unless and until definitive Class A1 Notes are issued, beneficial owners of the
Class A1 Notes will receive reports and other information provided for under the
Transaction Documents only if, when and to the extent provided by DTC and its
participating organisation.

Unless and until definitive Class A2 Notes are issued, beneficial owners of the
Class A2 Notes will receive reports and other information provided for under the
Transaction Documents only if, when and to the extent provided by Euroclear or
Clearstream, Luxembourg and their participating organisations.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 112

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE 3 - MEETING PROCEDURES

     1.   CONVENING OF MEETINGS

     1.1  A meeting of Class A Noteholders must be convened by the Note
          Registrar if required to do so in writing:

          (a)  by the Issuer:

          (b)  by the Note Trustee; or

          (c)  by Class A Noteholders representing not less than 25% of the
               Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

     1.2  Each meeting of Class A Noteholders will be held at the time and place
          designated by the Note Registrar.

     2.   NOTICE OF MEETINGS

     2.1  The Note Registrar shall give notice of a proposed meeting of Class A
          Noteholders to each Class A Noteholder, the Issuer and the Note
          Trustee as follows:

          (a)  the notice must specify the date, time and place of the meeting
               and the nature of each specific resolution (if any) to be
               proposed at that meeting;

          (b)  the notice must be given 5 Banking Days in advance of the meeting
               (inclusive of the day on which the notice is given and of the day
               on which the meeting is held), unless the matter requires, in the
               opinion of the Note Trustee, urgent attention; and

          (c)  the notice may be given to each recipient in any manner provided
               in relation to that recipient under this deed.

     2.2  An accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of notice
          by, any person entitled to such notice, does not invalidate the
          proceedings at any meeting.

     3.   CHAIRMAN

          A representative of the Note Trustee, nominated in writing, is
          entitled to take the chair at every meeting of Class A Noteholders. If
          no such nomination is made or the person nominated is not present at
          the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting
          to be held, the Class A Noteholders present may choose one of their
          number to be chairman.

     4.   QUORUM

          At any meeting of Class A Noteholders any 2 or more persons present in
          person, by telephone, by video conference or other means of
          simultaneous electronic communication, or by Representative, being
          Class A Noteholders who represent in excess of 50% of the aggregate
          Invested Amount of the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the
          A$ Equivalent will form a quorum for the transaction of business and
          no business (other than the choosing of a chairman) may be transacted
          at any meeting unless the requisite quorum is present at the
          commencement of business.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 113

     5.   ADJOURNMENT

     5.1  If within 15 minutes from the time appointed for any meeting of
          Noteholders a quorum is not present then:

          (a)  If convened on the requisition of Class A Noteholders, the
               meeting will be dissolved; and

          (b)  in any other case, the meeting will stand adjourned (unless the
               Note Trustee agrees that it be dissolved) for the period, not
               less than 7 days or more than 42 days determined by the chairman.

          In any adjourned meeting two or more Class A Noteholders present in
          person or by Representative representing in excess of 25% of the
          aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes calculated and
          expressed in the A$ Equivalent will form a quorum and will have the
          power to pass any resolution and to decide all matters which could
          properly have been dealt with at the meeting from which the
          adjournment took place had a quorum been present.

     5.2  The chairman may with the consent of (and must if directed by) any
          meeting adjourn it from time to time and from place to place. No
          business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business
          which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which
          the adjournment took place.

     5.3  Notice of any meeting adjourned through want of a quorum must be given
          in accordance with clause 2.1 of the Meetings Procedures and must
          state the quorum required at that adjourned meeting. That notice need
          not contain any further information regarding the adjourned meeting.

     6.   VOTING PROCEDURE

     6.1  Every question submitted to a meeting will be decided in the first
          instance by a show of hands.

     6.2  Unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the
          show of hands) demanded by the chairman, the Issuer, the Note Trustee
          or by one or more Class A Noteholders or Representatives of Class A
          Noteholders whose aggregate Invested Amount calculated and expressed
          in the A$ Equivalent exceeds 5% of the full Invested Amount calculated
          and expressed in the A$ Equivalent, a declaration by the chairman that
          a resolution has been carried by a particular majority or lost or not
          carried by any particular majority is conclusive.

     6.3  If a poll is so demanded, it must be taken in such manner and (subject
          to clause 6.5) either at once or after such adjournment as the
          chairman directs and the result of such poll is taken to be the
          resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand
          for a poll will not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the
          transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll
          has been demanded.

     6.4  Any poll demanded at any meeting on the election of a chairman or on
          any question of adjournment will be taken at the meeting without
          adjournment.

     6.5

          (a)  On a show of hands every person present being a Class A
               Noteholder holding, or a Representative holding or representing,
               one or more Class A Notes has one vote except that the Note
               Trustee shall represent each Class A Noteholder who has directed
               the Note Trustee to vote on its behalf.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 114

          (b)  On a poll every Class A Noteholder (or its Representative)
               present has one vote for each A$100 (but not part thereof) of the
               Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A Notes held and
               registered in the Class A Noteholder's name calculated and
               expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

          (c)  Any person entitled to more than one vote need not:

               (1)  use all their votes; or

               (2)  cast all their votes in the same way.

     7.   RIGHT TO ATTEND AND SPEAK

          The Manager, the Issuer and the Note Trustee (through their respective
          representatives) and their respective financial and legal advisers is
          entitled to attend and speak at any meeting of the Class A
          Noteholders. No other person is entitled to attend or vote at any
          meeting of the Class A Noteholders or to join with others in
          requesting the convening of such a meeting unless they are a Class A
          Noteholder or a Representative of a Class A Noteholder.

     8.   APPOINTMENT OF PROXIES

     8.1  Each appointment of a proxy:

          (a)  must be in writing;

          (b)  if so required by the Issuer, must be accompanied by proof
               satisfactory to the Issuer of its due execution; and

          (c)  must be deposited with the Note Registrar at its address for
               service of notices under this deed or at such other place as the
               Note Registrar designated or approves not less than 24 hours
               before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned
               meeting at which the named proxy proposes to vote.

          In default, the appointment of proxy is not valid unless the chairman
          of the meeting decided otherwise before such meeting or adjourned
          meeting proceeds to business.

     8.2  The proxy named in any appointment of proxy need not be a Class A
          Noteholder.

     8.3  The Issuer is not obliged to investigate or be concerned with the
          validity of, or the authority of, the proxy named in any appointment
          of proxy.

     8.4  Any vote cast in accordance with the terms of an appointment of proxy
          conforming with clause 8.1 is valid despite the previous revocation or
          amendment of the appointment of proxy or of any of the Class A
          Noteholder's instructions under which it was executed, unless written
          notice of that revocation or amendment is received by the Note
          Registrar at its address for service of notices under this deed or by
          the chairman of the meeting not less than 24 hours before the
          commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the
          appointment of proxy is used.

     9.   APPOINTMENT OF CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

     A person authorised in a manner similar to sections 249(3)-(6) of the
     Corporations Act (as if that section applied to meetings of Class A
     Noteholders) by a Class A Noteholder being a body corporate to act for it
     at any meeting shall, in accordance with the person's authority (until the
     Note Registrar receives notice of revocation of the person's authority) be
     entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of that body corporate as
     that body

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 115

     corporate could exercise if it were an individual Class A Noteholder and
     must, if requested to do so by the chairman of any meeting or adjourned
     meeting, produce evidence of authority so to act at or before the meeting.

     10.  RIGHTS OF REPRESENTATIVES

     A Representative of a Class A Noteholder may demand or join in demanding a
     poll and (except to the extent the Representative is specifically directed
     to vote for or against any proposal) has power generally to act at a
     meeting for the Class A Noteholder.

     11.  MINUTES AND RECORDS

     11.1 The Note Registrar shall make and enter in its books minutes of all
          resolutions and proceedings at every meeting of Class A Noteholders
          promptly following the conclusion of the relevant meeting.

     11.2 Minutes of meetings of Class A Noteholders are conclusive evidence if
          signed (or purportedly signed) by the chairman of that meeting or the
          chairman of the next succeeding meeting. Until the contrary is proved
          every meeting of which minutes have been made and signed is taken to
          have been duly convened and held and all resolutions passed or
          proceedings transacted at that meeting are taken to have been duly
          passed and transacted.

     11.3 The Note Registrar shall provide a Class A Noteholder with a copy of
          the minutes of each meeting of Class A Noteholders promptly after
          request.

     12.  WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS

     Despite the above provisions of these Meeting Procedures, a resolution of
     all the Class A Noteholders (including an Extraordinary Resolution) may be
     passed and adopted without any meeting being required, by an instrument in
     writing signed (including by counterparts):

          (a)  in the case of a Class A Noteholders' Resolution by Class A
               Noteholders whose aggregate Invested Amount is not less than 50%
               of the aggregate Invested Amount of all Class A Notes calculated
               and expressed in the A$ Equivalent unless the relevant resolution
               concerns action to be taken under Condition 8 following the
               occurrence of an Event of Default, in which case the required
               percentage is 67%; and

          (b)  in the case of an Extraordinary Resolution, by Class A
               Noteholders whose aggregate Invested Amount is not less than 75%
               of the aggregate Invested Amount of all Class A Notes calculated
               and expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

     Any such instrument is effective on presentation to the Note Registrar and
     Note Trustee for entry in the records of the Note Trust. The Note Registrar
     shall give to each Class A Noteholder, the Note Trustee and the Issuer at
     least 5 Banking Days' notice of the proposed resolution.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 116

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE 4 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CLASS A NOTES

PART A - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CLASS A1 NOTES

The issue of US$[*], Class A1 Note Mortgage Backed Pass Through Floating Rate
Notes due 12 January 2037 (the "CLASS A1 NOTES"), (euro)[*] Class A2 Note
Mortgage Backed Pass Through Floating Rate Notes due 12 January 2037 (the "CLASS
A2 NOTES" and together with the Class A1 Notes, the "CLASS A NOTES") and A$[*]
Class B Mortgage Backed Pass Through Floating Rate Notes due 12 January 2037
(the "CLASS B NOTES" and together with the Class A Notes, the "NOTES") by
Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL
Global Fund No. 8 (the "SECURITISATION FUND") (in such capacity, the "ISSUER").
These Notes are (a) issued subject to a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST
DEED") dated 4 July 1994 between the Issuer and ME Portfolio Management Limited
(formerly called Superannuation Members' Home Loans Limited) (in such capacity,
the "MANAGER") (as amended and restated), a Supplementary Bond Terms Notice (the
"SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE") dated on or about [*] 2005 executed by (among
others) the Issuer, Perpetual Trustee Company Limited (ABN 42 000 001 007) (as
the security trustee for the time being referred to as the "SECURITY TRUSTEE"),
The Bank of New York (the note trustee for the time being referred to as the
"NOTE TRUSTEE") and the Manager, and in respect of the Class A Notes these terms
and conditions (the "CONDITIONS"); (b) in respect of the Class A Notes only,
constituted by a note trust deed dated on or about [*] 2005 (the "NOTE TRUST
DEED") between the Issuer, the Manager, the Security Trustee, The Bank of New
York as trustee for the holders for the time being of the Class A Notes (the
"CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS" and together with the holders for the time being of the
Class B Notes (the "CLASS B NOTEHOLDERS"), the "NOTEHOLDERS"), The Bank of New
York as Principal Paying Agent (the "PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT", which expression
includes its successors as Principal Paying Agent under the Note Trust Deed),
AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited as Irish Paying Agent (the "IRISH
PAYING AGENT", which expression includes its successors as Irish Paying Agent
under the Note Trust Deed), The Bank of New York, as calculation agent (the
"CALCULATION AGENT", which expression includes its successors as Calculation
Agent under the Note Trust Deed) and The Bank of New York as note registrar (the
"NOTE REGISTRAR"); and (c) secured by a Security Trust Deed (the "SECURITY TRUST
DEED") dated on or about 29 July 2005 between the Issuer, the Manager, the Note
Trustee and the Security Trustee.

The statements set out below include summaries of, and are subject to the
detailed provisions of, the Master Trust Deed, the Supplementary Bond Terms
Notice, the Security Trust Deed and the Note Trust Deed. Certain words and
expressions used herein have the meanings defined in those documents. In
accordance with the Note Trust Deed, under which further paying agents may be
appointed (together with the Principal Paying Agent and the Irish Paying Agent,
the "PAYING AGENTS", which expression includes the successors of each paying
agent under the Note Trust Deed and any additional paying agents appointed),
payments in respect of the Class A Notes will be made by the Paying Agents and
the Calculation Agent will make the determinations specified in the Note Trust
Deed. The Class A Noteholders will be entitled (directly or indirectly) to the
benefit of, will be bound by, and will be deemed to have notice of, all the
provisions of the Master Trust Deed, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice, the
Security Trust Deed, the Note Trust Deed, the Mortgage Origination and
Management Agreement dated 4 July 1994 and novated by the Deed of Novation dated
28 September 1995 (as amended) (the "MORTGAGE ORIGINATION AND MANAGEMENT
AGREEMENT") between Members' Equity Pty Limited (formerly known as NMFM Lending
Pty Limited) as mortgage manager (together with any substitute or successor, the
"MORTGAGE MANAGER"), the Manager and the Issuer, (together with the agreements
with respect to the Fixed Floating Rate Swap, and the Currency Swaps (as each
such

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 117

term is defined below), (those documents the "RELEVANT DOCUMENTS") and certain
other transaction documents defined as such in the Master Trust Deed,
collectively the "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS"). Copies of the Transaction Documents
are available for inspection at the office of the Principal Paying Agent, being
at the date hereof The Bank of New York at its offices at 101 Barclay Street,
Floor 21 West, New York, New York, United States of America.

Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited as trustee of trusts established under the
Master Trust Deed (including the Securitisation Fund) has entered into a
separate ISDA Master Agreement entered into with Westpac Banking Corporation ABN
33 007 457 141 (as amended by the Amending Deed to the ISDA Master Agreement
dated [*] 2005) (the "FIXED-FLOATING RATE SWAP PROVIDER") together with a
confirmation in respect of the Securitisation Fund relating thereto as at the
Closing Date (the "FIXED-FLOATING RATE SWAP"). The Issuer has also entered into
a ISDA Master Agreement dated [*] 2005 with Societe Generale Australia Branch
ABN 71 092 516 286 (the "US CURRENCY SWAP PROVIDER" and the "EURO CURRENCY SWAP
PROVIDER", or the "CURRENCY SWAP PROVIDER"), (together the Fixed-Floating Rate
Swap Provider, and the Currency Swap Provider, the "SWAP PROVIDER") together
with the confirmations relating thereto which have an effective date of the
Closing Date in respect of the Class A Notes (the "US CURRENCY SWAP" and the
"EURO CURRENCY SWAP", respectively and together the "CURRENCY SWAPS").

Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited as trustee of the Securitisation Fund, at
the direction of the Manager, may in the future enter into Fixed-Floating Rate
Swaps with new fixed-floating rate swap providers provided that each new
fixed-floating rate swap provider has at least the minimum credit rating
specified by each rating agency, if any, in order to provide such fixed-floating
rate swaps to the Securitisation Fund.

Class A1 Book-Entry Notes will also bear the following legend: "This book-entry
note is a global note for the purposes of section 128F(10) of the Income Tax
Assessment Act 1936 of the Commonwealth of Australia".

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    FORM, DENOMINATION AND TITLE

The Class A1 Notes will be issued in registered form without interest coupons in
minimum denominations of US$100,000 and integral multiples thereof.

Each Class A1 Book Entry Note is not a document of title. Title shall be
determined by entry in the Register and only the duly registered holder from
time to time is entitled to payments in respect of a Class A1 Book Entry Note.

Each Class A1 Note will be represented by one or more typewritten fully
registered book-entry notes (each, a "CLASS A1 BOOK-ENTRY NOTE" and
collectively, the "CLASS A1 BOOK-ENTRY NOTES") registered in the name of Cede &
Co ("CEDE") as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). Beneficial
interests in the Class A1 Book-Entry Notes will be shown on, and transfers
thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its
participants. Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V, as operator of the Euroclear System
("EUROCLEAR") and Clearstream Banking, Societe Anonyme ("CLEARSTREAM,
LUXEMBOURG"), may hold interests in the Class A1 Book-Entry Notes on behalf of
persons who have accounts with Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg through
accounts maintained in the names of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, or in
the names of their respective depositories, with DTC.

If the Issuer is obliged to issue Class A1 Definitive Notes under clause 3.3 of
Note Trust Deed, interests in the applicable Class A1 Book-Entry Note will be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Class A1 Definitive
Notes, without interest coupons, in the denominations

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 118

set forth above. A Class A1 Definitive Note will be issued to each Class A1
Noteholder in respect of its registered holding or holdings of Class A1 Notes
against delivery by such Class A1 Noteholders of a written order containing
instructions and such other information as the Issuer and The Bank of New York,
acting as a note registrar (the "NOTE REGISTRAR") may require to complete,
execute and deliver such Class A1 Definitive Notes. In such circumstances, the
Issuer will cause sufficient Class A1 Definitive Notes to be executed and
delivered to the Note Registrar for completion, authentication (by the Principal
Paying Agent) and dispatch to the relevant Class A1 Noteholders.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2    STATUS, SECURITY AND RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE CLASS A NOTES AND THE CLASS B
     NOTES

The Class A Notes are secured by a first ranking floating charge over all of the
assets of the Trust (which include, among other things, the Loans (as defined
below) and the Mortgages (as defined below) and related securities) (as more
particularly described in the Security Trust Deed) and will rank pari passu and
rateably without any preference or priority among themselves.

The Class A Notes are issued subject to the Master Trust Deed and the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and are secured by the same security as the
Class B Notes but the Class A Notes will rank in priority to the Class B Notes
both before and after enforcement of the security and in respect of both
principal and interest (as set out in Conditions 4 and 5).

The proceeds of the issue of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes are to be
used by the Issuer to purchase an interest in certain housing loans (the
"LOANS") and certain related mortgages (the "MORTGAGES").

In the event that the security for the Class A Notes is enforced and the
proceeds of such enforcement are insufficient, after payment of all other claims
ranking in priority to or pari passu with the Class A Notes under the Security
Trust Deed, to pay in full all principal and interest and other amounts due in
respect of the Class A Notes, then the Class A Noteholders shall have no further
claim against the Issuer in respect of any such unpaid amounts.

The net proceeds of realisation of the assets of the Securitisation Fund
(including following enforcement of the Security Trust Deed) may be insufficient
to pay all amounts due to the Noteholders. Save in certain limited circumstances
the other assets of the Issuer will not be available for payment of any
shortfall and all claims in respect of such shortfall shall be extinguished (see
further Condition 15). None of the Mortgage Manager, the Manager, the Note
Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Principal Paying Agent, the Irish Paying
Agent, the Note Registrar, the Security Trustee or the Swap Provider (as defined
in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) has any obligation to any Noteholder for
payment of any amount by the Issuer in respect of the Notes.

The Note Trust Deed contains provisions requiring the Note Trustee to have
regard to the interests of Class A Noteholders as regards all the powers,
trusts, authorities, duties and discretions of the Note Trustee (except where
expressly provided otherwise).

The Security Trust Deed contains provisions requiring the Security Trustee,
subject to the other provisions of the Security Trust Deed, to give priority to
the interests of the Class A Noteholders, if there is a conflict between the
interest of such Noteholders and any other Voting Secured Creditor (as defined
below).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 119

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3    COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

So long as any of the Class A Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer has made
certain covenants for the benefit of the Class A Noteholders which are set out
in the Master Trust Deed.

These covenants include the following.

(a)  The Issuer shall act continuously as trustee of the Securitisation Fund
     until the Securitisation Fund is terminated as provided by the Master Trust
     Deed or the Issuer has retired or been removed from office in the manner
     provided under the Master Trust Deed.

(b)  The Issuer shall:

     (1)  act honestly and in good faith and comply with all relevant material
          laws in the performance of its duties and in the exercise of its
          discretions under the Master Trust Deed;

     (2)  exercise such diligence and prudence as a prudent person of business
          would exercise in performing its express functions and in exercising
          its discretions under the Master Trust Deed, having regard to the
          interests of the Class A Noteholders, the Class B Noteholders, the
          Beneficiaries and other Noteholders of the Securitisation Fund in
          accordance with its obligations under the relevant Transaction
          Documents;

     (3)  use its best endeavours to carry on and conduct its business in so far
          as it relates to the Master Trust Deed in a proper and efficient
          manner;

     (4)  do everything and take all such actions which are necessary (including
          obtaining all such authorisations and approvals as are appropriate) to
          ensure that it is able to exercise all its powers and remedies and
          perform all its obligations under the Master Trust Deed, the
          Transaction Documents and all other deeds, agreements and other
          arrangements entered into by the Issuer pursuant to the Master Trust
          Deed;

     (5)  not, as Issuer, engage in any business or activity in respect of the
          Securitisation Fund except as contemplated or required by the
          Transaction Documents;

     (6)  except as contemplated or required by the Transaction Documents, not,
          in respect of the Securitisation Fund, guarantee or become obligated
          for the debts of any other entity or hold out its credit as being
          available to settle the obligations of others;

     (7)  within 45 days of notice from the Manager to do so, remove any of its
          agents or delegates that breaches any obligation imposed on the Issuer
          under the Master Trust Deed or any other Transaction Document where
          the Manager reasonably believes it will materially adversely affect
          the rating of either or both of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes;
          and

     (8)  not agree to any amendment to Agreed Procedures (as defined in the
          Mortgage Origination and Management Agreement) unless each Designated
          Rating Agency confirms that it will not withdraw or downgrade the
          rating of the Notes as a result of such amendment.

     (c)  Except as provided in any Transaction Document (and other than the
          charge given to the Security Trustee and the Issuer's lien over the
          assets of the Securitisation Fund), the Issuer shall not nor permit
          any of its officers to sell, mortgage, charge or otherwise

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 120

          encumber or part with possession of any assets of the Securitisation
          Fund (the "FUND ASSETS").

     (d)  The Issuer shall duly observe and perform the covenants and
          obligations of the Master Trust Deed and will be personally liable to
          the Noteholders, the Beneficiaries, or any other creditors for its
          negligence, fraud or wilful default (as defined in Condition 15).

     (e)  The Issuer will open and operate certain bank accounts in accordance
          with the Master Trust Deed and any Transaction Document.

     (f)  Subject to the Master Trust Deed and any Transaction Document to which
          it is a party, the Issuer must act on all directions given to it by
          the Manager in accordance with the terms of the Master Trust Deed.

     (g)  The Issuer must properly perform the functions which are necessary for
          it to perform under all Transaction Documents in respect of the
          Securitisation Fund.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4    INTEREST

(a)  PAYMENT DATES

     Each Class A1 Note bears interest on the Invested Amount (as defined in the
     Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) of that Class A1 Note from and including
     28 September 2005 or such later date as may be agreed between the Manager
     and the Issuer for the issue of the Class A1 Notes (the "CLOSING DATE").
     Interest in respect of the Class A1 Notes will be payable in arrears on 12
     January 2006 in respect of the period from (and including) the Closing Date
     and ending on (but excluding) 12 January 2006 (the "FIRST PAYMENT DATE")
     and thereafter on each 12th April, July, October and January (each such
     date a "PAYMENT DATE"). If any Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day
     which is not a Banking Day (as defined below), it shall be postponed to the
     next day which is a Banking Day. The final Payment Date for a Class of
     Notes will be the earlier of the Final Maturity Date for that Class of
     Notes and the Payment Date on which the Notes are redeemed in full.

     "BANKING DAY" in this Condition 4 (other than Condition 4(b)) and in
     Conditions 5 and 9 below means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or
     public holiday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York,
     Sydney and Melbourne and which is a TARGET Settlement Day.

     The period beginning on (and including) the Closing Date and ending on (but
     excluding) the first Payment Date, and each successive period beginning on
     (and including) a Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next
     Payment Date is called an "INTEREST PERIOD". Interest payable on a Class A1
     Note in respect of any Interest Period or any other period will be
     calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in that Interest
     Period and a 360 day year.

     A Class A1 Note will stop earning interest on any date on which the
     Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A1 Note is zero (provided that
     interest shall thereafter begin to accrue from (and including) any date on
     which the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A1 Note becomes
     greater than zero) or if the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A1
     Note is not zero on the due date for redemption in full of the Class A1
     Note, unless payment of principal is improperly withheld or refused,
     following which the Class A1 Note will continue to earn interest on the
     Invested Amount of the Class A1 Note at the rate from time to time
     applicable to the Class A1 Note until the later

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 121

     of the date on which the Note Trustee or Principal Paying Agent receives
     the moneys in respect of the Class A1 Notes and notifies the holders of
     that receipt or the date on which the Outstanding Principal Balance of the
     Class A1 Note has been reduced to zero but interest will begin to accrue
     from and including any date on which the Outstanding Principal Balance of
     the Class A1 Note becomes greater than zero.

     If interest is not paid on a Class A1 Note on the date when it is due and
     payable (other than because the due date is not a Banking Day) that unpaid
     interest will itself bear interest at the Interest Rate applicable to that
     Class A Note until the unpaid interest and the amount of interest on it is
     available for payment by the Issuer.

(b)  INTEREST RATE

     The rate of interest applicable from time to time for Class A1 Notes (the
     "CLASS A1 INTEREST RATE") will be determined by the Calculation Agent on
     the basis of the following paragraphs.

     The second Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest Period (each
     an "INTEREST DETERMINATION DATE"), the Calculation Agent will determine the
     rate "USD-LIBOR-BBA" as the applicable Floating Rate Option under the
     Definitions of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
     ("ISDA") (the "ISDA DEFINITIONS") being the rate applicable to any Interest
     Period for three-month (or in the case of the first Interest Period, the
     rate will be determined by linear interpolation calculated by reference to
     the duration of that first Interest Period) deposits in US dollars which
     appears on the Telerate Page 3750 as of 11.00 am, London time, on the
     Interest Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on the Telerate
     Page 3750, the rate for that Interest Period will be determined as if the
     Issuer and Calculation Agent had specified "USD-LIBOR-REFERENCE BANKS" as
     the applicable Floating Rate Option under the ISDA Definitions.
     "USD-LIBOR-REFERENCE BANKS" means that the rate for an Interest Period will
     be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in US dollars are
     offered by the Reference Banks (being four major banks in the London
     interbank market agreed to by the Calculation Agent and the US Currency
     Swap Provider) at approximately 11.00 am, London time, on the Interest
     Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a
     period of three months (or in the case of the first Interest Period, the
     rate will be determined by linear interpolation calculated by reference to
     the duration of that first Interest Period) commencing on the first day of
     the Interest Period and in a Representative Amount (as defined in the ISDA
     Definitions). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London
     office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate.
     If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest
     Period will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two
     quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period
     will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by not less than two major
     banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent and the US
     Currency Swap Provider, at approximately 11.00 am, New York City time, on
     that Interest Determination Date for loans in US dollars to leading
     European banks for a period of three months (or in the case of the first
     Interest Period, the rate will be determined by linear interpolation
     calculated by reference to the duration of that first Interest Period)
     commencing on the first day of the Interest Period and in a Representative
     Amount. If no such rates are available in New York City, then the rate for
     such Interest Period shall be the most recently determined rate in
     accordance with this paragraph.

     For the purpose of the foregoing paragraph, Banking Day means any day on
     which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign
     exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 122

     The Class A1 Interest Rate applicable to the Class A1 Notes for such
     Interest Period will be the aggregate of (i) the interest rate or
     arithmetic mean as determined by the Calculation Agent under the previous
     paragraph; and (ii) the margin of [*]% (the "CLASS A1 MARGIN") in relation
     to the Class A1 Notes.

     If the Issuer has not redeemed all of the Class A Notes on or before the
     Payment Date falling on 12 July 2011, the Class A1 Margin will increase to
     [*]% for the period from (and including) that date until (but excluding)
     the date on which the Class A1 Notes are redeemed in full in accordance
     with these Conditions.

     There is no maximum or minimum Class A1 Interest Rate.

(c)  DETERMINATION OF INTEREST RATE AND CALCULATION OF INTEREST

     The Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after 11.00 am (London
     time) on each Interest Determination Date, determine the Class A1 Interest
     Rate applicable to, and calculate the amount of interest payable (the
     "CLASS A1 INTEREST") for, the immediately succeeding Interest Period in
     respect of the Class A1 Notes. The Class A1 Interest is calculated by
     applying the Class A1 Interest Rate for the Class A1 Notes to the Invested
     Amount (as defined in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) of that Class A1
     Note on the first day of the next Interest Period after giving effect to
     any payments of principal made with respect for such class on such day,
     multiplying such product by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
     actual number of days in the relevant Interest Period and the denominator
     of which is 360 days and rounding the resultant figure down to the nearest
     cent (half a cent being rounded upwards). The determination of the Class A1
     Interest Rate and the Class A1 Interest by the Calculation Agent shall (in
     the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties.

(d)  NOTIFICATION OF CLASS A1 INTEREST RATE AND CLASS A1 INTEREST

     The Calculation Agent will cause the Class A1 Interest Rate and the Class
     A1 Interest applicable to each Class A1 Note for each Interest Period and
     the relevant Payment Date to be notified to the Issuer, the Manager, the
     Note Trustee and the Paying Agents. The Class A1 Interest, Class A1
     Interest Rate and the relevant Payment Date so made available may
     subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative arrangements made by
     way of adjustment) without notice in the event of a shortening of the
     Interest Period.

(e)  DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION BY THE MANAGER

     If the Calculation Agent at any time for any reason does not determine the
     relevant Class A1 Interest Rate or calculate the Class A1 Interest for a
     Class A1 Note, the Manager shall do so and each such determination or
     calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the Calculation Agent. In
     doing so, the Manager shall apply the foregoing provisions of this
     Condition, with any necessary consequential amendments, to the extent that
     in its opinion, it can do so, and, in all other respects it shall do so in
     such a manner as it reasonably considers to be fair and reasonable in all
     the circumstances.

(f)  CALCULATION AGENT

     The Issuer will procure that, so long as any of the Class A Notes remains
     outstanding, there will, at all times, be a Calculation Agent. The Issuer,
     or the Manager with the consent of the Issuer (such consent not to be
     unreasonably withheld), reserves the right at any time to terminate the
     appointment of the Calculation Agent subject to the terms of the Note Trust
     Deed. Notice of that termination will be given to the Class A Noteholders.
     If any person is unable or unwilling to continue to act as the Calculation
     Agent, or if the appointment of the Calculation Agent is terminated, the
     Issuer will, with the approval of the Note Trustee, appoint a successor
     Calculation Agent to act as such in its place,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 123

     provided that neither the resignation nor removal of the Calculation Agent
     shall take effect until a successor approved by the Note Trustee has been
     appointed.

(g)  INTEREST DISTRIBUTION

     On each Payment Date, and based on the calculations, instructions and
     directions provided to it by the Manager, and subject to the terms of the
     Security Trust Deed and the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice, (to the extent
     it has not already done so) the Issuer must apply the Interest Collections
     for the relevant Calculation Period as follows:

     (1)  first, in or toward payment of or allowance for Taxes in respect of
          the Securitisation Fund;

     (2)  secondly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment of or allowance
          for the Issuer's Fee, the Manager's Fee and any Expenses (other than
          the Expenses referred to in clause (9) below) in respect of the
          Securitisation Fund;

     (3)  thirdly, without duplication, in or toward any amounts payable under
          clause (4) below on any previous Payment Date, if there had been
          sufficient Interest Collections, which have not been paid by the
          Issuer together with accrued interest thereon which in the case of a
          Note must be at the Interest Rate applicable to the relevant Note;

     (4)  fourthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment of any interest
          due under any Redraw Funding Facility or Top-up Funding Facility and
          in and toward payment to the Currency Swap Provider, in or toward
          payment of the A$ Class A Interest Amount payable under that
          Confirmation at that Payment Date, which is thereafter to be applied
          to payment of interest on the Class A Notes;

     (5)  fifthly, without duplication, in or toward any amounts payable under
          clause (6) below on any previous Payment Date, if there had been
          sufficient Interest Collections, which have not been paid by the
          Issuer together with accrued interest thereon at the Interest Rate
          applicable to the relevant Note;

     (6)  sixthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment to Class B
          Noteholders of the Class B Interest due on the Class B Notes on that
          Payment Date;

     (7)  seventhly, in crediting to the Cash Collateral Account the amount (if
          any) by which the Required Cash Collateral exceeds the Cash
          Collateral;

     (8)  eighthly, to reimburse any amounts that have been paid in any previous
          Interest Periods under clause 5(b)(1), (2), (3) and (4) (to the extent
          not already reimbursed under this clause 4(g)(8));

     (9)  ninthly, in or toward payment towards any break costs payable on
          cancellation of any Fixed-Floating Rate Swap to the extent that those
          amounts are not recovered under the relevant Loan secured by Mortgages
          comprised in the Assets of the Securitisation Fund in the form of any
          applicable prepayment fees or a drawing has not been made under a
          Payment Funding Facility;

     (10) tenthly, pari passu and rateably in or towards payment to the
          Liquidity Noteholder of interest payable in respect of the Liquidity
          Notes and in or towards payment of any interest in respect of any
          Payment Funding Facility;

     (11) eleventhly, in respect of the amount of any Class A Charge Offs, any
          Redraw Charge Offs and any Top-up Charge Offs in and towards
          reinstatement of in the books of the Securitisation Fund pari passu
          and rateably to Class A Charge Offs, Redraw Charge Offs and Top-up
          Charge Offs for that Calculation Period;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 124

     (12) twelfthly, in respect of the amount of any Carry Over Redraw Charge
          Offs, any Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs and the A$ Equivalent of the
          Carry Over Class A Charge offs allocated to each Class A Note, as the
          case may be, in and towards reinstatement of in the books of the
          Securitisation Fund, pari passu and rateably (based on the Carry Over
          Redraw Charge Offs, the Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs and the A$
          Equivalent of the Carry Over Class A Charge Offs allocated to each
          Class A Note as the case may be):

          (A)  the A$ Equivalent of any Carry Over Class A Charge Offs;

          (B)  any Carry Over Redraw Charge Offs; and

          (C)  (C) any Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs;

     (13) thirteenthly, in respect of the amount of any Class B Charge Offs and
          any Carry Over Class B Charge Offs in and towards reinstatement of in
          the books of the Securitisation Fund and in the following order:

          (A)  any Class B Charge Offs for that Calculation Period; and

          (B)  pari passu and rateably the Invested Amount of the Class B Notes
               to the extent of any Carry Over Class B Charge Offs;

     (14) fourteenthly, (to the extent not paid under clause 5(b)) pari passu
          and rateably, in or toward repayment of any principal due and payable
          under any Redraw Funding Facility, in or toward repayment of any
          principal due and payable under any Top-up Funding Facility and in or
          toward repayment of any principal due and payable under any Payment
          Funding Facility;

     (15) fifteenthly, in payment of or provision for amounts payable to the
          Income Beneficiary of the Securitisation Fund in accordance with
          clauses 22.1(d) and 22.3(d) of the Master Trust Deed.

     Capitalised terms in this paragraph (g) have the same meaning given in the
     Supplementary Bond Terms Notice unless otherwise defined in this document.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5    REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE

Capitalised terms in this Condition 5 have the same meaning given in the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice unless otherwise defined in this document.

(a)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION IN PART FROM PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND APPORTIONMENT
     OF PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS BETWEEN THE CLASS A NOTES AND THE CLASS B NOTES

     The Class A Notes shall be subject to mandatory redemption in part on any
     Payment Date if on that date there are any Principal Collections available
     to be distributed in relation to such Class A Notes. The principal amount
     so redeemable in respect of each Class A Note prior to enforcement of the
     Security Trust Deed (each a "PRINCIPAL PAYMENT") on any Payment Date shall
     be the amount available for payment as set out in Condition 5(b) on the day
     which is seven Banking Days prior to the Payment Date (the "CUT OFF")
     divided by the aggregate Invested Amount of all Class A Notes, multiplied
     by the Invested Amount of that Note, provided always that no Principal
     Payment on a Class A Note on any date may exceed the amount equal to the
     Invested Amount of that Class A Note at that date.

     Notice of amounts to be redeemed will be provided by the Manager to the
     Issuer, the Calculation Agent, the Principal Paying Agent and the Note
     Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 125

(b)  PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS ON NOTES

     On each Payment Date, and in accordance with the calculations, instructions
     and directions provided to it by the Manager and subject to the terms of
     the Security Trust Deed and the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice (to the
     extent it has not already done so), the Issuer must apply the Principal
     Collections together with any amounts to be applied under this clause 5(b)
     pursuant to clause 5(d) for the relevant Calculation Period towards the
     following payments in the following order of priority:

     (1)  first, in or toward payment of or allowance for Taxes in respect of
          the Securitisation Fund (to the extent not paid or provided for as
          described in Condition 4);

     (2)  secondly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment of or allowance
          for the Issuer's Fee, the Manager's Fee and any Expenses (other than
          the Expenses referred to in this Condition 5(b) below) in respect of
          the Securitisation Fund (to the extent not paid or provided for as
          described in Condition 4(g));

     (3)  thirdly, in or toward payment of the amounts payable and the priority
          under Condition 4(g)(4) above on the Class A Notes on that Payment
          Date (to the extent not paid or provided for as described in Condition
          4(g)(3));

     (4)  fourthly, in or toward payment of the amounts payable and the priority
          under Condition 4(g)(6) above on Class B Notes on that Payment Date
          (to the extent not paid under Condition 4(g)(5));

     (5)  fifthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward repayment of any Redraw
          Principal Outstanding under a Redraw Funding Facility or any Top-up
          Principal Outstanding under any Top-up Funding Facility;

     (6)  sixthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payments approved by the
          Manager under any Loan Redraw Facility or Top-up Loan;

     (7)  seventhly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment to the
          Currency Swap Provider under a Confirmation relating to the Class A
          Notes until the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A Notes is
          reduced to zero, of an amount equal to the lesser of:

          (A)  the amount available for distribution under this sub-paragraph
               (7) after all payments which have priority under this paragraph
               (b); and

          (B)  the A$ Equivalent of the Outstanding Principal Balance for all
               Class A Notes;

     (8)  eighthly, in or toward payment to the Class B Noteholders pari passu
          and rateably, until the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class B
          Notes is reduced to zero of an amount equal to the lesser of:

          (A)  the amount available for distribution under this paragraph (8)
               after all payments which have priority under this paragraph (b);
               and

          (B)  the Outstanding Principal Balance for all Class B Notes;

     (9)  ninthly, pari passu and rateably (based on the Carry Over Redraw
          Charge Offs, Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs and A$ Equivalent of the
          Carry Over Class A Charge Offs allocated to each Class A Note, as the
          case may be):

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 126

          (A)  in or toward payment to the Currency Swap Provider under a
               Confirmation relating to the Class A Notes, of the A$ Equivalent
               of any Carry Over Class A Charge Offs;

          (B)  in or towards repaying the Redraw Principal Outstanding of each
               Redraw Funding Facility to the extent of any Carry Over Redraw
               Charge Offs; and

          (C)  in or towards repaying the Top-up Principal Outstanding of each
               Top-up Funding Facility to the extent of any Carry Over Top-up
               Charge Offs;

     (10) tenthly, in or towards repaying the Invested Amount of the Class B
          Notes to the extent of any Carry Over Class B Charge Offs;

     (11) eleventhly, in or towards payment towards any break costs payable on
          cancellation of any Fixed-Floating Rate Swap to the extent that those
          amounts are not recovered under the relevant Loan secured by Mortgages
          comprised in Assets of the Securitisation Fund in the form of any
          applicable prepayment fees or a drawing has not been made under a
          Payment Funding Facility (to the extent not paid as described under
          Condition 4(g)); and

     (12) twelfthly, subject to paragraph (c) below, pari passu and rateably in
          or towards payment to the Liquidity Noteholder of the principal amount
          outstanding in respect of the Liquidity Notes and in or towards
          repayment of any principal in respect of any Payment Funding Facility.

     Capitalised terms in this paragraph (b) have the same meaning given in the
     Supplementary Bond Terms Notice unless otherwise defined in this document.

(c)  RIGHTS OF LIQUIDITY NOTEHOLDER

     On any Payment Date, the Issuer must not make any payments out of Principal
     Collections to the Liquidity Noteholder under paragraph (b) above unless
     the Invested Amount of all the Notes is zero, or will be zero following any
     payments made on the relevant Payment Date.

(d)  PAYMENT OF CHARGE OFFS

     The amount of any reinstatement under Conditions 4(g)(11), (12) and (13)
     must be applied on the Payment Date of the reimbursement in accordance with
     clause 5(b) as if the amount reimbursed formed part of Principal
     Collections.

(e)  GENERAL

     No amount of principal will be paid to a Noteholder in excess of the
     Invested Amount applicable to the Notes held by that Noteholder.

(f)  EURO ACCOUNT

     The Issuer must direct the Euro Currency Swap Provider to pay all amounts
     denominated in (euro) payable to the Issuer by the Euro Currency Swap
     Provider under the Euro Currency Swap into the Euro Account or to the
     Principal Paying Agent on behalf of the Issuer.

     On each Payment Date, the Issuer must, on the direction of the Manager, or
     must require that the Principal Paying Agent on its behalf, distribute from
     the Euro Account the relevant amounts of principal and interest due in
     respect of each Class A2 Note in accordance with the Note Trust Deed and in
     the order of priority in Conditions 4(g) and 5(b).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 127

(g)  US$ ACCOUNT

     The Issuer must direct the US Currency Swap Provider to pay all amounts
     denominated in US$ payable to the Issuer by the US Currency Swap Provider
     under the US Currency Swap into the US$ Account or to the Principal Paying
     Agent on behalf of the Issuer.

     On each Payment Date, the Issuer must, on the direction of the Manager, or
     must require that the Principal Paying Agent on its behalf, distribute from
     the US$ Account the relevant amounts of interest and principal due in
     respect of each Class A1 Note in accordance with the Note Trust Deed and in
     order of priority in Conditions 4(g) and 5(b).

(h)  CALCULATION OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS, OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE AND
     INVESTED AMOUNT

     The Manager must, not later than two Banking Days before each Payment Date
     advise the Issuer in respect of the Class A Notes only and the Currency
     Swap Provider in writing of:

     (1)  all amounts payable or to be provided for under clause 6 of the
          Supplementary Bond Terms Notice (which includes the amounts payable to
          be provided under Condition 4(g) and 5(b));

     (2)  reasonable details of the calculation of all such amounts; and

     (3)  the Outstanding Principal Balance and Invested Amount of each Class A
          Note and Class B Note following the making of all payments to be made
          on that Payment Date in accordance with the Supplementary Bond Terms
          Notice.

     The Manager must also notify the Issuer of all details of payments which
     are to be made by or on behalf of the Issuer on or by each Payment Date.
     The Manager must, not later than two Banking Days before each Payment Date,
     also notify the Currency Swap Provider of all payments which are to be made
     by or on behalf of the Issuer under Conditions 4(g) and 5(b) in respect of
     the Class A Notes.

     The Manager will notify the Issuer, the Note Trustee, the Principal Paying
     Agent and the Calculation Agent by not later than two Banking Days prior to
     the relevant Payment Date (the "DETERMINATION DATE") of each such
     determination and will immediately cause details, of each of those
     determinations to be made available in accordance with Condition 12 one
     Banking Day before the relevant Payment Date. If no repayment of principal
     is due to be made on the Class A Notes on any Payment Date a notice to this
     effect will be given to the Class A Noteholders in accordance with
     Condition 12.

     If the Manager does not at any time for any reason determine a repayment of
     principal or the Outstanding Principal Balance and the Invested Amount
     applicable to Class A Notes in accordance with this paragraph, the
     repayment of principal and Outstanding Principal Balance and the Invested
     Amount may be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with this
     paragraph (but based on the information in its possession) and each such
     determination or calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the
     Manager.

(i)  CALL

     The Issuer must, when so directed by the Manager (at the Manager's option),
     having given not more than 60 nor less than 45 days' notice to the Class A
     Noteholders, in case of Class A Notes, in accordance with Condition 12
     purchase or redeem all, but not some only, of the Notes by repaying the
     Outstanding Principal Balance of those Notes together with accrued interest
     to (but excluding) the date of repurchase or redemption, on any Payment
     Date falling on or after the earlier of:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 128

     (1)  the Payment Date on which the Outstanding Principal Balance of all
          Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent is equal to or
          less than 10% of the total initial Outstanding Principal Balance of
          all Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent; and

     (2)  in the case of Class A Notes, the Payment Date falling on 12 July
          2011,

     provided that:

     (3)  if the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance for all Class A Notes
          calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent on such date of
          redemption or repurchase has been reduced by Class A Charge Offs which
          have not been repaid under Conditions 4(g)(10) and (11), the
          Noteholders owning at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of
          the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent must
          consent to such repurchase or redemption; and

     (4)  the Issuer will be in a position on such Payment Date to discharge
          (and the Manager so certifies to the Issuer and the Note Trustee upon
          which certification the Issuer and the Note Trustee will rely
          conclusively) all its liabilities in respect of the Class A Notes (at
          their Outstanding Principal Balance) and any amounts which would be
          required under the Security Trust Deed to be paid in priority or pari
          passu with the Class A Notes if the security for the Notes were being
          enforced.

(j)  REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION OR OTHER REASONS

     If the Manager satisfies the Issuer and the Note Trustee immediately prior
     to giving the notice referred to below either:

     (1)  that on the next Payment Date the Issuer would be required to deduct
          or withhold from any payment of principal or interest in respect of
          the Class A Notes, the Currency Swaps, the Payment Funding Facility,
          the Top-up Funding Facility or the Redraw Funding Facility any amount
          for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments
          or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected,
          withheld or assessed by the Commonwealth of Australia or any of its
          political sub-divisions or any of its authorities; or

     (2)  the total amount payable in respect of interest in relation to any of
          the Loans secured by Mortgages comprised in the Assets of the
          Securitisation Fund for a Calculation Period ceases to be receivable
          (whether or not actually received) by the Issuer during such
          Calculation Period (but this paragraph (2) does not apply to a failure
          by the Trustee to receive any interest in relation to any of the Loans
          merely by reason of the failure by any borrowers to pay that interest
          in breach of the relevant Loans),

     the Issuer must, when so directed by the Manager, at the Manager's option
     (provided that the Issuer will be in a position on such Payment Date to
     discharge (and the Manager will so certify to the Issuer and the Note
     Trustee) all its liabilities in respect of the Class A Notes (at their
     Invested Amount) and any amounts which would be required under the Security
     Trust Deed to be paid in priority or pari passu with the Class A Notes if
     the security for the Class A Notes were being enforced), having given not
     more than 60 nor less than 45 days' notice to the Class A Noteholders in
     accordance with Condition 12, redeem all, but not some only, of the Class A
     Notes at their then Invested Amount together with accrued interest to (but
     excluding) the date of redemption on any subsequent Payment Date, provided
     that the Class A Noteholders may by Extraordinary Resolution elect, and
     shall notify the Issuer and the Manager not less than 21 days before

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 129

     the next Payment Date following the receipt of notice of such proposed
     redemption that they do not require the Issuer to redeem the Class A Notes.

(k)  REDEMPTION ON FINAL MATURITY

     If not otherwise redeemed, the Class A Notes must be repaid in full on 12
     January 2037.

(l)  CANCELLATION

     All Class A Notes redeemed in full pursuant to the above provisions will be
     cancelled.

(m)  CERTIFICATION

     For the purposes of any redemption made pursuant to this Condition 5, the
     Note Trustee may rely upon an Officer's Certificate under the Note Trust
     Deed from the Manager certifying or stating the opinion of each person
     signing such certificate as:

     (1)  to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or
          securities proposed to be released from the Security Trust Deed;

     (2)  that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not
          impair the security under the Security Trust Deed in contravention of
          the provisions of the Security Trust Deed or the Note Trust Deed; and

     (3)  that the Issuer will be in a position to discharge all its liabilities
          in respect of the relevant Class A Notes and any amounts required
          under the Security Trust Deed to be paid in priority to or pari passu
          with those Class A Notes,

     and such Officer's Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the
     Issuer, the Note Trustee and the holders of those Class A Notes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6    PAYMENTS

(a)  METHOD OF PAYMENT

     Any instalment of interest or principal, payable on any Class A1 Note which
     is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer to the Principal
     Paying Agent on the applicable Payment Date or Final Maturity Date shall be
     paid to the person in whose name such Class A1 Note is registered on the
     Record Date, by cheque mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to such
     person's address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date,
     except that, unless Class A1 Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to
     clause 3.3 of the Note Trust Deed, with respect to Class A1 Notes
     registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing
     Agency (initially in respect of the Class A1 Notes such Clearing Agency to
     be DTC and such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire
     transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such
     nominee and except for the final instalment of principal payable with
     respect to such Class A1 Note on a Payment Date or Maturity Date.

(b)  INITIAL PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

     The initial Principal Paying Agent for the Class A1 Note is The Bank of New
     York at its offices in New York City.

(c)  PAYING AGENTS

     The Issuer may (at the direction of the Manager) at any time (with the
     prior written approval of the Note Trustee) terminate the appointment of
     any Paying Agent and appoint additional or other Paying Agents, provided
     that (among other things) the new Paying

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 130

     Agent has been approved in writing by the Note Trustee and appointed on
     terms previously approved in writing by the Note Trustee, notice has been
     provided to the Class A Noteholder, and it will at all times maintain a
     Paying Agent having a specified office in New York City (in respect of the
     Class A1 Notes) and the United Kingdom (in respect of the Class A2 Notes)
     and the Republic of Ireland (for so long as the Class A2 Notes are listed
     on the Irish Stock Exchange). Notice of any such termination or appointment
     and of any change in the office through which any Paying Agent will act
     will be given in accordance with Condition 12.

(d)  PAYMENT ON BANKING DAYS

     If the due date for payment of any amount of principal or interest in
     respect of any Class A1 Note is not a Banking Day then payment will not be
     made until the next succeeding Banking Day and the holder of that Class A1
     Note shall not be entitled to any further interest or other payment in
     respect of that delay. In this Condition 6 the expression "Banking Day"
     means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday) on which
     banks are open for business in the place where the specified office of the
     Paying Agent at which the Class A1 Note is presented for payment is
     situated and, in the case of payment by transfer to a US dollar account, in
     New York City prior to the exchange of a Class A1 Book-Entry Note for any
     Class A1 Definitive Notes, means any day on which DTC is open for business.

(e)  INTEREST

     If interest is not paid in respect of a Class A1 Note on the date when due
     and payable (other than because the due date is not a Banking Day), that
     unpaid interest shall itself bear interest at the Interest Rate applicable
     from time to time to the Class A1 Notes until the unpaid interest, and
     interest on it, is available for payment and notice of that availability
     has been duly given in accordance with Condition 12.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7    TAXATION

All payments in respect of the Class A Notes will be made without withholding or
deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties or charges
of whatsoever nature unless the Issuer or any Paying Agent is required by
applicable law to make any such payment in respect of the Class A Notes subject
to any withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future
taxes, duties or charges of whatever nature. In that event the Issuer or that
Paying Agent (as the case may be) shall make such payment after such withholding
or deduction has been made and shall account to the relevant authorities for the
amount so required to be withheld or deducted. Neither the Issuer nor any Paying
Agent nor the Note Trustee will be obliged to make any additional payments to
Class A Noteholders in respect of that withholding or deduction.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8    PRESCRIPTION

A Class A Note shall become void in its entirety unless surrendered for payment
within ten years of the Relevant Date (as such term is defined below) in respect
of any payment on it the effect of which would be to reduce the Outstanding
Principal Balance of that Class A Note to zero. After the date on which a Class
A Note becomes void in its entirety, no claim may be made in respect of it.

As used in these Conditions, the "RELEVANT DATE" means the date on which a
payment first becomes due but, if the full amount of the money payable has not
been received by the Principal

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 131

Paying Agent or the Note Trustee on or prior to that date, it means the date on
which the full amount of such money having been so received, notice to that
effect is duly given by the Principal Paying Agent in accordance with Condition
12.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Subject to the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice each of the following events is
an Event of Default whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the
control of an Interested Person (as defined in the Security Trust Deed) or any
other person:

(a)  the Issuer does not within 10 Banking Days of the due date, and in the
     specified manner, pay in full any Secured Moneys (except in respect of any
     moneys payable under any Payment Funding Facility, Top-up Funding Facility
     and Redraw Funding Facility which fall due for payment prior to the
     Repayment Date or payment of interest on Class B Notes unless all Class A
     Notes have been repaid);

(b)  the Issuer defaults in fully performing observing and fulfilling any
     material obligation in relation to the Securitisation Fund under the
     Security Trust Deed or any Secured Document (other than a provision
     requiring the payment of money as contemplated by paragraph (a) of this
     clause or, prior to the Repayment Date, in respect of any such default
     under a Payment Funding Facility, Top-up Funding Facility and Redraw
     Funding Facility) and such default has not been remedied within 10 Banking
     Days of the Issuer receiving notice from the Security Trustee specifying
     the breach and requiring the same to be rectified;

(c)  any representation, warranty or statement in relation to the Securitisation
     Fund made, repeated or deemed to be made or repeated in the Security Trust
     Deed or in any Secured Document by the Issuer is proved to be untrue in any
     material respect when made, repeated or deemed to be made or repeated (as
     the case may be) (except, prior to the Repayment Date, in respect of any
     representation, warranty or statement made, repeated or deemed to be made
     or repeated under the Payment Funding Facility, Top-up Funding Facility and
     Redraw Funding Facility);

(d)  the Issuer breaches any material undertaking given at any time to the
     Security Trustee in relation to the Securitisation Fund or fails to comply
     with any material condition imposed by the Security Trustee in relation to
     the Securitisation Fund in agreeing to any matter (including any waiver)
     (except, prior to the Repayment Date, in respect of any breach of any
     material undertaking or failure to comply with any material condition under
     the Payment Funding Facility, Top-up Funding Facility and Redraw Funding
     Facility);

(e)  any Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Issuer other than for the
     reconstruction of the Issuer or the Securitisation Fund with the prior
     written approval of the Manager and the Security Trustee and provided that
     each Designated Rating Agency has confirmed in writing that such
     reconstruction will not have an adverse effect on the rating of the Notes;

(f)  any Encumbrance over any Charged Property becomes enforceable or any
     Encumbrance that is a floating security over any Charged Property
     crystallises or otherwise becomes a fixed or specific security;

(g)  any investigation into the affairs, or into particular affairs, of the
     Issuer in relation to the Securitisation Fund is directed or commenced
     under any Statute;

(h)  any Secured Document is, becomes or is claimed by the Issuer or the Manager
     to be void, voidable or unenforceable in whole or in any material part;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 132

(i)  the Issuer disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects any Secured
     Document in whole or in any material part;

(j)  there occurs without the prior written approval of the Security Trustee,
     any vesting or distribution of any assets of the Securitisation Fund other
     than in accordance with the relevant Supplementary Bond Terms Notices;

(k)  any material breach of trust in relation to the Securitisation Fund by the
     Issuer or the Issuer for any reason loses or ceases to be entitled to a
     material extent to its right of indemnity against the assets of the
     Securitisation Fund;

(l)  as a result of the act or omission of the Issuer the assets of the
     Securitisation Fund are materially diminished or made materially less
     accessible to the Security Trustee;

(m)  without the prior consent of the Security Trustee, the Securitisation Fund
     is wound-up, or the Issuer is required to wind up the Securitisation Fund
     under the Master Trust Deed or the applicable law, or the winding up of the
     Securitisation Fund commences; and

(n)  the Charge ceases to rank as contemplated by clause 4.2 of the Security
     Trust Deed.

Capitalised terms in this Condition 9 have the same meaning given in the
Security Trust Deed unless defined in this document.

In the event that the security constituted by the Security Trust Deed becomes
enforceable following an event of default under the Notes, any funds resulting
from the realisation of such security shall be applied in accordance with the
order of priority of payments as stated in the Security Trust Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10   ENFORCEMENT

At any time after an Event of Default occurs, the Security Trustee may (subject
to the Security Trust Deed), if so directed by (a) the Noteholder Secured
Creditors (as defined in the Security Trust Deed) alone, where the Noteholder
Secured Creditors are the only Voting Secured Creditors, or otherwise (b) an
"Extraordinary Resolution" of the Voting Secured Creditors (being 75% of votes
capable of being cast by Voting Secured Creditors present in person or by proxy
at the relevant meeting or a written resolution signed by all Voting Secured
Creditors, which includes the Note Trustee on behalf of Class A Noteholders, but
not, unless the Note Trustee has become bound to take steps and/or proceed under
the Security Trust Deed and fails to do so within a reasonable period of time
and such failure is continuing, the Class A Noteholders themselves), declare the
Class A Notes immediately due and payable and declare the security to be
enforceable. If an Extraordinary Resolution of the Voting Secured Creditors
referred to above elects not to direct the Security Trustee to enforce the
Security Trust Deed, in the circumstances where the Security Trustee could
enforce, the Noteholder Secured Creditor may nevertheless, and the Note Trustee
as Noteholder Secured Creditor shall subject to the terms of the Note Trust
Deed, at the direction of the Class A Noteholders, direct the Security Trustee
to enforce the Security Trust Deed on behalf of the Class A Noteholders.

"VOTING SECURED CREDITOR" means:

(a)  with respect only to the enforcement of the security under the Security
     Trust Deed, for so long as the Secured Moneys of the Class A Noteholders
     and the Class B Noteholders each calculated and expressed in the A$
     Equivalent are 75% or more of total Secured Moneys calculated and expressed
     in the A$ Equivalent, the Noteholder Secured Creditors alone; and

(b)  at any other time (subject to clause 16.3 of the Security Trust Deed):

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 133

     (1)  the Note Trustee, acting on behalf of the Class A Noteholders under
          the Note Trust Deed and clause 3 of the Security Trust Deed or, if the
          Note Trustee has become bound to take steps and/or to proceed under
          the Security Trust Deed and fails to do so within a reasonable time
          and such failure is continuing, the Class A Noteholders and then only
          to the extent permitted by the Australian Law; and

     (2)  each other Secured Creditor (other than a Class A Noteholder).

Any reference to the Noteholder Secured Creditors while they are the only Voting
Secured Creditors, or where their consent is required under the Security Trust
Deed in relation to a direction or act of the Security Trustee, means the
Noteholder Secured Creditors representing more than 50% of the aggregate
Invested Amount of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes each calculated and
expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

Subject to the Security Trust Deed, the Security Trustee shall take all action
necessary to give effect to any direction by the Noteholder Secured Creditors
where they are the only Voting Secured Creditors or to any Extraordinary
Resolution of the Voting Secured Creditors and shall comply with all directions
given by the Note Trustee where it is the only Voting Secured Creditor or
contained in or given pursuant to any Extraordinary Resolution of the Voting
Secured Creditors in accordance with the Security Trust Deed.

No Class A Noteholder is entitled to enforce the Security Trust Deed or to
appoint or cause to be appointed a receiver to any of the assets secured by the
Security Trust Deed or otherwise to exercise any power conferred by the terms of
any applicable law on chargees except as provided in the Security Trust Deed.

If any of the Class A Notes remain outstanding and are due and payable otherwise
than by reason of a default in payment of any amount due on the Class A Notes,
the Note Trustee must not vote under the Security Trust Deed to, or otherwise
direct the Security Trustee to, dispose of the Charged Property unless either:

(a)  a sufficient amount would be realised to discharge in full all amounts
     owing to the Class A Noteholders and any other amounts payable by the
     Issuer ranking in priority to or pari passu with the Class A Notes;

(b)  the Note Trustee is of the opinion, reached after considering at any time
     and from time to time the advice of a merchant bank or other financial
     adviser selected by the Note Trustee, that the cash flow receivable by the
     Issuer (or the Security Trustee under the Security Trust Deed) will not (or
     that there is a significant risk that it will not) be sufficient, having
     regard to any other relevant actual, contingent or prospective liabilities
     of the Issuer, to discharge in full in due course all the amounts referred
     to in paragraph (a);

(c)  the Note Trustee is directed by the Holders of at least 75% of the
     aggregate Invested Amount of Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the
     A$ Equivalent.

Neither the Note Trustee nor the Security Trustee will be liable for any decline
in the value, nor any loss realised upon any sale or other dispositions made
under the Security Trust Deed, of any Charged Property or any other property
which is charged to the Security Trustee by any other person in respect of or
relating to the obligations of the Issuer or any third party in respect of the
Issuer or the Secured Moneys or the Class A Notes or relating in any way to the
Charged Property. Without limitation, neither the Note Trustee nor the Security
Trustee shall be liable for any such decline or loss directly or indirectly
arising from its acting, or failing to act, as a consequence of an opinion
reached by it.

The Note Trustee shall not be bound to vote under the Security Trust Deed, or
otherwise direct the Security Trustee under the Security Trust Deed or to take
any proceedings, actions or steps

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 134

under, or any other proceedings pursuant to or in connection with the Security
Trust Deed, the Note Trust Deed, any Class A Notes, unless directed or requested
to do so in writing by Noteholders holding at least 75% of the aggregate
Invested Amount of Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent
at the time; and then only if the Note Trustee is indemnified to its
satisfaction against all action, proceedings, claims and demands to which it may
render itself liable and all costs, charges, damages and expenses which it may
incur by so doing.

Only the Security Trustee may enforce the provisions of the Security Trust Deed
and neither the Note Trustee nor any Class A Noteholder is entitled to proceed
directly against the Issuer to enforce the performance of any of the provisions
of the Security Trust Deed and the Class A Notes (including these Class A Note
Conditions) unless otherwise as set out in a Transaction Document.

The rights, remedies and discretions of the Class A Noteholders under the
Security Trust Deed including all rights to vote or give instructions or consent
can only be exercised by the Note Trustee on behalf of the Class A Noteholders
in accordance with the Security Trust Deed. The Security Trustee may rely on any
instructions or directions given to it by the Note Trustee as being given on
behalf of the Class A Noteholders from time to time and need not enquire whether
the Note Trustee or the Class A Noteholders from time to time have complied with
any requirements under the Note Trust Deed or as to the reasonableness or
otherwise of the Note Trustee. The Security Trustee is not obliged to take any
action, give any consent or waiver or make any determination under the Security
Trust Deed without being directed to do so by the Note Trustee or the Voting
Secured Creditors in accordance with the Security Trust Deed.

Upon enforcement of the security created by the Security Trust Deed, the net
proceeds of enforcement may be insufficient to pay all amounts due on redemption
to the Noteholders. The proceeds from enforcement (which will not include
amounts required by law to be paid to the holder of any prior ranking security
interest, and the proceeds of cash collateral lodged with and payable to a Swap
Provider or other provider of an Enhancement (as defined in the Master Trust
Deed)) will be applied in the order of priority as set out in the Security Trust
Deed. Any claims of the Noteholders remaining after realisation of the security
and application of the proceeds as aforesaid shall, except in certain limited
circumstances, be extinguished.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11   REPLACEMENT OF CLASS A NOTES

If any Class A Note is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be
replaced at the specified office of the Principal Paying Agent upon payment by
the claimant of the expenses incurred in connection with that replacement and on
such terms as to evidence and indemnity as the Manager may reasonably require.
Mutilated or defaced Class A Notes must be surrendered before replacements will
be issued.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12   NOTICES

All notices, other than notices given in accordance with the following
paragraphs, to Class A Noteholders shall be deemed to be given if in writing and
mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Class A Noteholder, at his or her
address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and
not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In
any case where notice to Class A Noteholders is given by mail, neither the
failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any
particular Class A Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Class A Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the
manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 135

A notice may be waived in writing by the relevant Class A Noteholder, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice. Waivers of notice by the Class A Noteholders shall be filed with the
Note Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity
of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail services as a result of a
strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail
notice of any event to the Class A Noteholders when such notice is required to
be given, then any manner of giving such notice as the Issuer shall direct the
Note Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

The Manager shall deliver a quarterly servicing report for each Calculation
Period to each Class A Noteholder on the notice date relating to such
Calculation Period in the method provided in the first paragraph of this
Condition 12.

All consents and approvals in these Conditions are to be given in writing.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13   MEETINGS OF VOTING SECURED CREDITORS AND MEETINGS OF CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS;
     MODIFICATIONS; CONSENTS; WAIVER

The Security Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of the Voting
Secured Creditors to, among other things, enable the Voting Secured Creditors to
direct or consent to the Security Trustee taking or not taking certain actions
under the Security Trust Deed, for example to enable the Voting Secured
Creditors to direct the Security Trustee to enforce the Security Trust Deed.

The Note Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of Class A
Noteholders to consider any matter affecting their interests, including the
directing of the Note Trustee to direct the Security Trustee to enforce the
security under the Security Trust Deed, or the sanctioning by the Extraordinary
Resolution of the Class A Noteholders of a modification of the Class A Notes
(including these Class A Note Conditions) or the provisions of any of the
Transaction Documents, provided that no modification of certain terms including,
among other things, the date of maturity of the Class A Notes, or a modification
which would have the effect of altering the amount of interest payable in
respect of a Class A Note or modification of the method of calculation of the
interest payable or of the date for payment of interest in respect of any Class
A Notes, reducing or cancelling the amount of principal payable in respect of
any Class A Notes or altering the majority required to pass an Extraordinary
Resolution or altering the currency of payment of any Class A Notes or an
alteration of the date or priority of payment of interest on, or redemption of,
the Class A Notes in the event of a call under Condition 5(i) or 5(j) (any such
modification being referred to below as a "BASIC TERMS MODIFICATION") shall be
effective except that, if the Note Trustee is of the opinion that such a Basic
Terms Modification is being proposed by the Issuer as a result of, or in order
to avoid, an Event of Default, such Basic Terms Modification may be sanctioned
by Extraordinary Resolution of the Class A Noteholders as described below. An
Extraordinary Resolution passed by the Class A Noteholders shall be binding on
all Class A Noteholders. The vote required for an Extraordinary Resolution shall
be a majority consisting of not less than 75% of the votes capable of being cast
by Voting Secured Creditors present in person or by proxy at a duly convened
meeting or a written resolution signed by all of the Voting Secured Creditors.

The Note Trust Deed permits the Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer to,
following the giving of not less than 10 Banking Days' notice to each Designated
Rating Agency, alter, add to or modify, by way of supplementary deed, the Note
Trust Deed (including the meeting and amendment provisions), the Conditions
(subject to the proviso more fully described in clause

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 136

35.2 of the Note Trust Deed or any other terms of that deed or the Conditions to
which it refers) or any Transaction Document so long as that alteration,
addition or modification is:

o    to correct a manifest error or ambiguity or is of a formal, technical or
     administrative nature only;

o    in the opinion of the Note Trustee necessary to comply with the provisions
     of any law or regulation or with the requirements of any Government Agency;

o    in the opinion of the Note Trustee appropriate or expedient as a
     consequence of a change to any law or regulation or a change in the
     requirements of any Government Agency (including, but not limited to, an
     alteration, addition or modification which is in the opinion of the Note
     Trustee appropriate or expedient as a consequence of the enactment of a law
     or regulation or an amendment to any law or regulation or ruling by the
     Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Taxation or any governmental
     announcement or statement, in any case which has or may have the effect of
     altering the manner or basis of taxation of trusts generally or of trusts
     similar to the Securitisation Fund); or

o    in the reasonable opinion of the Note Trustee neither prejudicial nor
     likely to be prejudicial to the interests of the Class A Noteholders as a
     whole, and is undertaken in a manner and to the extent, permitted by the
     Transaction Documents.

Where, in the opinion of the Note Trustee, a proposed alteration, addition or
modification to the Note Trust Deed, other than an alteration, addition or
modification referred to above, is prejudicial or likely to be prejudicial to
the interests of Class A Noteholders as a whole or any Class of Class A
Noteholders, the Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer may make that
alteration, addition or modification only if sanctioned in writing by holders of
at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes calculated
and expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

The Note Trustee may also, in accordance with the Note Trust Deed and without
the consent of the Class A Noteholders (but not in contravention of an
Extraordinary Resolution), waive or authorise any breach or proposed breach of
the Class A Notes (including these Class A Note Conditions) or any Transaction
Document or determine that any Event of Default or any condition, event or act
which with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time and/or the issue of a
certificate would constitute an Event of Default shall not, or shall not subject
to specified conditions, be treated as such. Any such modification, waiver,
authorisation or determination shall be binding on the Class A Noteholders and,
if, but only if, the Note Trustee so requires, any such modification shall be
notified to the Class A Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12 as soon as
practicable.

Every amendment to the Note Trust Deed must conform to the requirements of the
TIA as then in effect so long as the Note Trust Deed shall be qualified under
the TIA.

The Manager shall distribute to all Class A Noteholders and the Designated
Rating Agencies a copy of any amendments made under clause 35.1 or 35.2 of the
Note Trust Deed in accordance with Condition 12 as soon as reasonably
practicable after the amendment has been made.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14   INDEMNIFICATION AND EXONERATION OF THE NOTE TRUSTEE AND THE SECURITY
     TRUSTEE

(a)  The Note Trust Deed and the Security Trust Deed contain provisions for the
     indemnification of the Note Trustee and the Security Trustee (respectively)
     and for their relief from responsibility, including provisions relieving
     them from taking proceedings to realise the security and to obtain
     repayment of the Class A Notes unless indemnified to

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 137

     their satisfaction. Each of the Note Trustee and the Security Trustee is
     entitled to enter into business transactions with the Issuer and/or any
     other party to the Transaction Documents without accounting for any profit
     resulting from such transactions. Except in the case of negligence, fraud
     or wilful default (in the case of the Security Trustee) or negligence,
     fraud, or wilful default (in the case of the Note Trustee), neither the
     Security Trustee nor the Note Trustee will be responsible for any loss,
     expense or liability which may be suffered as a result of any assets
     secured by the Security Trust Deed, Charged Property or any deeds or
     documents of title thereto, being uninsured or inadequately insured or
     being held by or to the order of the Mortgage Manager or any of its
     affiliates or by clearing organisations or their operators or by any person
     on behalf of the Note Trustee if prudently chosen in accordance with the
     Transaction Documents.

(b)  Where the Note Trustee is required to express an opinion or make a
     determination or calculation under the Transaction Documents, the Note
     Trustee may appoint or engage such independent advisers as the Note Trustee
     reasonably requires to assist in the giving of that opinion or the making
     of that determination or calculation and any reasonable costs and expenses
     payable to those advisers will be reimbursed to the Note Trustee by the
     Issuer or if another person is expressly stated in the relevant provision
     in a Transaction Document, that person.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE ISSUER

(a)  GENERAL

     Clause 26 of the Master Trust Deed applies to the obligations and
     liabilities of the Issuer in relation to the Class A Notes.

(b)  LIABILITY OF ISSUER LIMITED TO ITS RIGHT OF INDEMNITY

     (1)  The Issuer enters into the Transaction Documents and issues the Notes
          only in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund and in no
          other capacity (except where the Transaction Documents provide
          otherwise). Subject to paragraph (3) below, a liability arising under
          or in connection with the Transaction Documents, the Notes or the
          Securitisation Fund is limited to and can be enforced against the
          Issuer only to the extent to which it can be satisfied out of the
          assets and property of the Securitisation Fund and which are available
          to satisfy the right of the Issuer to be exonerated or indemnified for
          the liability. This limitation of the Issuer's liability applies
          despite any other provision of the Transaction Documents and extends
          to all liabilities and obligations of the Issuer in any way connected
          with any representation, warranty, conduct, omission, agreement or
          transaction related to the Transaction Documents, the Notes or the
          Securitisation Fund.

     (2)  Subject to paragraph (3) below, no person (including any Relevant
          Party) may take action against the Issuer in any capacity other than
          as trustee of the Securitisation Fund or seek the appointment of a
          receiver (except under the Security Trust Deed), or a liquidator, an
          administrator or any similar person to the Issuer or prove in any
          liquidation, administration or arrangements of or affecting the Issuer
          except in relation to the Assets of the Securitisation Fund.

     (3)  The provisions of this Condition 15 shall not apply to any obligation
          or liability of the Issuer to the extent that it is not satisfied
          because under a Transaction Document or by operation of law there is a
          reduction in the extent of the Issuer's indemnification or exoneration
          out of the assets of the Securitisation Fund as a

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 138

          result of the Issuer's fraud, negligence or wilful default and will
          not apply to any obligation or liability of the Issuer to pay amounts
          from its personal funds pursuant to clause 12.1 of the Note Trust
          Deed.

     (4)  It is acknowledged that the Relevant Parties are responsible under the
          Transaction Documents for performing a variety of obligations relating
          to the Securitisation Fund. No act or omission of the Issuer
          (including any related failure to satisfy its obligations under the
          Transaction Documents or the Notes) will be considered fraud,
          negligence or wilful default of the Issuer for the purpose of
          paragraph (3) of this Condition 15 to the extent to which the act or
          omission was caused or contributed to by any failure by any Relevant
          Party or any person who has been delegated or appointed by the Issuer
          in accordance with the Transaction Documents to fulfil its obligations
          relating to the Securitisation Fund or by any other act or omission of
          a Relevant Party or any such person.

     (5)  No attorney, agent, delegate, receiver or receiver and manager
          appointed in accordance with this deed or any other Transaction
          Documents has authority to act on behalf of the Issuer in a way which
          exposes the Issuer to any personal liability and no act or omission of
          any such person will be considered fraud, negligence or wilful default
          of the Issuer for the purpose of paragraph (3).

     (6)  The Issuer is not obliged to do or refrain from doing anything under
          the Transaction Documents (including incur any liability) unless the
          Issuer's liability is limited in the same manner as set out in
          paragraphs (1) to (3).

     (7)  In this Condition 15 "RELEVANT PARTIES" means each party to a
          Transaction Document other than the Issuer.

     (8)  The expression "WILFUL DEFAULT" as used in this Condition 15 is
          defined in clause 26.5 of the Security Trust Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16   GOVERNING LAW

The Class A Notes and the Relevant Documents are governed by, and shall be
construed in accordance with, the laws of New South Wales, Australia. The
administration of the Note Trust created under the Note Trust Deed, including
the exercise of the Note Trustee's powers under clause 13 of the Note Trust
Deed, is governed by the law of New York. In the event of any inconsistency
between the operation of the law of New South Wales, Australia and the law of
New York in respect of the application of those powers, the law of New York will
prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17   SUMMARY OF PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CLASS A1 NOTES WHILE IN BOOK-ENTRY
     FORM

Each Class A1 Note will initially be represented by typewritten book-entry notes
(the "CLASS A1 BOOK-ENTRY NOTES"), without coupons, in the principal amount of
US$[*]. The Class A1 Book-Entry Notes will be deposited with the Common
Depositary for DTC on or about the Closing Date. Upon deposit of the Class A1
Book-Entry Notes with the Common Depositary, DTC will credit each investor in
the Class A1 Notes with a principal amount of Class A1 Notes for which it has
subscribed and paid.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 139

The Class A1 Book-Entry Notes will be exchangeable for Class A1 Definitive Notes
in certain circumstances described below.

Each person who is shown in the Note Register as the holder of a particular
principal amount of Class A1 Notes will be entitled to be treated by the Issuer
and the Note Trustee as a holder of such principal amount of Class A1 Notes and
the expression "CLASS A1 NOTEHOLDER" shall be construed accordingly, but without
prejudice to the entitlement of the holder of the Class A1 Book-Entry Note to be
paid principal and interest thereon in accordance with its terms. Such persons
shall have no claim directly against the Issuer in respect of payment due on the
Class A1 Notes for so long as the Class A1 Notes are represented by a Class A1
Book-Entry Note and the relevant obligations of the Issuer will be discharged by
payment to the registered holder of the Class A1 Book-Entry Note in respect of
each amount so paid.

(a)  PAYMENTS

     Interest and principal on each Class A1 Book-Entry Note will be payable by
     the Principal Paying Agent to the Common Depositary provided that no
     payment of interest may be made by the Issuer or any Paying Agent in the
     Commonwealth of Australia or its possessions or into a bank account or to
     an address in the Commonwealth of Australia or its possessions.

     Each of the persons appearing from time to time as the beneficial owner of
     a Class A1 Note will be entitled to receive any payment so made in respect
     of that Class A1 Note in accordance with the respective rules and
     procedures of DTC (in respect of the Class A1 Notes). Such persons will
     have no claim directly against the Issuer in respect of payments due on the
     Class A1 Notes which must be made by the holder of the relevant Class A1
     Book-Entry Note, for so long as such Class A1 Book-Entry Note is
     outstanding.

     A record of each payment made on a Class A1 Book-Entry Note, distinguishing
     between any payment of principal and any payment of interest, will be
     recorded in the Note Register by the Note Registrar and such record shall
     be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

(b)  EXCHANGE

     The Class A1 Book-Entry Notes will be exchangeable for Class A1 Definitive
     Notes only if:

     (1)  the Principal Paying Agent advises the Manager in writing that the
          Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its
          responsibilities as depository of the Class A1 Notes and the Manager
          is not able to locate a qualified successor;

     (2)  the Issuer, at the direction of the Manager (at the Manager's option),
          advises the Principal Paying Agent in writing that it elects to
          terminate the book entry system through the Clearing Agency in respect
          of the Class A1 Notes; or

     (3)  after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Note Trustee at the
          written direction of the Class A1 Noteholders holding a majority of
          the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A1 Notes,
          advises both the Principal Paying Agent and Issuer that the
          continuation of a book entry system is no longer in the best interest
          of the Class A1 Noteowners,

     then the Principal Paying Agent must within 30 days of such event instruct
     the Clearing Agency to notify all Class A1 Noteowners of the occurrence of
     any such event and of the availability of Class A1 Definitive Notes. Upon
     the surrender of the Class A1 Book-Entry Notes to the Issuer by the
     Clearing Agency, and the delivery by the Clearing Agency of

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 140

     the relevant registration instructions to the Issuer, the Issuer shall
     execute and procure the Principal Paying Agent to authenticate the Class A1
     Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing
     Agency.

     Class A1 Noteowner has the meaning given to it in the Note Trust Deed.

(c)  NOTICES

     So long as the Class A1 Notes are represented by the Class A1 Book-Entry
     Note and the same is/are held on behalf of the Clearing Agency, notices to
     Class A1 Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to the
     Clearing Agency for communication by the Clearing Agency to entitled
     account holders in substitution for delivery to each Class A1 Noteholder as
     required by the Conditions.

(d)  CANCELLATION

     The Note Registrar shall ensure that all Class A1 Notes:

     (1)  which have been surrendered for payment, registration of transfer,
          exchange or redemption; or

     (2)  in the case of any Class A1 Definitive Note, which, being mutilated or
          defaced, have been surrendered and replaced under Condition 11,

     shall be cancelled by or on behalf of the Issuer and will execute a
     certificate and deliver same to the Note Trustee stating:

     (3)  the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of Class A1 Notes which
          have been redeemed; and

     (4)  the serial numbers of such Class A1 Notes in definitive form (where
          applicable).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 141

PART B - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CLASS A2 NOTES

The issue of US$[*], Class A1 Note Mortgage Backed Pass Through Floating Rate
Notes due 12 January 2037 (the "CLASS A1 NOTES"), (euro)[*] Class A2 Note
Mortgage Backed Pass Through Floating Rate Notes due 12 January 2037 (the "CLASS
A2 NOTES" and together with the Class A1 Notes, the "CLASS A NOTES") and A$[*]
Class B Mortgage Backed Pass Through Floating Rate Notes due 12 January 2037
(the "CLASS B NOTES" and together with the Class A Notes, the "NOTES") by
Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL
Global Fund No. 8 (the "SECURITISATION FUND") (in such capacity, the "ISSUER").
These Notes are (a) issued subject to a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST
DEED") dated 4 July 1994 between the Issuer and ME Portfolio Management Limited
(formerly called Superannuation Members' Home Loans Limited) (in such capacity,
the "MANAGER") (as amended and restated), a Supplementary Bond Terms Notice (the
"SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE") dated on or about [*] 2005 executed by (among
others) the Issuer, Perpetual Trustee Company Limited (ABN 42 000 001 007) (as
the security trustee for the time being referred to as the "SECURITY TRUSTEE"),
The Bank of New York (the note trustee for the time being referred to as the
"NOTE TRUSTEE") and the Manager, and in respect of the Class A Notes these terms
and conditions (the "CONDITIONS"); (b) in respect of the Class A Notes only,
constituted by a note trust deed dated on or about [*] 2005 (the "NOTE TRUST
DEED") between the Issuer, the Manager, the Security Trustee, The Bank of New
York as trustee for the holders for the time being of the Class A Notes (the
"CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS" and together with the holders for the time being of the
Class B Notes (the "CLASS B NOTEHOLDERS"), the "NOTEHOLDERS"), The Bank of New
York as Principal Paying Agent (the "PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT", which expression
includes its successors as Principal Paying Agent under the Note Trust Deed),
AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited as Irish Paying Agent (the "IRISH
PAYING AGENT", which expression includes its successors as Irish Paying Agent
under the Note Trust Deed), The Bank of New York, as calculation agent (the
"CALCULATION AGENT", which expression includes its successors as Calculation
Agent under the Note Trust Deed) and The Bank of New York as note registrar (the
"NOTE REGISTRAR"); and (c) secured by a Security Trust Deed (the "SECURITY TRUST
DEED") dated on or about 29 July 2005 between the Issuer, the Manager, the Note
Trustee and the Security Trustee.

The statements set out below include summaries of, and are subject to the
detailed provisions of, the Master Trust Deed, the Supplementary Bond Terms
Notice, the Security Trust Deed and the Note Trust Deed. Certain words and
expressions used herein have the meanings defined in those documents. In
accordance with the Note Trust Deed, under which further paying agents may be
appointed (together with the Principal Paying Agent and the Irish Paying Agent,
the "PAYING AGENTS", which expression includes the successors of each paying
agent under the Note Trust Deed and any additional paying agents appointed),
payments in respect of the Class A Notes will be made by the Paying Agents and
the Calculation Agent will make the determinations specified in the Note Trust
Deed. The Class A Noteholders will be entitled (directly or indirectly) to the
benefit of, will be bound by, and will be deemed to have notice of, all the
provisions of the Master Trust Deed, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice, the
Security Trust Deed, the Note Trust Deed, the Mortgage Origination and
Management Agreement dated 4 July 1994 and novated by the Deed of Novation dated
28 September 1995 (as amended) (the "MORTGAGE ORIGINATION AND MANAGEMENT
AGREEMENT") between Members' Equity Pty Limited (formerly known as NMFM Lending
Pty Limited) as mortgage manager (together with any substitute or successor, the
"MORTGAGE MANAGER"), the Manager and the Issuer, (together with the agreements
with respect to the Fixed Floating Rate Swap, and the Currency Swaps (as each
such term is defined below), (those documents the "RELEVANT DOCUMENTS") and
certain other transaction documents defined as such in the Master Trust Deed,
collectively the "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS"). Copies of the Transaction Documents
are available for inspection at the office of the Principal Paying Agent, being
at the date hereof The Bank of New York at its offices at 48th

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 142

Floor, 1 Canada Square, London, E14 5AL, United Kingdom, and at the registered
office of the Irish Paying Agent, being at the date hereof AIB/BNY Fund
Management (Ireland) Limited at Guild House, Guild Street, Dublin 1, Republic of
Ireland.

Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited as trustee of trusts established under the
Master Trust Deed (including the Securitisation Fund) has entered into a
separate ISDA Master Agreement entered into with Westpac Banking Corporation ABN
33 007 457 141 (as amended by the Amending Deed to the ISDA Master Agreement
dated [*] 2005) (the "FIXED-FLOATING RATE SWAP PROVIDER") together with a
confirmation in respect of the Securitisation Fund relating thereto as at the
Closing Date (the "FIXED-FLOATING RATE SWAP"). The Issuer has also entered into
a ISDA Master Agreement dated [*] 2005 with Societe Generale Australia Branch
ABN 71 092 516 286 (the "US CURRENCY SWAP PROVIDER" and the "EURO CURRENCY SWAP
PROVIDER" or the "CURRENCY SWAP PROVIDER"), (together the Fixed-Floating Rate
Swap Provider, and the Currency Swap Provider, the "SWAP PROVIDER") together
with the confirmations relating thereto which have an effective date of the
Closing Date in respect of the Class A Notes (the "US CURRENCY SWAP" and the
"EURO CURRENCY SWAP", respectively and together the "CURRENCY SWAPS").

Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited as trustee of the Securitisation Fund, at
the direction of the Manager, may in the future enter into Fixed-Floating Rate
Swaps with new fixed-floating rate swap providers provided that each new
fixed-floating rate swap provider has at least the minimum credit rating
specified by each rating agency, if any, in order to provide such fixed-floating
rate swaps to the Securitisation Fund.

Class A2 Book-Entry Notes will also bear the following legend: "This book-entry
note is a global note for the purposes of section 128F(10) of the Income Tax
Assessment Act 1936 of the Commonwealth of Australia".

The Class A2 Notes will also bear the following legend:

"THIS CLASS A2 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND, AS A MATTER OF U.S. LAW,
PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE CLOSING DATE AND THE
COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING OF THE CLASS A2 NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD,
PLEDGED OR OTHER WISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OR BENEFIT OF U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    FORM, DENOMINATION AND TITLE

The Class A2 Notes will be issued in registered form without interest coupons in
minimum denominations of (euro)100,000 and integral multiples thereof.

Each Class A2 Book Entry Note is not a document of title. Title shall be
determined by entry in the Register and only the duly registered holder from
time to time is entitled to payments in respect of a Class A2 Book Entry Note.

The Class A2 Note will be represented initially by a temporary global note in
registered form (each a "TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE" registered in the name
of The Bank of New York Depositary (Nominees) Limited and deposited with the
Common Depository in respect of the

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 143

Class A2 Notes. Interests in the Temporary Class A2 Global Notes will be
exchangeable 40 days after the later of the first Bond Issue Date and the date
on which the relevant Class A2 Notes are first offered to persons other than
distributors in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act for a permanent
global note in registered form (each a "PERMANENT CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTE") in an
equivalent principal amount to the relevant Temporary Class A2 Global Note.
Beneficial interests in the Class A2 Book-Entry Notes will be shown on, and
transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by Euroclear
or Clearstream, Luxembourg and their participants. Euroclear and Clearstream,
Luxembourg may hold interests in the Class A2 Book-Entry Notes on behalf of
persons who have accounts with Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg through
accounts maintained in the names of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg.

If the Issuer is obliged to issue Class A2 Definitive Notes under clause 3.4 of
Note Trust Deed, interests in the applicable Class A2 Book-Entry Note will be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Class A2 Definitive
Notes, without interest coupons, in the denominations set forth above. A Class
A2 Definitive Note will be issued to each Class A2 Noteholder in respect of its
registered holding or holdings of Class A2 Notes against delivery by such Class
A2 Noteholders of a written order containing instructions and such other
information as the Issuer and The Bank of New York, acting as a note registrar
(the "NOTE REGISTRAR") may require to complete, execute and deliver such Class
A2 Definitive Notes. In such circumstances, the Issuer will cause sufficient
Class A2 Definitive Notes to be executed and delivered to the Note Registrar for
completion, authentication (by the Principal Paying Agent) and dispatch to the
relevant Class A2 Noteholders.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2    STATUS, SECURITY AND RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE CLASS A NOTES AND THE CLASS B
     NOTES

The Class A Notes are secured by a first ranking floating charge over all of the
assets of the Trust (which include, among other things, the Loans (as defined
below) and the Mortgages (as defined below) and related securities) (as more
particularly described in the Security Trust Deed) and will rank pari passu and
rateably without any preference or priority among themselves.

The Class A Notes are issued subject to the Master Trust Deed and the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice and are secured by the same security as the
Class B Notes but the Class A Notes will rank in priority to the Class B Notes
both before and after enforcement of the security and in respect of both
principal and interest (as set out in Conditions 4 and 5).

The proceeds of the issue of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes are to be
used by the Issuer to purchase an interest in certain housing loans (the
"LOANS") and certain related mortgages (the "MORTGAGES").

In the event that the security for the Class A Notes is enforced and the
proceeds of such enforcement are insufficient, after payment of all other claims
ranking in priority to or pari passu with the Class A Notes under the Security
Trust Deed, to pay in full all principal and interest and other amounts due in
respect of the Class A Notes, then the Class A Noteholders shall have no further
claim against the Issuer in respect of any such unpaid amounts.

The net proceeds of realisation of the assets of the Securitisation Fund
(including following enforcement of the Security Trust Deed) may be insufficient
to pay all amounts due to the Noteholders. Save in certain limited circumstances
the other assets of the Issuer will not be available for payment of any
shortfall and all claims in respect of such shortfall shall be extinguished (see
further Condition 15). None of the Mortgage Manager, the Manager, the Note
Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Principal Paying Agent, the Irish Paying
Agent, the Note

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 144

Registrar, the Security Trustee or the Swap Provider (as defined in the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) has any obligation to any Noteholder for
payment of any amount by the Issuer in respect of the Notes.

The Note Trust Deed contains provisions requiring the Note Trustee to have
regard to the interests of Class A Noteholders as regards all the powers,
trusts, authorities, duties and discretions of the Note Trustee (except where
expressly provided otherwise).

The Security Trust Deed contains provisions requiring the Security Trustee,
subject to the other provisions of the Security Trust Deed, to give priority to
the interests of the Class A Noteholders, if there is a conflict between the
interest of such Noteholders and any other Voting Secured Creditor (as defined
below).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3    COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

So long as any of the Class A Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer has made
certain covenants for the benefit of the Class A Noteholders which are set out
in the Master Trust Deed.

These covenants include the following.

(a)  The Issuer shall act continuously as trustee of the Securitisation Fund
     until the Securitisation Fund is terminated as provided by the Master Trust
     Deed or the Issuer has retired or been removed from office in the manner
     provided under the Master Trust Deed.

(b)  The Issuer shall:

     (1)  act honestly and in good faith and comply with all relevant material
          laws in the performance of its duties and in the exercise of its
          discretions under the Master Trust Deed;

     (2)  exercise such diligence and prudence as a prudent person of business
          would exercise in performing its express functions and in exercising
          its discretions under the Master Trust Deed, having regard to the
          interests of the Class A Noteholders, the Class B Noteholders, the
          Beneficiaries and other Noteholders of the Securitisation Fund in
          accordance with its obligations under the relevant Transaction
          Documents;

     (3)  use its best endeavours to carry on and conduct its business in so far
          as it relates to the Master Trust Deed in a proper and efficient
          manner;

     (4)  do everything and take all such actions which are necessary (including
          obtaining all such authorisations and approvals as are appropriate) to
          ensure that it is able to exercise all its powers and remedies and
          perform all its obligations under the Master Trust Deed, the
          Transaction Documents and all other deeds, agreements and other
          arrangements entered into by the Issuer pursuant to the Master Trust
          Deed;

     (5)  not, as Issuer, engage in any business or activity in respect of the
          Securitisation Fund except as contemplated or required by the
          Transaction Documents;

     (6)  except as contemplated or required by the Transaction Documents, not,
          in respect of the Securitisation Fund, guarantee or become obligated
          for the debts of any other entity or hold out its credit as being
          available to settle the obligations of others;

     (7)  within 45 days of notice from the Manager to do so, remove any of its
          agents or delegates that breaches any obligation imposed on the Issuer
          under the Master

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 145

          Trust Deed or any other Transaction Document where the Manager
          reasonably believes it will materially adversely affect the rating of
          either or both of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes; and

     (8)  not agree to any amendment to Agreed Procedures (as defined in the
          Mortgage Origination and Management Agreement) unless each Designated
          Rating Agency confirms that it will not withdraw or downgrade the
          rating of the Notes as a result of such amendment.

(c)  Except as provided in any Transaction Document (and other than the charge
     given to the Security Trustee and the Issuer's lien over the assets of the
     Securitisation Fund), the Issuer shall not nor permit any of its officers
     to sell, mortgage, charge or otherwise encumber or part with possession of
     any assets of the Securitisation Fund (the "FUND ASSETS").

(d)  The Issuer shall duly observe and perform the covenants and obligations of
     the Master Trust Deed and will be personally liable to the Noteholders, the
     Beneficiaries, or any other creditors for its negligence, fraud or wilful
     default (as defined in Condition 15).

(e)  The Issuer will open and operate certain bank accounts in accordance with
     the Master Trust Deed and any Transaction Document.

(f)  Subject to the Master Trust Deed and any Transaction Document to which it
     is a party, the Issuer must act on all directions given to it by the
     Manager in accordance with the terms of the Master Trust Deed.

(g)  The Issuer must properly perform the functions which are necessary for it
     to perform under all Transaction Documents in respect of the Securitisation
     Fund.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4    INTEREST

(a)  PAYMENT DATES

     Each Class A2 Note bears interest on the Invested Amount (as defined in the
     Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) of that Class A2 Note from and including
     28 September 2005 or such later date as may be agreed between the Manager
     and the Issuer for the issue of the Class A2 Notes (the "CLOSING DATE").
     Interest in respect of the Class A2 Notes will be payable in arrears on 12
     January 2006 in respect of the period from (and including) the Closing Date
     and ending on (but excluding) 12 January 2006 (the "FIRST PAYMENT DATE")
     and thereafter on each 12th April, July, October and January (each such
     date a "PAYMENT Date"). If any Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day
     which is not a Banking Day (as defined below), it shall be postponed to the
     next day which is a Banking Day. The final Payment Date for a Class of
     Notes will be the earlier of the Final Maturity Date for that Class of
     Notes and the Payment Date on which the Notes are redeemed in full.

     "BANKING DAY" in this Condition 4 (other than Condition 4(b)) and in
     Conditions 5 and 9 below means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or
     public holiday) on which banks are open for business in London, New York,
     Sydney and Melbourne and which is a TARGET Settlement Day.

     The period beginning on (and including) the Closing Date and ending on (but
     excluding) the first Payment Date, and each successive period beginning on
     (and including) a Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next
     Payment Date is called an "INTEREST PERIOD". Interest payable on a Class A2
     Note in respect of any Interest Period or any

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 146

     other period will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days
     in that Interest Period and a 360 day year.

     A Class A2 Note will stop earning interest on any date on which the
     Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A2 Note is zero (provided that
     interest shall thereafter begin to accrue from (and including) any date on
     which the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A2 Note becomes
     greater than zero) or if the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A
     Note is not zero on the due date for redemption in full of the Class A2
     Note, unless payment of principal is improperly withheld or refused,
     following which the Class A2 Note will continue to earn interest on the
     Invested Amount of the Class A2 Note at the rate from time to time
     applicable to the Class A2 Note until the later of the date on which the
     Note Trustee or Principal Paying Agent receives the moneys in respect of
     the Class A2 Notes and notifies the holders of that receipt or the date on
     which the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A2 Note has been
     reduced to zero but interest will begin to accrue from and including any
     date on which the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A2 Note
     becomes greater than zero.

     If interest is not paid on a Class A2 Note on the date when it is due and
     payable (other than because the due date is not a Banking Day) that unpaid
     interest will itself bear interest at the Interest Rate applicable to that
     Class A2 Note until the unpaid interest and the amount of interest on it is
     available for payment by the Issuer.

(b)  INTEREST RATE

     The rate of interest applicable from time to time for Class A2 Notes (the
     "CLASS A2 INTEREST RATE") will be determined by the Calculation Agent on
     the basis of the following paragraphs.

     The second Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest Period (each
     an INTEREST DETERMINATION DATE), the Calculation Agent will determine the
     rate "EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate" as the applicable Floating Rate Option under
     the Definitions of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association,
     Inc. ("ISDA") (the "ISDA DEFINITIONS") being the rate applicable to any
     Interest Period for three-month (or, in the case of the first Interest
     Period, the rate will be determined by linear interpolation calculated by
     reference to the duration of the first Interest Period) deposits in Euros
     which appears on the Telerate Page 248 as of 11:00 a.m., Brussels time,
     determined on the Interest Determination Date by the Calculation Agent. If
     such rate does not appear on the Telerate Page 248, the rate for that
     Interest Period will be determined as if the Issuer and the Calculation
     Agent had specified "EUR-EURIBOR-Reference Banks" as the applicable
     Floating Rate Option under the ISDA Definitions. "EUR-EURIBOR-Reference
     Banks" means that the rate for an Interest Period will be determined on the
     basis of the rates at which deposits in Euros are offered by the Reference
     Banks (being four major banks in the Euro-zone interbank market agreed to
     by the Calculation Agent and the Euro Currency Swap Provider) at
     approximately 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, on the Interest Determination Date
     to prime banks in the Euro-zone interbank market for a period of three
     months (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, the rate will be
     determined by linear interpolation calculated by reference to the duration
     of the first Interest Period) commencing on the first day of the Interest
     Period and in Representative Amount (as defined in the ISDA Definitions).
     The Calculation Agent will request the principal Euro-zone office of each
     of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two
     such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period will be the
     arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are
     provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the
     arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in the Euro-zone
     interbank market, selected by the Calculation Agent and the Euro Currency
     Swap Provider, at

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 147

     approximately 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, on that Interest Determination
     Date for loans in Euros to leading European banks for a period of three
     months (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, the rate will be
     determined by linear interpolation calculated by reference to the duration
     of the first Interest Period) commencing on the first day of the Interest
     Period and in a Representative Amount. If no such rates are available in
     the Euro-zone interbank market, then the rate for such Interest Period will
     be the most recently determined rate in accordance with this paragraph.

     For the purpose of the foregoing paragraph, Banking Day means any day which
     is a TARGET Settlement Day.

     The Class A2 Interest Rate applicable to the Class A2 Notes for such
     Interest Period will be the aggregate of (i) the interest rate or
     arithmetic mean as determined by the Calculation Agent under the previous
     paragraph; and (ii) the margin of [*]% (the "CLASS A2 MARGIN") in relation
     to the Class A2 Notes.

     If the Issuer has not redeemed all of the Class A Notes on or before the
     Payment Date falling 12 July 2011, the Class A2 Margin will increase to
     [*]% for the period from (and including) that date until (but excluding)
     the date on which the Class A2 Notes are redeemed in full in accordance
     with these Conditions.

     There is no maximum or minimum Class A2 Interest Rate.

(c)  DETERMINATION OF INTEREST RATE AND CALCULATION OF INTEREST

     The Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after 11.00 am (Brussels
     time) on each Interest Determination Date, determine the Class A2 Interest
     Rate applicable to, and calculate the amount of interest payable (the
     "CLASS A2 INTEREST") for, the immediately succeeding Interest Period in
     respect of the Class A2 Notes. The Class A2 Interest is calculated by
     applying the Class A2 Interest Rate for the Class A2 Notes to the Invested
     Amount (as defined in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) of that Class A2
     Note on the first day of the next Interest Period after giving effect to
     any payments of principal made with respect for such class on such day,
     multiplying such product by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
     actual number of days in the relevant Interest Period and the denominator
     of which is 360 days and rounding the resultant figure down to the nearest
     cent (half a cent being rounded upwards). The determination of the Class A2
     Interest Rate and the Class A2 Interest by the Calculation Agent shall (in
     the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties.

(d)  NOTIFICATION OF CLASS A2 INTEREST RATE AND CLASS A2 INTEREST

     The Calculation Agent will cause the Class A2 Interest Rate and the Class
     A2 Interest applicable to each Class A2 Note for each Interest Period and
     the relevant Payment Date to be notified to the Issuer, the Manager, the
     Note Trustee , the Irish Stock Exchange and the Paying Agents. The Class A2
     Interest, Class A2 Interest Rate and the relevant Payment Date so made
     available may subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative
     arrangements made by way of adjustment) without notice in the event of a
     shortening of the Interest Period.

(e)  DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION BY THE MANAGER

     If the Calculation Agent at any time for any reason does not determine the
     relevant Class A2 Interest Rate or calculate the Class A2 Interest for a
     Class A2 Note, the Manager shall do so and each such determination or
     calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the Calculation Agent. In
     doing so, the Manager shall apply the foregoing provisions of this
     Condition, with any necessary consequential amendments, to the extent that
     in its

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 148

     opinion, it can do so, and, in all other respects it shall do so in such a
     manner as it reasonably considers to be fair and reasonable in all the
     circumstances.

(f)  CALCULATION AGENT

     The Issuer will procure that, so long as any of the Class A Notes remains
     outstanding, there will, at all times, be a Calculation Agent. The Issuer,
     or the Manager with the consent of the Issuer (such consent not to be
     unreasonably withheld), reserves the right at any time to terminate the
     appointment of the Calculation Agent subject to the terms of the Note Trust
     Deed. Notice of that termination will be given to the Class A Noteholders.
     If any person is unable or unwilling to continue to act as the Calculation
     Agent, or if the appointment of the Calculation Agent is terminated, the
     Issuer will, with the approval of the Note Trustee, appoint a successor
     Calculation Agent to act as such in its place, provided that neither the
     resignation nor removal of the Calculation Agent shall take effect until a
     successor approved by the Note Trustee has been appointed.

(g)  INTEREST DISTRIBUTION

     On each Payment Date, and based on the calculations, instructions and
     directions provided to it by the Manager, and subject to the terms of the
     Security Trust Deed and the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice, (to the extent
     it has not already done so) the Issuer must apply the Interest Collections
     for the relevant Calculation Period as follows:

     (1)  first, in or toward payment of or allowance for Taxes in respect of
          the Securitisation Fund;

     (2)  secondly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment of or allowance
          for the Issuer's Fee, the Manager's Fee and any Expenses (other than
          the Expenses referred to in clause (9) below) in respect of the
          Securitisation Fund;

     (3)  thirdly, without duplication, in or toward any amounts payable under
          clause (4) below on any previous Payment Date, if there had been
          sufficient Interest Collections, which have not been paid by the
          Issuer together with accrued interest thereon which in the case of a
          Note must be at the Interest Rate applicable to the relevant Note;

     (4)  fourthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment of any interest
          due under any Redraw Funding Facility or Top-up Funding Facility and
          in and toward payment to the Currency Swap Provider, in or toward
          payment of the A$ Class A Interest Amount payable under that
          Confirmation at that Payment Date, which is thereafter to be applied
          to payment of interest on the Class A Notes;

     (5)  fifthly, without duplication, in or toward any amounts payable under
          clause (6) below on any previous Payment Date, if there had been
          sufficient Interest Collections, which have not been paid by the
          Issuer together with accrued interest thereon at the Interest Rate
          applicable to the relevant Note;

     (6)  sixthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment to Class B
          Noteholders of the Class B Interest due on the Class B Notes on that
          Payment Date;

     (7)  seventhly, in crediting to the Cash Collateral Account the amount (if
          any) by which the Required Cash Collateral exceeds the Cash
          Collateral;

     (8)  eighthly, to reimburse any amounts that have been paid in any previous
          Interest Periods under clause 5(b)(1), (2), (3) and (4) (to the extent
          not already reimbursed under this clause 4(g)(8));

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 149

     (9)  ninthly, in or toward payment towards any break costs payable on
          cancellation of any Fixed-Floating Rate Swap to the extent that those
          amounts are not recovered under the relevant Loan secured by Mortgages
          comprised in the Assets of the Securitisation Fund in the form of any
          applicable prepayment fees or a drawing has not been made under a
          Payment Funding Facility;

     (10) tenthly, pari passu and rateably in or towards payment to the
          Liquidity Noteholder of interest payable in respect of the Liquidity
          Notes and in or towards payment of any interest in respect of any
          Payment Funding Facility;

     (11) eleventhly, in respect of the amount of any Class A Charge Offs, any
          Redraw Charge Offs and any Top-up Charge Offs in and towards
          reinstatement of in the books of the Securitisation Fund pari passu
          and rateably to Class A Charge Offs, Redraw Charge Offs and Top-up
          Charge Offs for that Calculation Period;

     (12) twelfthly, in respect of the amount of any Carry Over Redraw Charge
          Offs, any Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs and the A$ Equivalent of the
          Carry Over Class A Charge offs allocated to each Class A Note, as the
          case may be, in and towards reinstatement of in the books of the
          Securitisation Fund, pari passu and rateably (based on the Carry Over
          Redraw Charge Offs, the Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs and the A$
          Equivalent of the Carry Over Class A Charge Offs allocated to each
          Class A Note as the case may be):

          (A)  the A$ Equivalent of any Carry Over Class A Charge Offs;

          (B)  any Carry Over Redraw Charge Offs; and

          (C)  any Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs;

     (13) thirteenthly, in respect of the amount of any Class B Charge Offs and
          any Carry Over Class B Charge Offs in and towards reinstatement of in
          the books of the Securitisation Fund and in the following order:

          (A)  any Class B Charge Offs for that Calculation Period; and

          (B)  pari passu and rateably the Invested Amount of the Class B Notes
               to the extent of any Carry Over Class B Charge Offs;

     (14) fourteenthly, (to the extent not paid under clause 5(b)) pari passu
          and rateably, in or toward repayment of any principal due and payable
          under any Redraw Funding Facility, in or toward repayment of any
          principal due and payable under any Top-up Funding Facility and in or
          toward repayment of any principal due and payable under any Payment
          Funding Facility;

     (15) fifteenthly, in payment of or provision for amounts payable to the
          Income Beneficiary of the Securitisation Fund in accordance with
          clauses 22.1(d) and 22.3(d) of the Master Trust Deed.

     Capitalised terms in this paragraph (g) have the same meaning given in the
     Supplementary Bond Terms Notice unless otherwise defined in this document.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5    REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE

Capitalised terms in this Condition 5 have the same meaning given in the
Supplementary Bond Terms Notice unless otherwise defined in this document.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 150

(a)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION IN PART FROM PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND APPORTIONMENT
     OF PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS BETWEEN THE CLASS A NOTES AND THE CLASS B NOTES

     The Class A Notes shall be subject to mandatory redemption in part on any
     Payment Date if on that date there are any Principal Collections available
     to be distributed in relation to such Class A Notes. The principal amount
     so redeemable in respect of each Class A Note prior to enforcement of the
     Security Trust Deed (each a "PRINCIPAL PAYMENT") on any Payment Date shall
     be the amount available for payment as set out in Condition 5(b) on the day
     which is seven Banking Days prior to the Payment Date (the "CUT OFF")
     divided by the aggregate Invested Amount of all Class A Notes, multiplied
     by the Invested Amount of that Note, provided always that no Principal
     Payment on a Class A Note on any date may exceed the amount equal to the
     Invested Amount of that Class A Note at that date.

     Notice of amounts to be redeemed will be provided by the Manager to the
     Issuer, the Calculation Agent, the Principal Paying Agent and the Note
     Trustee.

(b)  PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS ON NOTES

     On each Payment Date, and in accordance with the calculations, instructions
     and directions provided to it by the Manager and subject to the terms of
     the Security Trust Deed and the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice (to the
     extent it has not already done so), the Issuer must apply the Principal
     Collections together with any amounts to be applied under this clause 5(b)
     pursuant to clause 5(d) for the relevant Calculation Period towards the
     following payments in the following order of priority:

     (1)  first, in or toward payment of or allowance for Taxes in respect of
          the Securitisation Fund (to the extent not paid or provided for as
          described in Condition 4);

     (2)  secondly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment of or allowance
          for the Issuer's Fee, the Manager's Fee and any Expenses (other than
          the Expenses referred to in this Condition 5(b) below) in respect of
          the Securitisation Fund (to the extent not paid or provided for as
          described in Condition 4(g));

     (3)  thirdly, in or toward payment of the amounts payable and the priority
          under Condition 4(g)(4) above on the Class A Notes on that Payment
          Date (to the extent not paid or provided for as described in Condition
          4(g)(3));

     (4)  fourthly, in or toward payment of the amounts payable and the priority
          under Condition 4(g)(6) above on Class B Notes on that Payment Date
          (to the extent not paid under Condition 4(g)(5));

     (5)  fifthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward repayment of any Redraw
          Principal Outstanding under a Redraw Funding Facility or any Top-up
          Principal Outstanding under any Top-up Funding Facility;

     (6)  sixthly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payments approved by the
          Manager under any Loan Redraw Facility or Top-up Loan;

     (7)  seventhly, pari passu and rateably in or toward payment to the
          Currency Swap Provider under a Confirmation relating to the Class A
          Notes until the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class A Notes is
          reduced to zero, of an amount equal to the lesser of:

          (A)  the amount available for distribution under this sub-paragraph
               (7) after all payments which have priority under this paragraph
               (b); and

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 151

          (B)  the A$ Equivalent of the Outstanding Principal Balance for all
               Class A Notes;

     (8)  eighthly, in or toward payment to the Class B Noteholders pari passu
          and rateably, until the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Class B
          Notes is reduced to zero of an amount equal to the lesser of:

          (A)  the amount available for distribution under this paragraph (8)
               after all payments which have priority under this paragraph (b);
               and

          (B)  the Outstanding Principal Balance for all Class B Notes;

     (9)  ninthly, pari passu and rateably (based on the Carry Over Redraw
          Charge Offs, Carry Over Top-up Charge Offs and A$ Equivalent of the
          Carry Over Class A Charge Offs allocated to each Class A Note, as the
          case may be):

          (A)  in or toward payment to the Currency Swap Provider under a
               Confirmation relating to the Class A Notes, of the A$ Equivalent
               of any Carry Over Class A Charge Offs;

          (B)  in or towards repaying the Redraw Principal Outstanding of each
               Redraw Funding Facility to the extent of any Carry Over Redraw
               Charge Offs; and

          (C)  in or towards repaying the Top-up Principal Outstanding of each
               Top-up Funding Facility to the extent of any Carry Over Top-up
               Charge Offs;

     (10) tenthly, in or towards repaying the Invested Amount of the Class B
          Notes to the extent of any Carry Over Class B Charge Offs;

     (11) eleventhly, in or towards payment towards any break costs payable on
          cancellation of any Fixed-Floating Rate Swap to the extent that those
          amounts are not recovered under the relevant Loan secured by Mortgages
          comprised in Assets of the Securitisation Fund in the form of any
          applicable prepayment fees or a drawing has not been made under a
          Payment Funding Facility (to the extent not paid as described under
          Condition 4(g)); and

     (12) twelfthly, subject to paragraph (c) below, pari passu and rateably in
          or towards payment to the Liquidity Noteholder of the principal amount
          outstanding in respect of the Liquidity Notes and in or towards
          repayment of any principal in respect of any Payment Funding Facility.

     Capitalised terms in this paragraph (b) have the same meaning given in the
     Supplementary Bond Terms Notice unless otherwise defined in this document.

(c)  RIGHTS OF LIQUIDITY NOTEHOLDER

     On any Payment Date, the Issuer must not make any payments out of Principal
     Collections to the Liquidity Noteholder under paragraph (b) above unless
     the Invested Amount of all the Notes is zero, or will be zero following any
     payments made on the relevant Payment Date.

(d)  PAYMENT OF CHARGE OFFS

     The amount of any reinstatement under Conditions 4(g)(11), (12) and (13)
     must be applied on the Payment Date of the reimbursement in accordance with
     clause 5(b) as if the amount reimbursed formed part of Principal
     Collections.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 152

(e)  GENERAL

     No amount of principal will be paid to a Noteholder in excess of the
     Invested Amount applicable to the Notes held by that Noteholder.

(f)  EURO ACCOUNT

     The Issuer must direct the Euro Currency Swap Provider to pay all amounts
     denominated in (euro) payable to the Issuer by the Euro Currency Swap
     Provider under the Euro Currency Swap into the Euro Account or to the
     Principal Paying Agent on behalf of the Issuer.

     On each Payment Date, the Issuer must, on the direction of the Manager, or
     must require that the Principal Paying Agent on its behalf, distribute from
     the Euro Account the relevant amounts of principal and interest due in
     respect of each Class A2 Note in accordance with the Note Trust Deed and in
     the order of priority in Conditions 4(g) and 5(b).

(g)  US$ ACCOUNT

     The Issuer must direct the US Currency Swap Provider to pay all amounts
     denominated in US$ payable to the Issuer by the US Currency Swap Provider
     under the US Currency Swap into the US$ Account or to the Principal Paying
     Agent on behalf of the Issuer.

     On each Payment Date, the Issuer must, on the direction of the Manager, or
     must require that the Principal Paying Agent on its behalf, distribute from
     the US$ Account the relevant amounts of interest and principal due in
     respect of each Class A1 Note in accordance with the Note Trust Deed and in
     order of priority in Conditions 4(g) and 5(b).

(h)  CALCULATION OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS, OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE AND
     INVESTED AMOUNT

     The Manager must, not later than two Banking Days before each Payment Date
     advise the Issuer in respect of the Class A Notes only and the Currency
     Swap Provider in writing of:

     (1)  all amounts payable or to be provided for under clause 6 of the
          Supplementary Bond Terms Notice (which includes the amounts payable to
          be provided under Condition 4(g) and 5(b));

     (2)  reasonable details of the calculation of all such amounts; and

     (3)  the Outstanding Principal Balance and Invested Amount of each Class A
          Note and Class B Note following the making of all payments to be made
          on that Payment Date in accordance with the Supplementary Bond Terms
          Notice.

     The Manager must also notify the Issuer of all details of payments which
     are to be made by or on behalf of the Issuer on or by each Payment Date.
     The Manager must, not later than two Banking Days before each Payment Date,
     also notify the Currency Swap Provider of all payments which are to be made
     by or on behalf of the Issuer under Conditions 4(g) and 5(b) in respect of
     the Class A Notes.

     The Manager will notify the Issuer, the Note Trustee, the Principal Paying
     Agent and the Calculation Agent by not later than two Banking Days prior to
     the relevant Payment Date (the "DETERMINATION DATE") of each such
     determination and will immediately cause details, of each of those
     determinations to be made available in accordance with Condition 12 one
     Banking Day before the relevant Payment Date. If no repayment of principal
     is due to be made on the Class A Notes on any Payment Date a notice to this
     effect will be given to the Class A Noteholders in accordance with
     Condition 12.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 153

     If the Manager does not at any time for any reason determine a repayment of
     principal or the Outstanding Principal Balance and the Invested Amount
     applicable to Class A Notes in accordance with this paragraph, the
     repayment of principal and Outstanding Principal Balance and the Invested
     Amount may be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with this
     paragraph (but based on the information in its possession) and each such
     determination or calculation shall be deemed to have been made by the
     Manager.

(i)  CALL

     The Issuer must, when so directed by the Manager (at the Manager's option),
     having given not more than 60 nor less than 45 days' notice to the Class A
     Noteholders, in case of Class A Notes, in accordance with Condition 12
     purchase or redeem all, but not some only, of the Notes by repaying the
     Outstanding Principal Balance of those Notes together with accrued interest
     to (but excluding) the date of repurchase or redemption, on any Payment
     Date falling on or after the earlier of:

     (1)  the Payment Date on which the Outstanding Principal Balance of all
          Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent is equal to or
          less than 10% of the total initial Outstanding Principal Balance of
          all Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent; and

     (2)  in the case of Class A Notes, the Payment Date falling on 12 July
          2011,

     provided that:

     (3)  if the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance for all Class A Notes
          calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent on such date of
          redemption or repurchase has been reduced by Class A Charge Offs which
          have not been repaid under Conditions 4(g)(10) and (11), the
          Noteholders owning at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of
          the Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent must
          consent to such repurchase or redemption; and

     (4)  the Issuer will be in a position on such Payment Date to discharge
          (and the Manager so certifies to the Issuer and the Note Trustee upon
          which certification the Issuer and the Note Trustee will rely
          conclusively) all its liabilities in respect of the Class A Notes (at
          their Outstanding Principal Balance) and any amounts which would be
          required under the Security Trust Deed to be paid in priority or pari
          passu with the Class A Notes if the security for the Notes were being
          enforced.

(j)  REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION OR OTHER REASONS

     If the Manager satisfies the Issuer and the Note Trustee immediately prior
     to giving the notice referred to below either:

     (1)  that on the next Payment Date the Issuer would be required to deduct
          or withhold from any payment of principal or interest in respect of
          the Class A Notes, the Currency Swaps, the Payment Funding Facility,
          the Top-up Funding Facility or the Redraw Funding Facility any amount
          for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments
          or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected,
          withheld or assessed by the Commonwealth of Australia or any of its
          political sub-divisions or any of its authorities; or

     (2)  the total amount payable in respect of interest in relation to any of
          the Loans secured by Mortgages comprised in the Assets of the
          Securitisation Fund for a Calculation Period ceases to be receivable
          (whether or not actually received) by the Issuer during such
          Calculation Period (but this paragraph (2) does not apply to

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 154

          a failure by the Trustee to receive any interest in relation to any of
          the Loans merely by reason of the failure by any borrowers to pay that
          interest in breach of the relevant Loans),

     the Issuer must, when so directed by the Manager, at the Manager's option
     (provided that the Issuer will be in a position on such Payment Date to
     discharge (and the Manager will so certify to the Issuer and the Note
     Trustee) all its liabilities in respect of the Class A Notes (at their
     Invested Amount) and any amounts which would be required under the Security
     Trust Deed to be paid in priority or pari passu with the Class A Notes if
     the security for the Class A Notes were being enforced), having given not
     more than 60 nor less than 45 days' notice to the Class A Noteholders in
     accordance with Condition 12, redeem all, but not some only, of the Class A
     Notes at their then Invested Amount together with accrued interest to (but
     excluding) the date of redemption on any subsequent Payment Date, provided
     that the Class A Noteholders may by Extraordinary Resolution elect, and
     shall notify the Issuer and the Manager not less than 21 days before the
     next Payment Date following the receipt of notice of such proposed
     redemption that they do not require the Issuer to redeem the Class A Notes.

(k)  REDEMPTION ON FINAL MATURITY

     If not otherwise redeemed, the Class A Notes must be repaid in full on 12
     January 2037.

(l)  CANCELLATION

     All Class A Notes redeemed in full pursuant to the above provisions will be
     cancelled.

(m)  CERTIFICATION

     For the purposes of any redemption made pursuant to this Condition 5, the
     Note Trustee may rely upon an Officer's Certificate under the Note Trust
     Deed from the Manager certifying or stating the opinion of each person
     signing such certificate as:

     (1)  to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or
          securities proposed to be released from the Security Trust Deed;

     (2)  that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not
          impair the security under the Security Trust Deed in contravention of
          the provisions of the Security Trust Deed or the Note Trust Deed; and

     (3)  that the Issuer will be in a position to discharge all its liabilities
          in respect of the relevant Class A Notes and any amounts required
          under the Security Trust Deed to be paid in priority to or pari passu
          with those Class A Notes,

     and such Officer's Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the
     Issuer, the Note Trustee and the holders of those Class A Notes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6    PAYMENTS

(a)  METHOD OF PAYMENT

     Any instalment of interest or principal, payable on any Class A2 Note which
     is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer to the Principal
     Paying Agent on the applicable Payment Date or Final Maturity Date shall be
     paid to the person in whose name such Class A2 Note is registered on the
     Record Date, by cheque mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to such
     person's address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date,
     except that, unless Class A2 Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to
     clause 3.4 of the Note Trust Deed, with respect to Class A2 Notes
     registered on the Record Date in the

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 155

     name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially in respect of the
     Class A2 Notes such Clearing Agency to be Euroclear or Clearstream,
     Luxembourg and such nominee to be the Common Depository of Euroclear or
     Clearstream, Luxembourg), payment will be made by wire transfer in
     immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee and
     except for the final instalment of principal payable with respect to such
     Class A2 Note on a Payment Date or Maturity Date.

(b)  INITIAL PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

     The initial Principal Paying Agent in respect of the Class A2 Notes is The
     Bank of New York at its offices in London, United Kingdom.

(c)  PAYING AGENTS

     The Issuer may (at the direction of the Manager) at any time (with the
     prior written approval of the Note Trustee) terminate the appointment of
     any Paying Agent and appoint additional or other Paying Agents, provided
     that (among other things) the new Paying Agent has been approved in writing
     by the Note Trustee and appointed on terms previously approved in writing
     by the Note Trustee, notice has been provided to the Class A Noteholders,
     and it will at all times maintain a Paying Agent having a specified office
     in New York City (in respect of the Class A1 Notes) and the United Kingdom
     (in respect of the Class A2 Notes) and the Republic of Ireland (for so long
     as the Class A2 Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange). Notice of
     any such termination or appointment and of any change in the office through
     which any Paying Agent will act will be given in accordance with Condition
     12.

     The initial Irish Paying Agent is AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited
     at its registered office in Guild House, Guild Street, Dublin 1, Republic
     of Ireland.

(d)  PAYMENT ON BANKING DAYS

     If the due date for payment of any amount of principal or interest in
     respect of any Class A2 Note is not a Banking Day then payment will not be
     made until the next succeeding Banking Day and the holder of that Class A2
     Note shall not be entitled to any further interest or other payment in
     respect of that delay. In this Condition 6 the expression "Banking Day"
     means any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday) on which
     banks are open for business in London and in the place where the specified
     office of the Paying Agent at which the Class A2 Note is presented for
     payment is situated and which is a TARGET Settlement Day and, in the case
     of payment by transfer to a Euro account in London, prior to the exchange
     of a Class A2 Book-Entry Note for any Class A2 Definitive Notes, means any
     day (other than Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are open
     for business in London and on which Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg is
     open for business and which is a TARGET Settlement Day.

(e)  INTEREST

     If interest is not paid in respect of a Class A2 Note on the date when due
     and payable (other than because the due date is not a Banking Day), that
     unpaid interest shall itself bear interest at the Interest Rate applicable
     from time to time to the Class A2 Notes until the unpaid interest, and
     interest on it, is available for payment and notice of that availability
     has been duly given in accordance with Condition 12.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 156

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7    TAXATION

All payments in respect of the Class A Notes will be made without withholding or
deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties or charges
of whatsoever nature unless the Issuer or any Paying Agent is required by
applicable law to make any such payment in respect of the Class A Notes subject
to any withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future
taxes, duties or charges of whatever nature. In that event the Issuer or that
Paying Agent (as the case may be) shall make such payment after such withholding
or deduction has been made and shall account to the relevant authorities for the
amount so required to be withheld or deducted. Neither the Issuer nor any Paying
Agent nor the Note Trustee will be obliged to make any additional payments to
Class A Noteholders in respect of that withholding or deduction.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8    PRESCRIPTION

A Class A Note shall become void in its entirety unless surrendered for payment
within ten years of the Relevant Date (as such term is defined below) in respect
of any payment on it the effect of which would be to reduce the Outstanding
Principal Balance of that Class A Note to zero. After the date on which a Class
A Note becomes void in its entirety, no claim may be made in respect of it.

As used in these Conditions, the "RELEVANT DATE" means the date on which a
payment first becomes due but, if the full amount of the money payable has not
been received by the Principal Paying Agent or the Note Trustee on or prior to
that date, it means the date on which the full amount of such money having been
so received, notice to that effect is duly given by the Principal Paying Agent
in accordance with Condition 12.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Subject to the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice each of the following events is
an Event of Default whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the
control of an Interested Person (as defined in the Security Trust Deed) or any
other person:

(a)  the Issuer does not within 10 Banking Days of the due date, and in the
     specified manner, pay in full any Secured Moneys (except in respect of any
     moneys payable under any Payment Funding Facility, Top-up Funding Facility
     and Redraw Funding Facility which fall due for payment prior to the
     Repayment Date or payment of interest on Class B Notes unless all Class A
     Notes have been repaid);

(b)  the Issuer or the Manager defaults in fully performing observing and
     fulfilling any material obligation in relation to the Securitisation Fund
     under the Security Trust Deed or any Secured Document (other than a
     provision requiring the payment of money as contemplated by paragraph (a)
     of this clause or, prior to the Repayment Date, in respect of any such
     default under a Payment Funding Facility, Top-up Funding Facility and
     Redraw Funding Facility) and such default has not been remedied within 10
     Banking Days of the Issuer or the Manager (as the case requires) receiving
     notice from the Security Trustee specifying the breach and requiring the
     same to be rectified;

(c)  any representation, warranty or statement in relation to the Securitisation
     Fund made, repeated or deemed to be made or repeated in the Security Trust
     Deed or in any Secured Document by the Issuer or the Manager (as the case
     requires) is proved to be untrue in any material respect when made,
     repeated or deemed to be made or repeated (as the case

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 157

     may be) (except, prior to the Repayment Date, in respect of any
     representation, warranty or statement made, repeated or deemed to be made
     or repeated under the Payment Funding Facility, Top-up Funding Facility and
     Redraw Funding Facility);

(d)  the Issuer or the Manager (as the case requires) breaches any material
     undertaking given at any time to the Security Trustee in relation to the
     Securitisation Fund or fails to comply with any material condition imposed
     by the Security Trustee in relation to the Securitisation Fund in agreeing
     to any matter (including any waiver) (except, prior to the Repayment Date,
     in respect of any breach of any material undertaking or failure to comply
     with any material condition under the Payment Funding Facility, Top-up
     Funding Facility and Redraw Funding Facility);

(e)  any Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Issuer other than for the
     reconstruction of the Issuer or the Securitisation Fund with the prior
     written approval of the Manager and the Security Trustee and provided that
     each Designated Rating Agency has confirmed in writing that such
     reconstruction will not have an adverse effect on the rating of the Notes;

(f)  any Encumbrance over any Charged Property becomes enforceable or any
     Encumbrance that is a floating security over any Charged Property
     crystallises or otherwise becomes a fixed or specific security;

(g)  any investigation into the affairs, or into particular affairs, of the
     Issuer in relation to the Securitisation Fund is directed or commenced
     under any Statute;

(h)  any Secured Document is, becomes or is claimed by the Issuer or the Manager
     to be void, voidable or unenforceable in whole or in any material part;

(i)  the Issuer or the Manager disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects any
     Secured Document in whole or in any material part;

(j)  there occurs without the prior written approval of the Security Trustee,
     any vesting or distribution of any assets of the Securitisation Fund other
     than in accordance with the relevant Supplementary Bond Terms Notices;

(k)  any material breach of trust in relation to the Securitisation Fund by the
     Issuer or the Issuer for any reason loses or ceases to be entitled to a
     material extent to its right of indemnity against the assets of the
     Securitisation Fund;

(l)  as a result of the act or omission of the Issuer the assets of the
     Securitisation Fund are materially diminished or made materially less
     accessible to the Security Trustee;

(m)  without the prior consent of the Security Trustee, the Securitisation Fund
     is wound-up, or the Issuer is required to wind up the Securitisation Fund
     under the Master Trust Deed or the applicable law, or the winding up of the
     Securitisation Fund commences; and

(n)  the Charge ceases to rank as contemplated by clause 4.2 of the Security
     Trust Deed.

Capitalised terms in this Condition 9 have the same meaning given in the
Security Trust Deed unless defined in this document.

In the event that the security constituted by the Security Trust Deed becomes
enforceable following an event of default under the Notes, any funds resulting
from the realisation of such security shall be applied in accordance with the
order of priority of payments as stated in the Security Trust Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 158

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10   ENFORCEMENT

At any time after an Event of Default occurs, the Security Trustee may (subject
to the Security Trust Deed), if so directed by (a) the Noteholder Secured
Creditors (as defined in the Security Trust Deed) alone, where the Noteholder
Secured Creditors are the only Voting Secured Creditors, or otherwise (b) an
"Extraordinary Resolution" of the Voting Secured Creditors (being 75% of votes
capable of being cast by Voting Secured Creditors present in person or by proxy
at the relevant meeting or a written resolution signed by all Voting Secured
Creditors, which includes the Note Trustee on behalf of Class A Noteholders, but
not, unless the Note Trustee has become bound to take steps and/or proceed under
the Security Trust Deed and fails to do so within a reasonable period of time
and such failure is continuing, the Class A Noteholders themselves), declare the
Class A Notes immediately due and payable and declare the security to be
enforceable. If an Extraordinary Resolution of the Voting Secured Creditors
referred to above elects not to direct the Security Trustee to enforce the
Security Trust Deed, in the circumstances where the Security Trustee could
enforce, the Noteholder Secured Creditor may nevertheless, and the Note Trustee
as Noteholder Secured Creditor shall subject to the terms of the Note Trust
Deed, at the direction of the Class A Noteholders, direct the Security Trustee
to enforce the Security Trust Deed on behalf of the Class A Noteholders.

"VOTING SECURED CREDITOR" means:

(a)  with respect only to the enforcement of the security under the Security
     Trust Deed, for so long as the Secured Moneys of the Class A Noteholders
     and the Class B Noteholders each calculated and expressed in the A$
     Equivalent are 75% or more of total Secured Moneys calculated and expressed
     in the A$ Equivalent, the Noteholder Secured Creditors alone; and

(b)  at any other time (subject to clause 16.3 of the Security Trust Deed):

     (1)  the Note Trustee, acting on behalf of the Class A Noteholders under
          the Note Trust Deed and clause 3 of the Security Trust Deed or, if the
          Note Trustee has become bound to take steps and/or to proceed under
          the Security Trust Deed and fails to do so within a reasonable time
          and such failure is continuing, the Class A Noteholders and then only
          to the extent permitted by the Australian Law; and

     (2)  each other Secured Creditor (other than a Class A Noteholder).

Any reference to the Noteholder Secured Creditors while they are the only Voting
Secured Creditors, or where their consent is required under the Security Trust
Deed in relation to a direction or act of the Security Trustee, means the
Noteholder Secured Creditors representing more than 50% of the aggregate
Invested Amount of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes each calculated and
expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

Subject to the Security Trust Deed, the Security Trustee shall take all action
necessary to give effect to any direction by the Noteholder Secured Creditors
where they are the only Voting Secured Creditors or to any Extraordinary
Resolution of the Voting Secured Creditors and shall comply with all directions
given by the Note Trustee where it is the only Voting Secured Creditor or
contained in or given pursuant to any Extraordinary Resolution of the Voting
Secured Creditors in accordance with the Security Trust Deed.

No Class A Noteholder is entitled to enforce the Security Trust Deed or to
appoint or cause to be appointed a receiver to any of the assets secured by the
Security Trust Deed or otherwise to exercise any power conferred by the terms of
any applicable law on chargees except as provided in the Security Trust Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 159

If any of the Class A Notes remain outstanding and are due and payable otherwise
than by reason of a default in payment of any amount due on the Class A Notes,
the Note Trustee must not vote under the Security Trust Deed to, or otherwise
direct the Security Trustee to, dispose of the Charged Property unless either:

(a)  a sufficient amount would be realised to discharge in full all amounts
     owing to the Class A Noteholders and any other amounts payable by the
     Issuer ranking in priority to or pari passu with the Class A Notes;

(b)  the Note Trustee is of the opinion, reached after considering at any time
     and from time to time the advice of a merchant bank or other financial
     adviser selected by the Note Trustee, that the cash flow receivable by the
     Issuer (or the Security Trustee under the Security Trust Deed) will not (or
     that there is a significant risk that it will not) be sufficient, having
     regard to any other relevant actual, contingent or prospective liabilities
     of the Issuer, to discharge in full in due course all the amounts referred
     to in paragraph (a);

(c)  the Note Trustee is directed by the Holders of at least 75% of the
     aggregate Invested Amount of Class A Notes calculated and expressed in the
     A$ Equivalent.

Neither the Note Trustee nor the Security Trustee will be liable for any decline
in the value, nor any loss realised upon any sale or other dispositions made
under the Security Trust Deed, of any Charged Property or any other property
which is charged to the Security Trustee by any other person in respect of or
relating to the obligations of the Issuer or any third party in respect of the
Issuer or the Secured Moneys or the Class A Notes or relating in any way to the
Charged Property. Without limitation, neither the Note Trustee nor the Security
Trustee shall be liable for any such decline or loss directly or indirectly
arising from its acting, or failing to act, as a consequence of an opinion
reached by it.

The Note Trustee shall not be bound to vote under the Security Trust Deed, or
otherwise direct the Security Trustee under the Security Trust Deed or to take
any proceedings, actions or steps under, or any other proceedings pursuant to or
in connection with the Security Trust Deed, the Note Trust Deed, any Class A
Notes, unless directed or requested to do so in writing by Noteholders holding
at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of Class A Notes calculated and
expressed in the A$ Equivalent at the time; and then only if the Note Trustee is
indemnified to its satisfaction against all action, proceedings, claims and
demands to which it may render itself liable and all costs, charges, damages and
expenses which it may incur by so doing.

Only the Security Trustee may enforce the provisions of the Security Trust Deed
and neither the Note Trustee nor any Class A Noteholder is entitled to proceed
directly against the Issuer to enforce the performance of any of the provisions
of the Security Trust Deed and the Class A Notes (including these Class A Note
Conditions) unless otherwise as set out in a Transaction Document.

The rights, remedies and discretions of the Class A Noteholders under the
Security Trust Deed including all rights to vote or give instructions or consent
can only be exercised by the Note Trustee on behalf of the Class A Noteholders
in accordance with the Security Trust Deed. The Security Trustee may rely on any
instructions or directions given to it by the Note Trustee as being given on
behalf of the Class A Noteholders from time to time and need not enquire whether
the Note Trustee or the Class A Noteholders from time to time have complied with
any requirements under the Note Trust Deed or as to the reasonableness or
otherwise of the Note Trustee. The Security Trustee is not obliged to take any
action, give any consent or waiver or make any determination under the Security
Trust Deed without being directed to do so by the Note Trustee or the Voting
Secured Creditors in accordance with the Security Trust Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 160

Upon enforcement of the security created by the Security Trust Deed, the net
proceeds of enforcement may be insufficient to pay all amounts due on redemption
to the Noteholders. The proceeds from enforcement (which will not include
amounts required by law to be paid to the holder of any prior ranking security
interest, and the proceeds of cash collateral lodged with and payable to a Swap
Provider or other provider of an Enhancement (as defined in the Master Trust
Deed)) will be applied in the order of priority as set out in the Security Trust
Deed. Any claims of the Noteholders remaining after realisation of the security
and application of the proceeds as aforesaid shall, except in certain limited
circumstances, be extinguished.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11   REPLACEMENT OF CLASS A NOTES

If any Class A Note is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be
replaced at the specified office of the Principal Paying Agent upon payment by
the claimant of the expenses incurred in connection with that replacement and on
such terms as to evidence and indemnity as the Manager may reasonably require.
Mutilated or defaced Class A Notes must be surrendered before replacements will
be issued.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12   NOTICES

All notices, other than notices given in accordance with the following
paragraphs, to Class A Noteholders shall be deemed to be given if in writing and
mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Class A Noteholder, at his or her
address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and
not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In
any case where notice to Class A Noteholders is given by mail, neither the
failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any
particular Class A Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Class A Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the
manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

A notice may be waived in writing by the relevant Class A Noteholder, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice. Waivers of notice by the Class A Noteholders shall be filed with the
Note Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity
of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail services as a result of a
strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail
notice of any event to the Class A Noteholders when such notice is required to
be given, then any manner of giving such notice as the Issuer shall direct the
Note Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

The Manager shall deliver a quarterly servicing report for each Calculation
Period to each Class A Noteholder on the notice date relating to such
Calculation Period in the method provided in the first paragraph of this
Condition 12.

All consents and approvals in these Conditions are to be given in writing.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13   MEETINGS OF VOTING SECURED CREDITORS AND MEETINGS OF CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS;
     MODIFICATIONS; CONSENTS; WAIVER

The Security Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of the Voting
Secured Creditors to, among other things, enable the Voting Secured Creditors to
direct or consent to the Security Trustee taking or not taking certain actions
under the Security Trust Deed, for example

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 161

to enable the Voting Secured Creditors to direct the Security Trustee to enforce
the Security Trust Deed.

The Note Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of Class A
Noteholders to consider any matter affecting their interests, including the
directing of the Note Trustee to direct the Security Trustee to enforce the
security under the Security Trust Deed, or the sanctioning by the Extraordinary
Resolution of the Class A Noteholders of a modification of the Class A Notes
(including these Class A Note Conditions) or the provisions of any of the
Transaction Documents, provided that no modification of certain terms including,
among other things, the date of maturity of the Class A Notes, or a modification
which would have the effect of altering the amount of interest payable in
respect of a Class A Note or modification of the method of calculation of the
interest payable or of the date for payment of interest in respect of any Class
A Notes, reducing or cancelling the amount of principal payable in respect of
any Class A Notes or altering the majority required to pass an Extraordinary
Resolution or altering the currency of payment of any Class A Notes or an
alteration of the date or priority of payment of interest on, or redemption of,
the Class A Notes in the event of a call under Condition 5(i) or 5(j) (any such
modification being referred to below as a "BASIC TERMS MODIFICATION") shall be
effective except that, if the Note Trustee is of the opinion that such a Basic
Terms Modification is being proposed by the Issuer as a result of, or in order
to avoid, an Event of Default, such Basic Terms Modification may be sanctioned
by Extraordinary Resolution of the Class A Noteholders as described below. An
Extraordinary Resolution passed by the Class A Noteholders shall be binding on
all Class A Noteholders. The vote required for an Extraordinary Resolution shall
be a majority consisting of not less than 75% of the votes capable of being cast
by Voting Secured Creditors present in person or by proxy at a duly convened
meeting or a written resolution signed by all of the Voting Secured Creditors.

The Note Trust Deed permits the Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer to,
following the giving of not less than 10 Banking Days' notice to each Designated
Rating Agency, alter, add to or modify, by way of supplementary deed, the Note
Trust Deed (including the meeting and amendment provisions), the Conditions
(subject to the proviso more fully described in clause 35.2 of the Note Trust
Deed or any other terms of that deed or the Conditions to which it refers) or
any Transaction Document so long as that alteration, addition or modification
is:

o    to correct a manifest error or ambiguity or is of a formal, technical or
     administrative nature only;

o    in the opinion of the Note Trustee necessary to comply with the provisions
     of any law or regulation or with the requirements of any Government Agency;

o    in the opinion of the Note Trustee appropriate or expedient as a
     consequence of a change to any law or regulation or a change in the
     requirements of any Government Agency (including, but not limited to, an
     alteration, addition or modification which is in the opinion of the Note
     Trustee appropriate or expedient as a consequence of the enactment of a law
     or regulation or an amendment to any law or regulation or ruling by the
     Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Taxation or any governmental
     announcement or statement, in any case which has or may have the effect of
     altering the manner or basis of taxation of trusts generally or of trusts
     similar to the Securitisation Fund); or

o    in the reasonable opinion of the Note Trustee neither prejudicial nor
     likely to be prejudicial to the interests of the Class A Noteholders as a
     whole, and is undertaken in a manner and to the extent, permitted by the
     Transaction Documents.

Where, in the opinion of the Note Trustee, a proposed alteration, addition or
modification to the Note Trust Deed, other than an alteration, addition or
modification referred to above, is prejudicial or likely to be prejudicial to
the interests of Class A Noteholders as a whole or any

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 162

Class of Class A Noteholders, the Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer may
make that alteration, addition or modification only if sanctioned in writing by
holders of at least 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A Notes
calculated and expressed in the A$ Equivalent.

The Note Trustee may also, in accordance with the Note Trust Deed and without
the consent of the Class A Noteholders (but not in contravention of an
Extraordinary Resolution), waive or authorise any breach or proposed breach of
the Class A Notes (including these Class A Note Conditions) or any Transaction
Document or determine that any Event of Default or any condition, event or act
which with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time and/or the issue of a
certificate would constitute an Event of Default shall not, or shall not subject
to specified conditions, be treated as such. Any such modification, waiver,
authorisation or determination shall be binding on the Class A Noteholders and,
if, but only if, the Note Trustee so requires, any such modification shall be
notified to the Class A Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12 as soon as
practicable.

Every amendment to the Note Trust Deed must conform to the requirements of the
TIA as then in effect so long as the Note Trust Deed shall be qualified under
the TIA.

The Manager shall distribute to all Class A Noteholders and the Designated
Rating Agencies a copy of any amendments made under clause 35.1 or 35.2 of the
Note Trust Deed in accordance with Condition 12 as soon as reasonably
practicable after the amendment has been made.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14   INDEMNIFICATION AND EXONERATION OF THE NOTE TRUSTEE AND THE SECURITY
     TRUSTEE

(a)  The Note Trust Deed and the Security Trust Deed contain provisions for the
     indemnification of the Note Trustee and the Security Trustee (respectively)
     and for their relief from responsibility, including provisions relieving
     them from taking proceedings to realise the security and to obtain
     repayment of the Class A Notes unless indemnified to their satisfaction.
     Each of the Note Trustee and the Security Trustee is entitled to enter into
     business transactions with the Issuer and/or any other party to the
     Transaction Documents without accounting for any profit resulting from such
     transactions. Except in the case of negligence, fraud or wilful default (in
     the case of the Security Trustee) or negligence, fraud, or wilful default
     (in the case of the Note Trustee), neither the Security Trustee nor the
     Note Trustee will be responsible for any loss, expense or liability which
     may be suffered as a result of any assets secured by the Security Trust
     Deed, Charged Property or any deeds or documents of title thereto, being
     uninsured or inadequately insured or being held by or to the order of the
     Mortgage Manager or any of its affiliates or by clearing organisations or
     their operators or by any person on behalf of the Note Trustee if prudently
     chosen in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

(b)  Where the Note Trustee is required to express an opinion or make a
     determination or calculation under the Transaction Documents, the Note
     Trustee may appoint or engage such independent advisers as the Note Trustee
     reasonably requires to assist in the giving of that opinion or the making
     of that determination or calculation and any reasonable costs and expenses
     payable to those advisers will be reimbursed to the Note Trustee by the
     Issuer or if another person is expressly stated in the relevant provision
     in a Transaction Document, that person.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 163

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE ISSUER

(a)  GENERAL

     Clause 26 of the Master Trust Deed applies to the obligations and
     liabilities of the Issuer in relation to the Class A Notes.

(b)  LIABILITY OF ISSUER LIMITED TO ITS RIGHT OF INDEMNITY

     (1)  The Issuer enters into the Transaction Documents and issues the Notes
          only in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund and in no
          other capacity (except where the Transaction Documents provide
          otherwise). Subject to paragraph (3) below, a liability arising under
          or in connection with the Transaction Documents, the Notes or the
          Securitisation Fund is limited to and can be enforced against the
          Issuer only to the extent to which it can be satisfied out of the
          assets and property of the Securitisation Fund and which are available
          to satisfy the right of the Issuer to be exonerated or indemnified for
          the liability. This limitation of the Issuer's liability applies
          despite any other provision of the Transaction Documents and extends
          to all liabilities and obligations of the Issuer in any way connected
          with any representation, warranty, conduct, omission, agreement or
          transaction related to the Transaction Documents, the Notes or the
          Securitisation Fund.

     (2)  Subject to paragraph (3) below, no person (including any Relevant
          Party) may take action against the Issuer in any capacity other than
          as trustee of the Securitisation Fund or seek the appointment of a
          receiver (except under the Security Trust Deed), or a liquidator, an
          administrator or any similar person to the Issuer or prove in any
          liquidation, administration or arrangements of or affecting the Issuer
          except in relation to the Assets of the Securitisation Fund.

     (3)  The provisions of this Condition 15 shall not apply to any obligation
          or liability of the Issuer to the extent that it is not satisfied
          because under a Transaction Document or by operation of law there is a
          reduction in the extent of the Issuer's indemnification or exoneration
          out of the assets of the Securitisation Fund as a result of the
          Issuer's fraud, negligence or wilful default and will not apply to any
          obligation or liability of the Issuer to pay amounts from its personal
          funds pursuant to clause 12.1 of the Note Trust Deed.

     (4)  It is acknowledged that the Relevant Parties are responsible under the
          Transaction Documents for performing a variety of obligations relating
          to the Securitisation Fund. No act or omission of the Issuer
          (including any related failure to satisfy its obligations under the
          Transaction Documents or the Notes) will be considered fraud,
          negligence or wilful default of the Issuer for the purpose of
          paragraph (3) of this Condition 15 to the extent to which the act or
          omission was caused or contributed to by any failure by any Relevant
          Party or any person who has been delegated or appointed by the Issuer
          in accordance with the Transaction Documents to fulfil its obligations
          relating to the Securitisation Fund or by any other act or omission of
          a Relevant Party or any such person.

     (5)  No attorney, agent, delegate, receiver or receiver and manager
          appointed in accordance with this deed or any other Transaction
          Documents has authority to act on behalf of the Issuer in a way which
          exposes the Issuer to any personal liability and no act or omission of
          any such person will be considered fraud, negligence or wilful default
          of the Issuer for the purpose of paragraph (3).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 164

     (6)  The Issuer is not obliged to do or refrain from doing anything under
          the Transaction Documents (including incur any liability) unless the
          Issuer's liability is limited in the same manner as set out in
          paragraphs (1) to (3).

     (7)  In this Condition 15 "RELEVANT PARTIES" means each party to a
          Transaction Document other than the Issuer.

     (8)  The expression "WILFUL DEFAULT" as used in this Condition 15 is
          defined in clause 26.5 of the Security Trust Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16   GOVERNING LAW

The Class A Notes and the Relevant Documents are governed by, and shall be
construed in accordance with, the laws of New South Wales, Australia. The
administration of the Note Trust created under the Note Trust Deed, including
the exercise of the Note Trustee's powers under clause 13 of the Note Trust
Deed, is governed by the law of New York. In the event of any inconsistency
between the operation of the law of New South Wales, Australia and the law of
New York in respect of the application of those powers, the law of New York will
prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17   SUMMARY OF PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CLASS A NOTES WHILE IN BOOK-ENTRY
     FORM

Each Class A2 Note will be represented by typewritten book-entry notes, without
coupons, in the principal amount of (euro)[*], initially represented by a
temporary global note (the "TEMPORARY CLASS A2 GLOBAL NOTES"). The Temporary
Class A2 Global Notes will be registered in the name of The Bank of New York
Depositary (Nominees) Limited and deposited with the Common Depository in
respect of the Class A2 Notes on or about the Closing Date. The Temporary Class
A2 Global Notes will be exchangeable 40 days after the later of the first Bond
Issue Date and the date on which the relevant Class A2 Notes are first offered
to persons other than distributors in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities
Act for a permanent global note in registered form (the "PERMANENT CLASS A2
GLOBAL NOTES" and together with the Temporary Class A2 Global Notes, the "CLASS
A2 BOOK-ENTRY NOTES") in an equivalent principal amount to the relevant
Temporary Class A2 Global Note. Upon deposit of the Class A2 Book-Entry Notes
with the Common Depository, the Common Depository will credit each investor in
the Class A2 Notes with a principal amount of Class A2 Notes for which it has
subscribed and paid. The Class A2 Book-Entry Notes will be deposited with the
Common Depository on or about the Closing Date.

Each person who is shown in the Note Register as the holder of a particular
principal amount of Class A2 Notes will be entitled to be treated by the Issuer
and the Note Trustee as a holder of such principal amount of Class A2 Notes and
the expression "CLASS A2 NOTEHOLDER" shall be construed accordingly, but without
prejudice to the entitlement of the holder of the Class A2 Book-Entry Note to be
paid principal and interest thereon in accordance with its terms. Such persons
shall have no claim directly against the Issuer in respect of payment due on the
Class A2 Notes for so long as the Class A2 Notes are represented by a Class A2
Book-Entry Note and the relevant obligations of the Issuer will be discharged by
payment to the registered holder of the Class A2 Book-Entry Note in respect of
each amount so paid.

(a)  PAYMENTS

     Interest and principal on each Class A2 Book-Entry Note will be payable by
     the Principal Paying Agent to the Common Depositary provided that no
     payment of interest may be

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 165

     made by the Issuer or any Paying Agent in the Commonwealth of Australia or
     their possessions or into a bank account or to an address in the
     Commonwealth of Australia or their possessions.

     Each of the persons appearing from time to time as the beneficial owner of
     a Class A2 Note will be entitled to receive any payment so made in respect
     of that Class A2 Note in accordance with the respective rules and
     procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg (in respect of the Class
     A2 Notes). Such persons will have no claim directly against the Issuer in
     respect of payments due on the Class A2 Notes which must be made by the
     holder of the relevant Class A2 Book-Entry Note, for so long as such Class
     A2 Book-Entry Note is outstanding.

     A record of each payment made on a Class A2 Book-Entry Note, distinguishing
     between any payment of principal and any payment of interest, will be
     recorded in the Note Register by the Note Registrar and such record shall
     be prima facie evidence that the payment in question has been made.

(b)  EXCHANGE

     The Class A2 Book-Entry Notes will be exchangeable for Class A2 Definitive
     Notes only if:

     (1)  that Class A2 Book-Entry Note being a Permanent Class A2 Global Note
          becomes immediately due and repayable by reason of the occurrence of
          an Event of Default:

     (2)  either Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg is closed for business for
          a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holiday,
          statutory or otherwise) or announces an intention permanently to cease
          business; or

     (3)  as the result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws or
          regulations of any jurisdiction or any body politic, or government in
          any jurisdiction, or any minister, department, office, commission,
          instrumentality, agency, board, authority or organisation of any
          government or any corporation owned or controlled by any government
          having power to tax or in the interpretation by a revenue authority or
          a court of, or in the administration of, laws or regulations relating
          to taxation which becomes effective on or after the first Bond Issue
          Date, the Issuer or any Paying Agent is or will be required to make
          any deduction or withholding from any payment in respect of any of the
          relevant Class A2 Notes which would not be required were those Class
          A2 Notes in definitive form,

     then the Issuer (with the assistance of the Manager) shall (but subject to
     Clause 3.4(c) of the Note Trust Deed), within 30 days of becoming aware of
     the occurrence of the relevant event, but not prior to 40 days after the
     Bond Issue Date issue Class A2 Definitive Notes in exchange for the whole
     of the outstanding interest in that Class A2 Book-Entry Note being a
     Permanent Class A2 Global Note in respect of Class A2 Notes.

     Class A2 Noteowner has the meaning given to it in the Note Trust Deed.

(c)  NOTICES

     So long as the Class A2 Notes are represented by the Class A2 Book-Entry
     Note and the same is/are held on behalf of the Clearing Agency, notices to
     Class A2 Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to the
     Clearing Agency for communication by the Clearing Agency to entitled
     account holders in substitution for delivery to each Class A2 Noteholder as
     required by the Conditions.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 166

     So long as the Class A2 Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and
     the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require the Manager will inform
     the Irish Stock Exchange if the ratings assigned to the Class A2 Notes as
     of the Closing Date are, at any time, downgraded or withdrawn.

(d)  CANCELLATION

     The Note Registrar shall ensure that all Class A2 Notes:

     (1)  which have been surrendered for payment, registration of transfer,
          exchange or redemption; or

     (2)  in the case of any Class A2 Definitive Note, which, being mutilated or
          defaced, have been surrendered and replaced under Condition 11,

     shall be cancelled by or on behalf of the Issuer and will execute a
     certificate and deliver same to the Note Trustee stating:

     (1)  the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of Class A2 Notes which
          have been redeemed; and

     (3)  the serial numbers of such Class A2 Notes in definitive form (where
          applicable).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 167

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE 5 - FORM OF CLASS A2 DEFINITIVE NOTES

THIS OBLIGATION HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN CONTRAVENTION OF THAT
ACT.

THIS CLASS A2 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT") OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND, AS A MATTER OF U.S. LAW,
PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE CLOSING DATE AND THE
COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING OF THE CLASS A2 NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD,
PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR
BENEFIT OF U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES.

THIS CLASS A2 DEFINITIVE NOTE IS A GLOBAL BOND FOR THE PURPOSE OF SECTION
128F(10) OF THE INCOME TAX ASSESSMENT ACT 1936 OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA

REGISTERED                              ISIN No. _______________________________

                                        Common Code ____________________________

                      Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited

                              (ABN 86 000 431 827)

           (a limited liability company incorporated under the law of

                           New South Wales, Australia)

                        in its capacity as trustee of the

                             SMHL Global Fund No. 8

                                  (euro)100,000

               Class A2 Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes Due on

                    the Payment Date falling in January 2037

This Class A2 Definitive Note in respect of a duly authorised issue of Notes of
Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL
Global Fund No. 8 (the "SECURITISATION FUND") (the "ISSUER"), designated as
specified in the title above (the "NOTES"), in an initial aggregate principal
amount of

                                 ** (euro)[*] **

and (a) constituted by a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST DEED") dated 4
July 1994 between the Issuer as trustee, and ME Portfolio Management Limited
(the "MANAGER") as amended and restated from time to time, by a Supplementary
Bond Terms Notice (the

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 168

"SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE") dated [*] 2005 executed by the Issuer, the
Security Trustee (as defined herein), The Bank of New York (the note trustee for
the time being referred to as the "NOTE TRUSTEE") as trustee for the holders for
the time being of the Class A Notes (the "CLASS A NOTEHOLDERS") and the Manager,
and by the Conditions; (b) issued subject to a Note Trust Deed dated [*] 2005
(the "NOTE TRUST DEED") between (among others) the Issuer, the Manager, AIB/BNY
Fund Management (Ireland) Limited (the "IRISH PAYING AGENT") and the Note
Trustee; and (c) secured by a Security Trust Deed (the "SECURITY TRUST DEED")
dated 29 July 2005 between the Issuer, the Manager, the Note Trustee and
Perpetual Trustee Company Limited (ABN 42 000 001 007) (the "SECURITY TRUSTEE",
which expression shall include its successor for the time being as security
trustee under the Security Trust Deed). References to the Conditions (or to any
particular numbered Condition) shall be to the Terms and Conditions of the Class
A2 Notes set out in Schedule 5 to the Note Trust Deed. Terms and expressions
defined in the Note Trust Deed and the Conditions shall, save as expressly
stated otherwise, bear the same meanings when used herein.

The Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund, subject to
this Class A2 Note and subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the
Note Trust Deed promises to pay to the registered holder of this Class A2
Definitive Note on the Payment Date (as defined in Condition 4) endorsed on this
Class A2 Definitive Note falling in [*] (or on such earlier date(s) as the
Invested Amount of this Class A2 Definitive Note (as defined in Condition 5(a))
(or any part of it) may become repayable in accordance with the Conditions, the
principal sum of:

                   (euro)100,000 (One Hundred Thousand Euros)

or such part of that amount as may be repayable on such date(s) in accordance
with the Conditions, the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice, the Master Trust Deed
and the Note Trust Deed, together with interest on the Invested Amount (as
defined in Condition 5(a)) and payable in arrear on each Payment Date and such
other amounts (if any) as may be payable, all subject to and in accordance with
the Conditions and the provisions of the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice, the
Master Trust Deed and the Note Trust Deed.

This Class A2 Definitive Note shall not become valid for any purpose unless and
until the attached Certificate of Authentication has been signed by any
signatory of the Bank of New York as Principal Paying Agent.

This Class A2 Definitive Note is not a document of title. Title shall be
determined by entry in the Register and only the duly registered holder from
time to time is entitled to payments in respect of this Class A2 Definitive
Note.

Terms used in this Class A2 Definitive Note and not otherwise defined in it have
the same meaning as in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice.

IN WITNESS the Issuer has caused this Class A2 Definitive Note to be signed
[manually/in facsimile] by a person duly authorised on its behalf.

PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED in its capacity as trustee of the SMHL
Global Fund No. 8

By:
    ------------------------------------
    Authorised Signatory

Date:
      ----------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 169

IMPORTANT NOTICE:

----------

(a)  The Class A2 Notes do not represent deposits or other liabilities of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, ABN 86 000 431 827, or associates of
     Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited.

(b)  The holding of Class A2 Notes is subject to investment risk, including
     possible delays in repayment and loss of income and principal invested.

(c)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, any associate of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited, the Security Trustee, the Note Trustee, the
     Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent or the Paying Agents in any way
     stands behind the capital value and/or performance of the Class A2 Notes or
     the assets of the Securitisation Fund except in the case of Perpetual
     Trustees Australia Limited only to the limited extent provided in the
     Transaction Documents for the Securitisation Fund.

(d)  None of Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited, the Manager, the Security
     Trustee, the Note Trustee, the Note Registrar, the Calculation Agent, the
     Paying Agents, the Euro Currency Swap Provider or, the US Currency Swap
     Provider (as defined in the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice) guarantees the
     payment of interest or the repayment of principal due on the Class A2
     Notes.

(e)  None of the obligations of the Issuer or the Manager are guaranteed in any
     way by any associate either of them.

(f)  Without limiting the Conditions, the Issuer's liability to make payments in
     respect of the Class A2 Notes is limited to its right of indemnity from the
     assets of the Securitisation Fund from time to time available to make such
     payments under the Master Trust Deed and Supplementary Bond Terms Notice.
     All claims against the Issuer in relation to the Class A2 Notes can be
     enforced against the Issuer only to the extent to which it can be satisfied
     out of the assets of the Securitisation Fund out of which the Issuer is
     actually indemnified for the liability except in the case of (and to the
     extent of) any fraud, negligence or wilful default (as defined in the
     Master Trust Deed) on the part of the Issuer.

(g)  The Noteholder is required to accept any distribution of moneys under the
     Security Trust Deed in full and final satisfaction of all moneys owing to
     it, and any debt represented by any shortfall that exists after any such
     final distribution is extinguished.

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Class A2 Definitive Note is authenticated by The Bank of New York and until
so authenticated shall not be valid for any purpose.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Principal Paying Agent
by:

----------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 170

                             PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                   48th Floor
                                 1 Canada Square
                                 London, E14 5AL
                                 United Kingdom

and/or such other Principal Paying Agent and/or other or further Paying Agents
outside the United States (subject to Condition 6(b)) and the Commonwealth of
Australia and/or specified offices outside the United States (subject to
Condition 6(b)) and the Commonwealth of Australia as may from time to time be
duly appointed by the Issuer with the approval of the Note Trustee and notice of
which has been given to the Class A2 Noteholders.

                               IRISH PAYING AGENT

                    AIB/BNY FUND MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED
                                   Guild House
                                  Guild Street
                                    Dublin 1
                               Republic of Ireland

and/or such other Irish Paying Agent that may from time to time be duly
appointed by the Issuer with the approval of the Note Trustee and notice of
which has been given to the Class A2 Noteholders.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        PAGE 171AMENDING DEED
                                        ISDA MASTER AGREEMENT

                                        WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
                                        ABN 33 007 457 141

                                        PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
                                        ABN 86 000 431 827

                                        and

                                        ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED
                                        ABN 79 005 964 134

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION                                               3

2 AMENDMENTS TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT                                           4

  2.1   Amendments to the Schedule to the Master Agreement for SMHL Global
        Fund No. 8                                                             4
  2.2   Amendments not to affect validity, rights, obligations                 4
  2.3   Acknowledgment                                                         4

3 GENERAL                                                                      4

  3.1   Governing law and jurisdiction                                         4
  3.2   Attorneys                                                              4
  3.3   Counterparts                                                           4

                                                                               2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS AMENDING DEED

          is made on ______________ 2005 between the following parties:

          1.   WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
               ABN 33 007 457 141
               of Level 3, 255 Elizabeth Street, Sydney, New South Wales
               (PARTY A)

          2.   PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
               in its capacity as trustee of the Trusts
               ABN 86 000 431 827
               of Level 7, 39 Hunter Street, Sydney, New South Wales
               (PARTY B)

          3.   ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED
               in its capacity as manager of the Trusts
               ABN 79 005 964 134
               of Level 23, 360 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria
               (PARTY C)

RECITALS

          A.   Party B is a trustee of trusts known as Superannuation Members'
               Home Loans Trusts (the TRUSTS) and Party C is a manager of the
               Trusts.

          B.   The parties entered into an ISDA Master Agreement dated 29 March
               2001 (including all schedules and annexures) (MASTER AGREEMENT)
               in respect of the Trusts.

          C.   Section 9(b) of the Master Agreement permits the parties to amend
               the Master Agreement (which includes the Schedule) and the
               parties have complied with Section 9(b) of the Master Agreement
               in respect of the amendments to be effected by this deed.

          D.   The parties wish to amend the Master Agreement in the manner set
               out in this deed.

THIS DEED WITNESSES

               that in consideration of, among other things, the mutual promises
               contained in this deed, the parties agree:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

          In this deed:

          (a)  EFFECTIVE DATE means, in relation to the amendments in clause
               2.1(a), the date on which the securitisation fund known as "SMHL
               Global Fund No. 8" is established; and

          (b)  a word or phrase (except as otherwise provided) defined in the
               Master Agreement has the same meaning as in the Master Agreement.

                                                                               3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2    AMENDMENTS TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT

     2.1  AMENDMENTS TO THE SCHEDULE TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT FOR SMHL GLOBAL
          FUND NO. 8

          (a)  In relation to SMHL Global Fund No. 8 only, the Schedule to the
               Master Agreement is amended as shown in Schedule 1 by:

               (1)  deleting the text which is struck through in Schedule 1; and

               (2)  inserting the text which is underlined in Schedule 1.

          (b)  The amendments in clause 2.1(a) take effect in respect of any
               Transaction entered into after the date of this deed, unless the
               parties otherwise expressly agree.

          (c)  The amendments to the Master Agreement in clause 2.1(a) take
               effect from the Effective Date.

     2.2  AMENDMENTS NOT TO AFFECT VALIDITY, RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS

          (a)  An amendment to the Master Agreement does not affect the validity
               or enforceability of the Master Agreement.

          (b)  Nothing in this deed:

               (1)  prejudices or adversely affects any right, power, authority,
                    discretion or remedy arising under the Master Agreement
                    before the date of this deed; or

               (2)  discharges, releases or otherwise affects any liability or
                    obligation arising under the Master Agreement before the
                    date of this deed.

     2.3  ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          Each party acknowledges that this deed is issued in accordance with
          the Master Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3    GENERAL

     3.1  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

          (a)  This deed is governed by the laws of New South Wales.

          (b)  The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction
               of the courts of New South Wales.

     3.2  ATTORNEYS

          Each of the Attorneys executing this deed states that the attorney has
          no notice of the revocation of the power of attorney appointing that
          attorney.

     3.3  COUNTERPARTS

          (a)  This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts.

          (b)  All counterparts, taken together, constitute one instrument.

          (c)  A party may execute this deed by signing any counterpart.

                                                                               4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

          (a)  Party B enters into this agreement only in its capacity as
               trustee of each relevant Fund established under the Master Trust
               Deed from time to time and in no other capacity. A liability
               arising under or in connection with this Agreement is limited to
               and can be enforced against Party B only to the extent to which
               it can be satisfied out of the assets of the Fund out of which
               Party B is actually indemnified for the liability. This
               limitation of Party B's liability applies despite any other
               provision of this Agreement (except as noted in this clause 4)
               and extends to all liabilities and obligations of Party B in any
               way connected with any representation, warranty, conduct,
               omission, agreement or transaction related to this Agreement.

          (b)  The parties other than Party B may not sue Party B in any
               capacity other than as trustee of the relevant Fund or seek the
               appointment of a receiver (except in relation to the assets of
               the Fund), a liquidator, an administrator or any similar person
               to Party B or prove in any liquidation, administration or
               arrangement of or affecting Party B (except in relation to the
               assets of the Fund).

          (c)  The provisions of this clause 4 shall not apply to any obligation
               or liability of Party B to the extent that it is not satisfied
               because under the Master Trust Deed or by operation of law there
               is a reduction in the extent of Party B's indemnification out of
               the assets of the relevant Fund, as a result of Party B's fraud,
               negligence or Wilful Default.

          (d)  It is acknowledged that Party C is responsible under the Master
               Trust Deed for performing a variety of obligations relating to
               the Funds, including under this Agreement. No act or omission of
               Party B (including any related failure to satisfy its obligations
               or breach of representation or warranty under this Agreement)
               will be considered fraud, negligence or Wilful Default of Party B
               for the purpose of paragraph (c) of this clause 4 to the extent
               to which the act or omission was caused or contributed to by any
               failure by Party C or any other person to fulfil its obligations
               relating to the Funds or by any other act or omission of Party C
               or any other person.

          (e)  Party B is not obliged to do or refrain from doing anything under
               this Agreement (including incurring any liability) unless Party
               B's liability is limited in the same manner as set out in
               paragraphs (a) to (c) of this clause 4.

          (f)  No attorney, agent, receiver or receiver and manager appointed in
               accordance with this Agreement has authority to act on behalf of
               Party B in a way which exposes Party B to any personal liability
               and no act or omission of any such person will be considered
               fraud, negligence or Wilful Default of Party B for the purpose of
               paragraph (c) of this clause 4.

                                                                               5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXECUTED AS A DEED:

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
by its attorney in the
presence of:

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
Witness                                      Attorney

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
Name (please print)                          Name (please print)

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for
PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED
by its attorney in the
presence of:

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
Witness                                      Attorney

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
Name (please print)                          Name (please print)

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for
ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED
by its attorney in the
presence of:

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
Witness                                      Attorney

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
Name (please print)                          Name (please print)

                                                                               6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE 1 - AMENDMENTS TO THE SCHEDULE TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT

(Clause 2.1)

                                                                               7

                                    SCHEDULE
                                     TO THE
            MASTER AGREEMENT (1992 ISDA MULTI-CURRENCY CROSS BORDER)
                                (THE "AGREEMENT")

                            DATED AS OF 29 MARCH 2001

                                     BETWEEN
           WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION ABN 33 007 457 141 ("PARTY A")
                                       AND

                PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED ("PARTY B")
                               ABN 86 000 431 827

           In its capacity as trustee of various Origination Funds and
       Securitisation Funds from time to time established under the Master
                       Trust Deed and nominated to Party A

                                       AND

                   ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED ("PARTY C")
                               ABN 79 005 964 134

           In its capacity as manager of various Origination Funds and
       Securitisation Funds from time to time established under the Master
                       Trust Deed and nominated to Party A

PART 1. TERMINATION PROVISIONS

(a)  "SPECIFIED ENTITY" means in relation to Party A for the purposes of:

     Section 5(a)(v):   Nil
     Section 5(a)(vi):  Nil
     Section 5(a)(vii): Nil
     Section 5(b)(iv):  Nil

     and in relation to Party B for the purposes of:

     Section 5(a)(v):   Nil
     Section 5(a)(vi):  Nil
     Section 5(a)(vii): Nil
     Section 5(b)(iv):  Nil

(b)  "SPECIFIED TRANSACTION" will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of
     this Agreement.

(c)  The following provisions of Section 5 will not apply to Party A or Party B:

     (i)  Section 5(a)(ii)    Section 5(a)(v)      Section 5(b)(iii)
          Section 5(a)(iii)   Section 5(a)(vi)     Section 5(b)(iv)
          Section 5(a)(iv)    Section 5(a)(viii)

     (ii) Section 5(b)(ii) will not apply to Party A as the Affected Party
          (subject to Part 5.2(p) of this Schedule).

(d)  The "BANKRUPTCY" provisions of Section 5(a)(vii) are replaced by "An
     Insolvency Event (as defined in the Relevant Security Trust Deed) has
     occurred in respect of Party A (which will be the Defaulting Party) or
     Party B (which will be the Defaulting Party)". The occurrence of an
     Insolvency Event (as defined in the Relevant Security Trust Deed) in
     respect of Party B in its personal capacity will not constitute an Event of
     Default provided that within 120 Business Days of that occurrence, Party A,
     Party B and Party C are able to procure the novation of this Agreement and
     all Transactions to a third party in respect of which the Rating Agencies
     confirm that the novation will not cause a reduction or withdrawal of the

                                                                               8

     rating of the Notes, and Party A and Party B agree to execute such a
     novation agreement in standard AFMA form agreed between the parties.

(e)  "AUTOMATIC EARLY TERMINATION" - The provisions of Section 6(a) will not
     apply to Party A nor to Party B.

(f)  PAYMENTS ON EARLY TERMINATION - For the purpose of Section 6(e) of this
     Agreement: -

     (i)  Market Quotation will apply.

     (ii) The Second Method will apply.

(g)  "TERMINATION CURRENCY" means Australian Dollars

(h)  ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT means:

     (i)  Party B must, at the direction of Party C, terminate this Agreement if
          it becomes obliged to make a withholding or deduction in respect of
          any Bonds or Notes and the Bonds or Notes are redeemed as a result
          (and Party B is the Affected Party); and

     (ii) Party B must, at the direction of Party C, terminate this Agreement if
          Party A breaches Part 5.2(o) (and Party A is the Affected Party);

(i)  TRANSFER TO AVOID TERMINATION EVENT. In section 6(b)(ii), after the words
     "another of its Offices or Affiliates" on the seventh line add "(in respect
     of which the Rating Agencies confirm that the transfer will not cause a
     reduction or withdrawal of the ratings for the Bonds or Notes, if any)".

PART 2. TAX REPRESENTATIONS

(a)  PAYER REPRESENTATIONS - For the purpose of Section 3(e), Party A and Party
     B each make the representation specified below:

     It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of
     any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction
     to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any
     payment (other than interest under Section 2(e), 6(d)(ii) or 6(e) of this
     agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement. In
     making this representation, it may rely on:

     (i)  the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant
          to Section 3(f) of this Agreement,

     (ii) the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in
          Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and
          effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to
          Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement; and

     (iii) the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in
          Section 4(d) of this Agreement,

     PROVIDED that it shall not be a breach of this representation where
     reliance is placed on clause (ii) above and the other party does not
     deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of material
     prejudice to its legal or commercial position.

(b)  PAYEE TAX REPRESENTATIONS - For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this
     Agreement:

     Party A and Party B represents that it is an Australian resident and does
     not derive the payments under this Agreement in part or whole in carrying
     on business in a country outside Australia at or through a permanent
     establishment of itself in that country.

PART 3. DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED

For the purposes of Section 4(a)(i) and (ii) of this Agreement, each party
agrees to deliver the following documents, as applicable:-

(a)  Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are:

                                                                               9

PARTY REQUIRED TO                                                            DATE BY WHICH DOCUMENT
DELIVER DOCUMENT                 FORM/DOCUMENT/CERTIFICATE                      TO BE DELIVERED
-----------------   --------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------

Parties A & B       Any document or certificate reasonably required or   As soon as reasonably
                    reasonably requested by a party in connection with   practicable following a
                    its obligations to make a payment under this         request by the other party.
                    Agreement which would enable that party to make
                    the payment free from any deduction or withholding
                    for or on account of Tax or as would reduce the
                    rate at which deduction or withholding for or on
                    account of Tax is applied to that payment.

(b)  Other documents to be delivered are:

PARTY REQUIRED TO                                                            DATE BY WHICH DOCUMENT
DELIVER DOCUMENT                 FORM/DOCUMENT/CERTIFICATE                      TO BE DELIVERED
-----------------   --------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------

Parties A, B and    A list of authorised signatories for the party and   At the execution of this
C                   evidence satisfactory in form and substance to the   Agreement and thereafter
                    other party of the authority of the authorised       promptly upon any change in
                    signatories of the party to execute this Agreement   authorised persons or upon
                    and each Confirmation on behalf of the party.        request.

Party A             A copy of the most recent annual report of the       Upon reasonable request by
                    party containing consolidated financial              Party B or Party C.
                    statements, certified by independent public
                    accountants and prepared in accordance with
                    accounting principles that are generally accepted
                    in the country which Party A is organised, and
                    such other public information respecting its
                    condition or operations, financial or otherwise,
                    as the other party may reasonably request from
                    time to time.

Party C             Copies of any reports or accounts relating to any    Upon reasonable request by
                    relevant Origination Fund or Securitisation Fund     Party A subject to not being
                    as are produced for distribution to Bondholders or   obliged to deliver any
                    Noteholders or presentation to the Board of          document if to do so would
                    Directors of Party C and such other information in   beach or infringe any law or
                    Party C's control regarding the financial            legally binding obligation or
                    condition and business operations of any relevant    restraint.
                    Origination Fund or Securitisation Fund as Party A
                    may reasonably require from time to time

Party C             A copy of the Master Trust Deed certified to be a    The date of this Agreement.
                    true copy by two authorised signatories of Party
                    C.

Party C             A copy of any document amending or varying the       Promptly upon any such
                    terms of the Master Trust Deed certified to be a     document becoming effective in
                    true copy by two authorised signatories of Party     accordance with its terms.
                    C.

Party C             A copy of the Relevant Security Trust Deed and       5 Local Business Days prior to
                    Information Memorandum relating to a                 the date of the first
                    Securitisation Fund certified to be a true copy by   Transaction made under this
                    two authorised signatories of Party C.               Agreement relating to that
                                                                         Securitisation Fund

Each of the foregoing documents is covered by the representation contained in
Section 3(d) of this Agreement.

                                                                              10

PART 4. MISCELLANEOUS

(a)  ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES - For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this
     Agreement:-

(i)  Address for notices or communications to Party A -

               Address :     Financial Markets Operations
                             Level 3, 255 Elizabeth Street
                             Sydney NSW 2000-10-05

               Attention:    Senior Manager, Global Derivatives Operations

               Telex No:     AA178147   Answeback: WBCTRS

               Facsimile No: (02) 9283 1724

(ii) Address for notices or communications to Party B:-

               Address:      Level 7, 9 Castlereagh Street,
                             Sydney NSW 2000

               Attention:    Manager - Securitisation

               Telephone:    (02) 9229 9000

               Facsimile No: (02) 9221 7870

(iii) Address for notices or communications to Party C:-

               Address:      Level 23, 360 Collins Street
                             Melbourne, Victoria 3000

               Attention:    Settlements Officer

               Telephone:    (03) 9605 6200

               Facsimile No. (613) 9605 6228

(b)  PROCESS AGENT - For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement:-

          Party A: Not Applicable

          Party B: Not applicable

          Party C: Not applicable

(c)  OFFICES - The provisions of Section 10(a) to this Agreement will not apply
     to this Agreement.

(d)  MULTIBRANCH PARTY - For the purposes of Section 10(c) of this Agreement:-

          Party A is not a Multibranch Party.

          Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

(e)  CALCULATION AGENT - The Calculation Agent is Party A, unless otherwise
     specified in a Confirmation in relation to the relevant Transaction.

(f)  CREDIT SUPPORT DOCUMENT - Details of any Credit Support Document:

     (i)  In relation to PARTY A: nil

     (ii) In relation to PARTY B and each Securitisation Fund: the Relevant
          Security Trust Deed relating to that Securitisation Fund (as the case
          may be)

                                                                              11

(g)  CREDIT SUPPORT PROVIDER - Credit Support Provider means:

     (i)  In relation to PARTY A: nil

     (ii) In relation to PARTY B: nil.

(h)  GOVERNING LAW - This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in
     accordance with the laws in force in the State of New South Wales and each
     party submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of that State
     without reference to choice of law doctrine. The provisions of Section
     13(b) will apply (mutatis mutandis) to this choice of governing law and
     submission of jurisdiction.

(i)  NETTING OF PAYMENTS.

     Subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) of this Agreement will not apply to the
     following Transactions or group of Transactions (in each case starting from
     the date of this Agreement).

     All Transactions being of the same type.

(J)  "AFFILIATE" will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this
     Agreement. However, for the purpose of Section 3(c) each of Party A, Party
     B and Party C are deemed not to have any Affiliates.

PART 5. OTHER PROVISIONS

5.1  MODIFICATIONS TO THE AGREEMENT

(a)  SINGLE AGREEMENT: Section 1(c) is replaced with:

     "All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master
     Agreement and all Transactions (as evidenced by their Confirmations) form a
     single contract (collectively referred to as this "Agreement") and the
     parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions. The entering into
     of each Transaction takes effect as an amendment to this Agreement (but no
     such amendment is effective to defeat or prejudice the operation of Section
     15)."

(b)  PAYMENTS: In Section 2:

     (i)  In Section 2(a)(i) add the following sentence:

          "Each payment will be by way of exchange for the corresponding payment
          or payments payable by the other party".

     (ii) In Section 2(a)(ii) insert immediately after the words "freely
          transferable funds" the following words:

          ", free of any set-off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding (except
          as expressly provided in this Agreement)".

     (iii) Insert new paragraphs (iv) and (v) in Section 2(a) immediately after
          Section 2(a)(iii) as follows:

          "(iv)The condition precedent in Section 2(a)(iii)(1) does not apply to
               a payment due to be made to a party if it has satisfied all its
               payment and delivery obligations under Section 2(a)(i) and has no
               future payment or delivery obligations, whether absolute or
               contingent under Section 2(a)(i).

          (v)  Where:

               (1)  payments are due pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) by Party A to
                    Party B (the "PARTY A PAYMENT") and by Party B to Party A
                    (the "PARTY B PAYMENT") on the same day; and

               (2)  the Relevant Security Trust Deed applicable to Party B's
                    obligations and entitlement referred to in Section
                    2(a)(v)(1) has become, and remains at that time,
                    enforceable,

               then Party A's obligation to make the Party A Payment to Party B
               shall be subject to the condition precedent (which shall be an
               "applicable condition precedent" for the purpose of Section
               2(a)(iii)(3)) that Party A first receives either:

               (3)  the Party B Payment; or

                                                                              12

               (4)  confirmation from Party B's bank that it holds irrevocable
                    instructions to effect payment of the Party B payment and
                    that funds are available to make that payment".

     (iv) Add the following new sentence to Section 2(b):

               "Each new account so designated must be in the same tax
               jurisdiction as the original account."

     (v)  Delete Section 2(d)(i)(4) and Section 2(d)(ii).

(c)  Section 3(a)(v) of this Agreement is modified by adding in the fourth line
     thereof the words "including without limitation in the case of Party A
     being an authorised deposit taking institution authorised to carry on
     banking business in the Commonwealth of Australia, Subsection 13A(3) of the
     Banking Act 1959 (Cth) and Section 86 of the Reserve Bank Act 1959 (Cth) or
     any amending or replacement legislation as may be in effect" after the word
     "generally".

(d)  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS: In Section 3 add the following immediately
     after paragraph (f):

     "(g) NON ASSIGNMENT. It has not assigned (whether absolutely, in equity or
          otherwise) or declared any trust over or given any charge over any of
          its rights under this Agreement or any Transaction (other than, in
          respect of Party B, the Origination Funds or Securitisation Funds
          created pursuant to the Master Trust Deed and the charge given
          pursuant to the Relevant Security Trust Deed).

     (h)  CONTRACTING AS PRINCIPAL. Subject to Section 15, each Transaction has
          been entered into by that party:

               (i)  in the case of Party A, as principal and not otherwise; and

               (ii) in the case of Party B, in its capacity as trustee of the
                    Relevant Securitisation Fund and not otherwise.

     (i)  EXPERTISE:

          (i)  In the case of Party A, it has sufficient knowledge and expertise
               to enter into each Transaction and is relying on its own
               judgement and not on the advice of Party B.

          (ii) In the case of Party B, it relies on the knowledge, expertise and
               judgement of Party C in entering into each Transaction and does
               not rely on the advice of Party A."

(e)  ADDITIONAL COVENANT: In Section 4 add a new paragraph as follows:

     "(f) CONTRACTING AS PRINCIPAL. Subject to Section 15, Party A will enter
          into all Transactions as principal and not otherwise and Party B will
          enter into each Transaction in its capacity as trustee of an
          Origination Fund or Securitisation Fund constituted under the Master
          Trust Deed and not otherwise."

(f)  EVENT OF DEFAULT: Delete Section 5(a)(i) and insert instead:

     "(i) FAILURE TO PAY OR DELIVER: Failure by the party to make, when due, any
          payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(e)
          required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied:

          (1)  in respect of any Relevant Securitisation Fund which has "SMHL
               Global" included in its name, at or before 10.00am on the tenth
               Local Business Day after notice of such failure is given to the
               party;

          (2)  in respect of the Relevant Securitisation Fund (other than a
               Relevant Securitisation Fund which has "SMHL Global" included in
               its name), at or before 10.00am on the fifth Local Business Day
               after notice of such failure is given to the party;"

(g)  EARLY TERMINATION: In Section 6:

     (i)  Add the following sentence at the end of the first paragraph of
          Section 6(b)(ii):

          "However, if Party B is the Affected Party, then Party B will only be
          obliged to make such efforts to effect a transfer in accordance with
          this Section 6(b)(ii) as it is able to make by application of funds
          available for such application in accordance with the provisions of
          the Master Trust Deed".

     (ii) Add the following sentence at the end of the second paragraph of
          Section 6(b)(ii):

                                                                              13

          "so long as the transfer in respect of that Transaction would not lead
          to a rating downgrade, or rating withdrawal, of any rated debt of
          Party B that is secured under the Security Trust Deed. However, if
          Party A is that other party it must, if so requested by Party B, use
          reasonable efforts to make such a transfer to an Affiliate (as that
          expression is defined in Section 14) at the expense of Party B in its
          capacity as trustee of the relevant Origination Fund and the Relevant
          Securitisation Fund (as the case may be) and such expense will be an
          expense of the relevant Origination Fund and the Relevant
          Securitisation Fund (as the case may be).";

     (iii)Add the following sentence at the end of the last paragraph of Section
          6(b)(ii):

          "However, consent may be withheld if the other party considers that
          its credit exposure to the transferor would be adversely affected by
          the transfer."

(h)  Delete the last sentence of the first paragraph in Section 6(e).

(i)  TRANSFER: Section 7 is deleted and replaced with the following:

          " TRANSFER

          (a)  Neither the interests nor obligations of either party in or under
               this Agreement (including any Transaction) are capable of being
               assigned or transferred (whether at law, in equity or otherwise
               and whether by way of security or otherwise), charged or the
               subject of any trust or other fiduciary obligation (other than,
               in respect of Party B, the trusts and fiduciary obligations
               created pursuant to the Master Trust Deed and any charge created
               by the Relevant Security Trust Deed). Any action by a party which
               purports to do any of these things is void.

          (b)  Nothing in this Section 7:

               (i)  restricts the parties agreeing to a novation of the
                    interests and obligations of a party in or under this
                    Agreement (including any Transaction) including, but not
                    limited to, for the purposes of giving effect to a transfer
                    under section 6(b)(ii);

               (ii) restricts a transfer by a party or any part of its interest
                    in any amount payable to it from a Defaulting Party under
                    Section 6(e);

               (iii)restricts a transfer by a party after the other party has
                    agreed to the variation of this Agreement to the extent
                    necessary to permit such transfer; or

               (iv) restricts a transfer by a Security Trustee pursuant to the
                    exercise of its powers under a Relevant Security Trust Deed.

     (c)  Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, Standard & Poor's Ratings
          Group, Moody's Investors Service and Fitch Ratings, any transfer or
          assignment pursuant to this Section 7 must be made to an entity of
          which each of these rating agencies have confirmed will not result in
          a reduction or withdrawal of the then rating for any outstanding Bonds
          or Notes (as the case may be) by each of those rating agencies.

     (d)  Each party acknowledges that the other party enters into this
          Agreement and each Transaction on the basis that this Section 7 must
          be strictly observed and is fundamental to the terms of this Agreement
          (including each Transaction)."

(j)  MISCELLANEOUS: In Section 9(b):

     (i)  the first word "No" is replaced with:

          "Except to the extent that the entering into of each Transaction takes
          effect as an amendment to this Agreement (in the manner and subject to
          the qualification referred to in Section 1(c), as varied by this
          Schedule), no"; and

     (ii) add at the end of Section 9(b):

          "Any amendment made under this Section 9(b) may only be made after
          Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, and Moody's Investors Service and
          Fitch Ratings have confirmed in writing that such proposed amendment
          will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then rating of any
          outstanding Bonds or Notes (as the case may be) by each of those
          rating agencies."

                                                                              14

(k)  NOTICES: In Section 12:

     (i)  delete the following words where they appear on lines 2 and 3 of
          Section 12(a):

          "(except that a notice or other communication under Sections 5 or 6
          may not be given by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging
          system)"; and

     (ii) delete paragraph (iii) of Section 12(a) and insert instead:

          "(iii) if sent by facsimile, on production of a transmission report by
          the machine from which the facsimile was sent which indicates that the
          facsimile was sent in its entirety to the facsimile number of the
          recipient notified for the purpose of this Section unless the
          recipient notifies the sender within one Business Day of the facsimile
          being sent that the facsimile was not received in its entirety in
          legible form;".

(l)  DEFINITIONS: In Section 14:

     (i)  Section 14 is renumbered as Section 14(a)

     (ii) Delete the definition "Affected Transactions" and insert the
          following:

          "AFFECTED TRANSACTIONS" means all Transactions.

     (iii)insert the following new definitions:

          "INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" means the Information Memorandum prepared by
          Party C in relation to a Securitisation Fund.

          "MASTER TRUST DEED" means a Master Trust Deed dated 4 July 1994 (as
          amended and restated) made between Party C (formerly called
          Superannuation Members' Home Loans Limited) as manager and Party B as
          trustee, pursuant to which the trust funds, collectively known as the
          "Superannuation Members' Home Loans Trusts" are constituted.

          "RELEVANT SECURITY TRUST DEED" means the relevant security trust deed
          created by Party B, in its capacity as trustee of the Relevant
          Securitisation Fund, granting security over the assets of that fund to
          secure the obligations of Party B as trustee of the relevant
          Securitisation Fund.

          "RELEVANT SECURITISATION FUND" means, in relation to a Transaction,
          the Securitisation Fund specified in the Confirmation relating to that
          Transaction.

          "SECURITISATION FUNDS" means the Securitisation Funds created under
          the Master Trust Deed from time to time, and "SECURITISATION FUND"
          means any of them.

          "SUPPLEMENTARY BOND TERMS NOTICE" has the meaning given to it in the
          Master Trust Deed.

          "WILFUL DEFAULT" in relation to Party B means a wilful default of the
          Master Trust Deed or the Relevant Security Trust Deed (as the case may
          be) by Party B:

          (i)  other than a default which:

               (A)  arises out of a breach of a Transaction Document by a person
                    other than Party B;

               (B)  arises because some other act or omission is a precondition
                    to the relevant act or omission of Party B, and that other
                    act or omission does not occur;

               (C)  is in accordance with a lawful court order or direction or
                    is required by law; or

               (D)  is in accordance with an instruction or direction given to
                    it by any person in circumstances where that person is
                    authorised to do so by any Transaction Document; and

                                                                              15

          (ii) in circumstances where had it not committed that default it would
               have been entitled to recoupment, reimbursement or a right of
               indemnity for its costs and expenses (if any) incurred in
               complying with the Master Trust Deed or the Relevant Security
               Trust Deed (as the case may be) from the Fund.

          (iii) A reference to the "fraud", "negligence" or Wilful Default of
               Party B means the fraud, negligence or Wilful Default of Party B
               and of its officers or employees, but not of its agents or
               delegates, unless Party B is liable for the acts or omissions of
               such other person under the terms of the Master Trust Deed or the
               Relevant Security Trust Deed (as the case may be).

     (iv) Insert the following new Section 14(b) after Section 14(a);

          "(b) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Master
               Trust Deed and the Relevant Security Trust Deed (as the case may
               be) have the same meaning where used in this Agreement."

     (v)  Each of the following expressions has the meaning given to them in the
          Supplementary Bond Terms Notice:

          "INVESTED AMOUNT"
          "NOTES"
          "NOTEHOLDER"
          "NOTE TRUSTEE"

     (vi) Where in this Agreement a word or expression is defined by reference
          to another Transaction Document or there is a reference to another
          Transaction Document or to a provision of another Transaction
          Document, any amendment to the meaning of that word or expression or
          to that other Transaction Document will be of no effect for the
          purposes of this Agreement unless and until the amendment is consented
          to by all parties to this Agreement.

(m)  MASTER TRUST DEED AND RELEVANT SECURITY TRUST DEED:

     Party B and Party C acknowledge and agree that:

     (a)  this Agreement and all Transactions under it constitute Secured
          Documents under each Relevant Security Trust Deed; and

     (b)  Party A is a Secured Creditor under each Relevant Security Trust Deed;
          and

     (c)  Party B's obligations under this Agreement and each Transaction under
          it constitute Secured Moneys under each Relevant Security Trust Deed;

     (d)  this Agreement is an "Interest Hedge" and a "Transaction Document" and
          Party A is an "Interest Hedge Provider" in respect of the Relevant
          Securitisation Fund.

(n)  Party B also represents to Party A the representations in (ii) and (iii)
     below (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by Party B on
     each date on which a Transaction is entered into) that:

     (i)  TRUST VALIDLY CREATED. Each Origination Fund and Securitisation Fund
          (as the case may be) will and has been validly created and is in
          existence at the time a Transaction is entered into in relation to
          that Origination Fund or Securitisation Fund (as the case may be).

     (ii) SOLE TRUSTEE. Party B has been validly appointed as trustee and is
          presently the sole trustee of each Origination Fund and Securitisation
          Fund (as the case may be).

     (iii) NO PROCEEDINGS TO REMOVE. No notice has been given to Party B and to
          Party B's knowledge no resolution has been passed, or direction or
          notice has been given, removing Party B as trustee of each Origination
          Fund or Securitisation Fund (as the case may be).

     (iv) POWER. Party B has power under the Master Trust Deed to enter into
          this Agreement and each Relevant Security Trust Deed in its capacity
          as trustee of each Origination Fund and Securitisation Fund (as the
          case may be).

(o)  TRUSTEE PROVISIONS: Insert the following new Section 15 after Section 14:

     "15 CAPACITY OF PARTY B AND SEGREGATION OF FUNDS

          (a)  Party B enters into this agreement only in its capacity as
               trustee of each relevant Fund established under the Master Trust
               Deed from time to time and in no other capacity. A liability
               arising under or in connection with this Agreement is limited to
               and can be enforced against Party B only to the extent to which
               it can be satisfied out of the assets of the Fund out of which
               Party B is actually indemnified for the liability. This
               limitation of Party B's liability applies despite any other
               provision of this Agreement (except as noted in this Section 15)
               and extends

                                                                              16

               to all liabilities and obligations of Party B in any way
               connected with any representation, warranty, conduct, omission,
               agreement or transaction related to this Agreement.

          (b)  The parties other than Party B may not sue Party B in any
               capacity other than as trustee of the relevant Fund or seek the
               appointment of a receiver (except in relation to the assets of
               the Fund), a liquidator, an administrator or any similar person
               to Party B or prove in any liquidation, administration or
               arrangement of or affecting Party B (except in relation to the
               assets of the Fund).

          (c)  The provisions of this Section 15 shall not apply to any
               obligation or liability of Party B to the extent that it is not
               satisfied because under the Master Trust Deed or by operation of
               law there is a reduction in the extent of Party B's
               indemnification out of the assets of the relevant Fund, as a
               result of Party B's fraud, negligence or Wilful Default.

          (d)  It is acknowledged that Party C is responsible under the Master
               Trust Deed for performing a variety of obligations relating to
               the Funds, including under this Agreement. No act or omission of
               Party B (including any related failure to satisfy its obligations
               or breach of representation or warranty under this Agreement)
               will be considered fraud, negligence or Wilful Default of Party B
               for the purpose of paragraph (c) of this Section 15 to the extent
               to which the act or omission was caused or contributed to by any
               failure by Party C or any other person to fulfil its obligations
               relating to the Funds or by any other act or omission of Party C
               or any other person.

          (e)  Party B is not obliged to do or refrain from doing anything under
               this Agreement (including incurring any liability) unless Party
               B's liability is limited in the same manner as set out in
               paragraphs (a) to (c) of this Section 15.

          (f)  Without limiting the generality of Sections 15(a) to (e)
               inclusive, the provisions of this Agreement shall have effect
               severally in respect of each Fund and shall be enforceable by or
               against Party B in its capacity as trustee of each such Fund as
               though a separate Agreement applied between Party A and Party B
               for each of Party B's said several capacities, to the intent that
               (inter alia):

               (i)  unless the context indicates a contrary intention, each
                    reference to "Party B" in this Agreement shall be construed
                    as a several reference to Party B in its respective
                    capacities as trustee of each Fund;

               (ii) this Agreement together with each Confirmation relating to a
                    particular Fund will form a single separate agreement
                    between Party A, Party C in its capacity as manager of that
                    Fund and Party B in its capacity as trustee of that Fund and
                    references to the respective obligations (including
                    references to payment obligations generally and in the
                    context of provisions for the netting of payments and the
                    calculation of amounts due on early termination) of Party A
                    and Party B shall be construed accordingly as a several
                    reference to each mutual set of obligations arising under
                    each such separate agreement between Party A and Party B in
                    its several capacities as trustee of each Fund and Party C
                    in its several capacities as Manager of each Fund;

               (iii) representations made and agreements entered by the parties
                    under this Agreement are made and entered in the case of
                    Party B severally by Party B in its respective capacities as
                    trustee of each Fund and, in the case of Party C, made and
                    entered severally by Party C in its respective capacities as
                    manager of each Fund and may be enforced by Party B or Party
                    C (as the case requires) against Party A severally in Party
                    B's or Party C's (as the case requires) said several
                    capacities;

               (iv) rights of termination, and obligations and entitlements
                    consequent upon termination, only accrue to Party A against
                    Party B severally in Party B's respective capacities as
                    trustee of each Fund, and against Party C severally in Party
                    C's respective capacities as manager of each Fund and only
                    accrue to Party B against Party A severally in Party B's
                    said several capacities and only accrue to Party C against
                    Party A severally in Party C's said several capacities; and

               (v)  without limiting Section 15(f)(iv), the occurrence of an
                    Event of Default or Termination Event in respect of one Fund
                    shall not in itself constitute an Event of Default or
                    Termination Event in respect of any other Fund.

               (vi) No attorney, agent, receiver or receiver and manager
                    appointed in accordance with this Agreement has authority to
                    act on behalf of Party B in a way which exposes Party B to
                    any personal liability and no act or omission of any such
                    person will be considered fraud, negligence or Wilful
                    Default of Party B for the purpose of paragraph (c) of this
                    Section 15.

                                                                              17

               (vii) Subject to the provisions related to deemed receipt of
                    notices and other communications under this Agreement, Party
                    B will only be considered to have knowledge or awareness of,
                    or notice of, any thing, or grounds to believe any thing, by
                    virtue of the officers of Party B having day to day
                    responsibility for the administration or management of Party
                    B's obligations in relation to each relevant Fund having
                    actual knowledge, actual awareness or actual notice of that
                    thing, or grounds or reason to believe that thing (and
                    similar references will be interpreted in this way). In
                    addition, notice, knowledge or awareness of an Event of
                    Default or other default (howsoever described) means notice,
                    knowledge or awareness of the occurrence of the events or
                    circumstances constituting that Event of Default or other
                    default (as the case may be).

               (viii) In this Agreement, except where expressly provided to the
                    contrary:

                    (i)  a reference to Party B is a reference to Party B in its
                         capacity as trustee of each relevant Fund only, and in
                         no other capacity; and

                    (ii) a reference to the undertaking, assets, business, money
                         or any other thing of or in relation to Party B is a
                         reference to such undertaking, assets, business, money
                         or other thing of or in relation to Party B only in its
                         capacity as trustee of each relevant Fund only, and in
                         no other capacity.

               (ix) The provisions of this Section 15:

                    (i)  are paramount and apply regardless of any other
                         provision of this Agreement or any other instrument,
                         even a provision which seeks to apply regardless of any
                         other provision;

                    (ii) survive and enure beyond any termination of this
                         Agreement for any reason; and

               (x)  are not severable from this Agreement."

5.2  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

(a)  ISDA DEFINITIONS. Reference is hereby made to the ISDA Definitions ("the
     1991 Definitions") and the 1998 Supplement to the 1991 Definitions
     (collectively the "ISDA Definitions"), as published by the International
     Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc., which are hereby incorporated by
     reference herein. Any terms used and not otherwise defined herein which are
     contained in the ISDA Definitions, shall have the meaning set forth
     therein.

(b)  SCOPE OF AGREEMENT. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to
     the contrary, if the parties enter into, or have entered into, any
     Specified Transaction, such Specified Transaction shall be subject to,
     governed by and construed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
     unless the Confirmation relating thereto shall specifically state to the
     contrary. Each such specified Transaction shall be a Transaction for the
     purposes of this Agreement.

(c)  ROLE OF PARTY C:

     Party C:

     (i)  may on behalf of Party B arrange, enter into, and monitor Transactions
          and novations of Transactions, execute Confirmations, and exercise all
          other rights and powers of Party B hereunder;

     (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Party C, will issue,
          and receive, Confirmations, certificates and other communications to
          or by Party A hereunder;

     (iii) must provide copies of all Confirmations and notices given under the
          Master Novation Annex to Party B promptly upon receipt of such
          Confirmations and notices from Party A; and

     (iv) must provide to Party B, at the same time as the notice of the details
          of the loan pool allocation is provided to Party B, a notice of the
          details of any proposed Transaction or novation of Transaction.

     A failure of Party C to give notice to Party B under the above provisions
     will not of itself affect the validity of any Transaction or novation of
     Transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, a Transaction or novation of
     Transaction effected into by Party C on behalf of Party B as contemplated
     under this Agreement is binding on each of Party A, Party B and Party C.

(d)  PROCEDURES FOR ENTERING INTO TRANSACTIONS.

                                                                              18

     (i)  CONFIRMATION OF TRANSACTIONS. Transactions shall be created at the
          moment that the parties agree sufficient particulars for completion of
          a Confirmation. With respect to each Transaction entered into pursuant
          to this Agreement between Party A and Party B, Party A shall, on or
          promptly after the relevant Trade Date, send to Party B care of Party
          C a Confirmation confirming that Transaction and Party C shall on
          behalf of Party B promptly then confirm the accuracy of or request the
          correction of such Confirmation. Party C shall send to Party B a copy
          of such Confirmation.

     (ii) SPECIFICATION OF FUND. Each Confirmation regarding a Transaction must
          specify the name of the Origination Fund or Securitisation Fund (as
          the case may be) to which the Transaction relates.

(e)  INCONSISTENCY. In the event of any inconsistency between any of the
     following documents, the relevant document first listed below shall govern;
     (i) a Confirmation; (ii) this Agreement; and (iii) the ISDA Definitions.

(f)  FURTHER ASSURANCES: Each party shall, upon request by the other party (the
     "REQUESTING PARTY") at the expense of the requesting party, perform all
     such acts and execute all such agreements, assurances and other documents
     and instruments as the requesting party reasonably requires to assure and
     confirm the rights and powers afforded, created or intended to be afforded
     or created, under or in relation to this Agreement and each Transaction or
     other dealing which occurs under or is contemplated by it.

(g)  INTEREST RATE CAPS, COLLARS AND FLOORS: For purposes of the determination
     of a Market Quotation for a Terminated Transaction in respect of which a
     party ("X") had, immediately prior to the designation or occurrence of the
     relevant Early Termination Date, no future payment obligations, whether
     absolute or contingent, under Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement with
     respect of the Terminated Transaction, (i) the quotations obtained from
     Reference Market makers shall be such as to preserve the economic
     equivalent of the payment obligations of the party ("Y") that had,
     immediately prior to the designation or occurrence of the relevant Early
     Termination Date, future payment obligations, whether absolute or
     contingent, under Section 2(a)(i) of this Agreement with respect to the
     Terminated Transaction and (ii) if X is making the determination such
     amounts shall be expressed as positive amounts and if Y is making the
     determination such amounts shall be expressed as negative amounts.

(h)  OPTIONS: For the purposes of the determination of a Market Quotation for a
     Terminated Transaction that is identified as an Option, the quotations
     obtained from Reference Market-makes shall take into account, as of the
     relevant Early Termination Date, the economic equivalent of the right or
     rights granted pursuant to that Option which are or may become exercisable.

(i)  SEPTEMBER 1992 AUSTRALIA ADDENDUM NO. 6 FORWARD RATE AGREEMENTS: The
     September 1992 Australian Addendum No. 6 - A$ Forward Rate Agreements in
     the form of the copy attached to this Agreement is deemed to be
     incorporated in this Agreement.

(j)  Any reference to a:

     (i)  "Swap Transaction" in the 1991 Definitions (as supplemented by the
          1998 Supplement) (the "1991 Definitions") is deemed to be a reference
          to a "Transaction" for the purpose of interpreting this Agreement or
          any Confirmation; and

     (ii) "Transaction" in this Agreement or any Confirmation is deemed to be a
          reference to a "Swap Transaction" for the purposes of interpreting the
          1991 ISDA Definitions (as supplemented by the 1998 Supplement) (the
          "1991 Definitions").

(k)  CONSENT TO RECORDING.

     Each Party (i) consents to the recording of the telephone conversations of
     trading and marketing personnel of the parties and their Affiliates in
     connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction and (ii) agrees
     to obtain any necessary consent of, and give notice of such recording to,
     such personnel of it and its Affiliates.

(l)  CONSENT TO INFORMATION DISCLOSURE.

     Each party hereby consents to the communication and disclosure of all
     information in respect of this Agreement, the Transactions and all matters
     incidental hereto and thereto by the other party to (i) any other branches
     of the other party; and (ii) all government and regulatory authorities as
     and when required by such government and regulatory authorities.

(m)  MASTER NOVATION ANNEX.

     From time to time Party C (on behalf of Party B), after notifying Party B
     of the proposed novation, may require the novation of one or more
     Transactions or a proportion of one or more Transactions from an
     Origination Fund or a Securitisation Fund to

                                                                              19

     an Origination Fund or a Securitisation Fund. Each such novation will be
     governed by the Master Novation Annex annexed to this Agreement unless
     otherwise agreed by Party A, Party B and Party C.

(n)  CONSOLIDATION OF TRANSACTIONS

     (i)  From time to time Party C (on behalf of Party B) may, in respect of a
          Securitisation Fund, request more than one Transaction to be
          consolidated into one Transaction by notifying Party A of the
          Transactions to be consolidated and Party A will issue a replacement
          Confirmation for that one consolidated Transaction in substitution for
          the original Confirmation for the Transaction.

     (ii) Each such consolidation will be on such terms and conditions as agreed
          by Party A, Party B and Party C.

     (iii) Party B and Party C agree to provide Party A with such financial and
          other information in relation to the consolidation as Party A
          reasonably requires.

(o)  RATINGS DOWNGRADE:

     (i)  If, as a result of the withdrawal or downgrade of its credit rating by
          a Rating Agency, Party A does not have any of the following:

     (a)  a long term credit rating of at least AA- by S & P;

     (b)  a short term credit rating of at least A-1+ by S & P;

     (c)  a short term credit rating of at least P-1 by Moody's

     (d)  a long term credit rating of at least A2 by Moody's;

     (e)  a short term credit rating of at least F1 by Fitch; or

     (f)  a long term rating of at least A by Fitch Ratings,

     (and in the case of a downgrade by Moody's or Fitch Ratings, such a
     downgrade would, except for this clause adversely affect the rating of the
     relevant securities), Party A shall:

          (A)  within 30 Business Days (or within such greater period as is
               agreed to in writing by the relevant Rating Agency) of a
               downgrade of its long term credit rating by S&P to not lower than
               A- together with a downgrade of its short term credit rating by
               S&P to not lower than A-1, or the downgrade of its long term
               credit rating by Moody's to not lower than A3, or a downgrade of
               its long term credit rating by Fitch Ratings to not lower than A
               together with a downgrade of its short-term credit rating by
               Fitch Ratings to not lower than F1, comply with sub-clause (i)(C)
               or (i)(D) below; or

          (B)  within 5 Business Days (or within such greater period as is
               agreed to in writing by the relevant Rating Agency) of any other
               such withdrawal or downgrade of Party A's short term or long term
               credit rating by the relevant Rating Agency not already covered
               in sub-clause (i)(A) above, comply with sub-clauses (i)(C) or
               (i)(D) below provided that paragraph (i)(C)(i) will not apply
               where the long term credit rating falls to BBB+ (or less) by
               Fitch Ratings and the short term credit rating falls to F2 (or
               less) by Fitch Ratings,

          (C)  (i)  In respect of each Transaction, lodge cash collateral (the
                    "Cash Collateral") with an Approved Bank to the account of
                    Party B (to be used by Party B solely for the purpose of
                    discharging Party A's obligations under the relevant
                    Transaction) in an amount equivalent to the Cash Collateral
                    Amount as defined in sub-clause (ii)(A) below. If on the
                    last Local Business Day in any subsequent week during the
                    life of the relevant Transaction the aggregate value of the
                    Cash Collateral lodged pursuant to this sub-clause falls
                    below the required Cash Collateral Amount (such shortfall
                    value hereinafter referred to as the "Shortfall"), Party A
                    shall (on demand) provide such further Cash Collateral to
                    Party B equal to the Shortfall. Any interest earned on the
                    Cash Collateral shall accrue to Party A and will constitute
                    additional Cash Collateral lodged by Party A (and must be
                    returned to Party A in accordance with sub-clauses
                    (i)(C)(ii) & (iii) below. Party A will pay any costs
                    associated with lodgment of the Cash Collateral;

               (ii) if on the last Local Business Day in any week during the
                    life of the relevant Transaction the aggregate value of the
                    Cash Collateral lodged by Party A pursuant to sub-clause
                    (i)(C)(i) above (including any interest earned on the Cash
                    Collateral) exceeds the required Cash Collateral Amount (as
                    determined pursuant to sub-clause (ii)(A) below) (such
                    excess value hereinafter referred to as the "Excess
                    Collateral"), Party A may give notice thereof to Party B

                                                                              20

                    requiring the return of the Excess Collateral. Party B must
                    repay such Excess Collateral to Party A within three Local
                    Business Days of receipt of such notice;

               (iii) upon the occurrence of any of the following:

                    (a)  the subsequent upgrade of :

                    (i) either Party A's long term credit rating by S&P to at
                    least AA- or its short term credit rating by S&P to at least
                    A-1+ ; and

                    (ii) the upgrade of its long term credit rating by Moody's
                    to at least A2 and short term credit rating to at least P-1
                    by Moody's and an upgrade of its long term credit rating by
                    Fitch Ratings to at least A and short-term credit rating to
                    at least F1; or

                    (b)  the termination, cessation or conclusion of the
                         relevant Transaction to which it relates,

                         Party A may give notice thereof to Party B requiring
                         the return of any Cash Collateral lodged by Party A
                         pursuant to sub-clause (i)(C)(i) above (including any
                         interest earned on the Cash Collateral) and not
                         previously returned to Party A pursuant to sub-clause
                         (i)(C)(ii) above. Party B must, with the approval of
                         the Rating Agencies (such approval not to be
                         unreasonably withheld), repay all such Cash Collateral
                         to Party A within three Local Business Days of receipt
                         of such notice from Party A.

          (D)  At the cost of Party A, enter into an agreement novating this
               Agreement and each relevant Transaction to a replacement
               counterparty proposed by any of Party A, Party B or the Manager
               (if any) and which each Rating Agency has confirmed will result
               in there not being a withdrawal or downgrade of any credit
               rating, assigned by it, to the Bonds or Notes (as the case may
               be) or enter into such other arrangements which each Rating
               Agency has confirmed will result in there not being a withdrawal
               or downgrade of any credit rating assigned by it to the Bonds or
               Notes (as the case may be). Party B shall return to Party A all
               Cash Collateral lodged by Party A pursuant to sub-clause
               (i)(C)(i) above and not previously returned to Party A pursuant
               to sub-clause (i)(C)(ii) above within one Local Business Day of
               such novation or other arrangement (as the case may be).

     (ii) For the purpose of this paragraph (o):

          (A)  CASH COLLATERAL AMOUNT means an amount equal to the greater of
               the following:

                    (1)  zero;

                    (2)  CR in the case of single currency interest rate
                         Transactions and CCR in the case of cross currency
                         interest rate Transactions; and

                    (3)  an amount acceptable to Moody's and Fitch and
                         sufficient to maintain the credit rating assigned to
                         the Bonds or Notes (as the case may be) by Moody's and
                         Fitch immediately prior to the review of Party A's
                         credit rating; and

          (B)  APPROVED BANK means, in the case of single currency interest rate
               transactions a Bank which has a short-term rating of at least
               A-1+ (S&P), P-1 (Moody's) and F1 (Fitch Ratings) and in the case
               of cross currency interest rate Transactions, a Bank which is
               located outside Australia which has a short-term rating of at
               least A-1+ (S&P), P-1 (Moody's) and F1 (Fitch Ratings). The
               Approved Bank must be an entity that each Rating Agency confirms
               will not affect the rating of the Bonds or Notes (as the case may
               be).

     (iii) For the purpose of paragraph (ii)(A),

               CCR means CR x 1.030; and

               CR means MTM + VB

               MTM means the mark-to-market value of the swap. Party A will have
               to mark the swap to market and post collateral on a weekly basis,
               with a grace period of 3 days. The mark-to-market value should
               reflect the higher of 2 bids from counterparties that will be
               eligible and willing to provide the swap in the absence of Party
               A.

                                                                              21

               VB means the volatility buffer, being the relevant percentage of
               the Notional Amount of the relevant Transaction calculated from
               the following table:

                              VOLATILITY BUFFER (%)

                                          TRANSACTIONS WITH
                 TRANSACTIONS WITH       MATURITIES OF MORE      TRANSACTIONS WITH
COUNTERPARTY   MATURITIES OF UP TO 5   THAN 5 YEARS AND UP TO   MATURITIES OF MORE
   RATING              YEARS                  10 YEARS             THAN 10 YEARS
------------   ---------------------   ----------------------   ------------------

      A+               1.05                    1.75                     3.0
      A                1.35                    2.45                     4.5
     A-1                1.5                    3.15                     6.0

(p)  RESTRICTED TERMINATION RIGHTS

     Add a new Section 6(aa) as follows:

     "(AA) RESTRICTED TERMINATION RIGHTS

          (i)  TERMINATION BY PARTY B: Party B must not designate an Early
               Termination Date without the prior written consent of the Note
               Trustee (if applicable).

          (ii) CONSULTATION: Each Party may only designate an Early Termination
               Date following prior consultation with the other Party as to the
               timing of the Early Termination Date. Subject to its duties under
               the Master Trust Deed and the Supplementary Bond Terms Notice,
               Party B may exercise its rights only on the instructions of the
               Note Trustee (if applicable) and only after consultation between
               Party A and the Note Trustee (if applicable). Party B may only
               designate an Early Termination Date at the direction of Party C.

          (iii) PARTY A'S LIMITED RIGHTS IN RELATION TO TAX EVENT:

               (a)  Notwithstanding Part 1(c)(ii) of this Schedule, Party A may
                    designate an Early Termination Date if it is an Affected
                    Party following a Tax Event but only if all Bonds or Notes
                    (as the case may be) will be redeemed at the full amount of
                    the Invested Amount (or if the Bondholders or Noteholders
                    (as the case may be) by Extraordinary Resolution have so
                    agreed, at a lesser amount) together with accrued interest
                    to (but excluding) the date of redemption.

               (b)  If a Tax Event occurs where Party A is the Affected Party
                    and Party A is unable to transfer all its rights and
                    obligations under this Agreement and each Transaction to an
                    Affiliate pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii), Party A may, at its
                    cost, transfer all its rights, powers and privileges and all
                    its unperformed and future obligations under this Agreement
                    and each Transaction to any person provided that each
                    Designated Rating Agency has confirmed in writing that the
                    transfer will not result in a reduction, qualification or
                    withdrawal of the credit ratings then assigned by them to
                    the Bonds or Notes (as the case may be).

          (iv) TRANSFER WHERE PARTY B DOES NOT GROSS-UP: If any payment by
               Party B to Party A under this Agreement is, or is likely to be,
               made subject to any deduction or withholding on account of Tax,
               Party B will endeavour to procure the transfer of its obligations
               under this Agreement in respect of each Affected Transaction to a
               third party, which is incorporated in another jurisdiction,
               approved by Party A and the Note Trustee (if applicable) and in
               respect of which the Rating Agencies confirm that such transfer
               to such party will not cause a reduction or withdrawal of the
               rating of the Bonds or Notes (as the case may be)".

(q)  Section 6 is amended by replacing "20 days" in line 3 with "5 local
     business days".

(r)  APPOINTMENT OF MANAGER. Party A acknowledges that under the Master Trust
     Deed the Manager is appointed manager of the Relevant Securitisation Fund
     with the powers set out in and upon and subject to the terms of, the Master
     Trust Deed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Schedule on the respective
dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of
this Agreement.

                                                                              22

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION             PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED

-----------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
Name:                                   Name:
Title:                                  Title:
Date:                                   Date:

-----------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
Name:                                   Name:
Title:                                  Title:
Date:                                   Date:

ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED

-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Date:

-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Date:

                                                                              23

                              MASTER NOVATION ANNEX

This Master Novation Annex is annexed to and forms part of the ISDA Master
Agreement ("Agreement") dated as of 2001 between Westpac Banking Corporation as
Party A, Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited (in its capacity as trustee of
various Origination Funds and Securitisation Funds established from time to time
under the Master Trust Deed) as Party B and ME Portfolio Management Limited as
Party C.

1.   DEFINITIONS

     (a) In this Annex:

     "NOVATION CONFIRMATION" means the form of novation confirmation set out in
     the Schedule to this Annex.

     "NOVATION DATE" means, in relation to a Transaction, the date the novation
     of that Transaction or proportion of that Transaction becomes effective.

     "RELEVANT ORIGINATION FUND" means, in relation to a Transaction, Party B in
     its capacity as trustee of the Origination Fund, from or to, which that
     Transaction or proportion of that Transaction is to be novated.

     "RELEVANT SECURITISATION FUND" means in relation to a Transaction, Party B
     in its capacity as trustee of the Securitisation Fund, from or to, which
     that Transaction or proportion of that Transaction is to be novated.

     "TRANSFEROR FUND" means, as the case may be, either a Relevant
     Securitisation Fund or Relevant Origination Fund.

     "TRANSFEREE FUND" means, as the case may be, either a Relevant
     Securitisation Fund or Relevant Origination Fund.

     (b) Terms not other wise defined in this Annex have the same meaning as in
     the Agreement

2.   CONSIDERATION

     Each novation of a Transaction or proportion of a Transaction under this
     Annex constitutes, without the need for anything further, a binding
     agreement on the part of each of the Relevant Origination Fund, the
     Relevant Securitisation Fund, Party A and Party C that the consideration
     constituted by the releases and obligations given and undertaken
     respectively pursuant to this annex, together with such consideration as
     may be provided under the Master Trust Deed or elsewhere, in respect of the
     novation of that Transaction or proportion of that Transaction and any
     other dealing or transaction that occurs in conjunction with that novation,
     comprises adequate commercial consideration for their respective releases
     and obligations under this Annex in relation to the novation of that
     Transaction.

3.   NOVATION FROM TRANSFEROR FUND TO TRANSFEREE FUND

3.1  RELEASE OF TRANSFEROR FUND

     On and from the Novation Date for a Transaction or proportion of a
     Transaction, the Transferor Fund, Party A and Party C in its capacity as
     manager of that Transferor Fund will have no further rights against, or
     obligations to, each other in connection with that Transaction or
     proportion of that Transaction.

3.2  ASSUMPTION BY TRANSFEREE FUND

     On the Novation Date for a Transaction or proportion of a Transaction, the
     Transferee Fund and Party C in its capacity as manager of that Fund are
     deemed to undertake to Party A that they will duly observe and perform and
     totally assume all the obligations of the Transferor Fund and Party C
     respectively under that Transaction or proportion of that Transaction, the
     time for performance of which is on or after the Novation Date as if the
     Transferee Fund had been named originally as a party to that Transaction or
     proportion of that Transaction instead of the Transferor Fund.

3.3  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

     On the Novation Date for a Transaction, or proportion of that Transaction,
     Party A is deemed to undertake and acknowledge to the Transferee Fund and
     Party C in its capacity as manager of the Transferee Fund that the
     Transferee Fund and Party C in its capacity as manager of the Transferee
     Fund (as the case may be) are on and from the Novation Date respectively
     entitled to all the rights and entitlements of the Transferor Fund and
     Party C in its capacity as manager of the Transferor

                                                                              24

     Fund under that Transaction or proportion of that Transaction to the extent
     that such rights and entitlements arise or accrue on or after the Novation
     Date.

3.4  REFERENCES TO PARTY B AND PARTY C

     On and from the Novation Date for a Transaction or proportion of a
     Transaction, every reference in the Confirmation for that Transaction or
     proportion to "Party B" or the Transferor Fund is deemed to be a reference
     to Perpetual Trustees Australia Limited in its capacity as trustee of the
     Transferee Fund and every reference to Party C (if any) is deemed to be a
     reference to ME Portfolio Management Limited in its capacity as manager of
     the Transferee Fund.

4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     On the Novation Date for a Transaction or proportion of a Transaction,
     Party C (in respect of the Transferor Fund) and Party A are deemed to
     represent and warrant that:

     (a)  (DUE PERFORMANCE): it has duly and punctually performed and observed
          all the terms and conditions of that Transaction on its part to be
          performed and observed;

     (b)  (NO DEFAULT): to the best of its knowledge and belief there is no
          default or any event which is, or with the lapse of time or expiry of
          notice or at the election of any person could become, an Event of
          Default or a Termination Event in relation to that Transaction;

     (c)  (NO AMENDMENT): other than as disclosed in writing prior to that
          Novation Date, the terms of that Transaction are fully disclosed in
          its Confirmation and have not been supplemented, amended or varied.

5.   AGREEMENT AND CONFIRMATION

5.1  AGREEMENT TO NOVATE

     A novation of a Transaction or proportion of a Transaction under this Annex
     becomes binding when Party A accepts (in its absolute discretion) in
     accordance with Section 5.2 a Novation Confirmation from Party C which sets
     out the Novation Date for that Transaction or proportion of a Transaction
     and the Transferee Fund to which it will be novated and is otherwise in the
     form of the Schedule to this Master Novation Annex. Party C shall provide
     to Party B a copy of the Novation Confirmation.

5.2  NOVATION CONFIRMATIONS

     As soon as practicable after a Novation Confirmation prepared in accordance
     with Section 5.1 of this Annex has been delivered by Party C to Party A and
     Party B, Party A must soon as reasonably practicable either (in its
     absolute discretion):

     (a)  accept the Novation Confirmation by confirming the accuracy of the
          Novation Confirmation by counter-signing and returning that Novation
          Confirmation to Party C; or

     (b)  request the correction of that Novation Confirmation and upon receipt
          of a corrected Novation Confirmation accept that corrected Novation
          Confirmation in the manner contemplated by Section 5.2(a) of this
          Master Novation Annex;

     (c)  reject the novation request constricted by the delivery of the
          Novation Confirmation.

                                                                              25

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION             PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED

-----------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
Name:                                   Name:
Title:                                  Title:
Date:                                   Date:

-----------------------------------     ----------------------------------------
Name:                                   Name:
Title:                                  Title:
Date:                                   Date:

ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED

-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Date:

-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
Date:

                                                                              26

                      SCHEDULE TO THE MASTER NOVATION ANNEX

                              NOVATION CONFIRMATION

[Date]

TO:      WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION ("PARTY A")

COPY TO: PERPETUAL TRUSTEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED, ACN 000 431 827 ("PARTY B")

FROM:    ME PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT LIMITED, ACN 005 964 134 ("PARTY C")

NOVATION CONFIRMATION

The parties refer to the ISDA Master Agreement dated as of __________2001 made
between Party A, Party B and Party C (the "MASTER AGREEMENT"). Unless the
context indicates a contrary intention, terms defined in the Master Agreement
have the same meaning where used in this Novation Confirmation.

For the purposes of this Novation Confirmation:

a)   a reference to the Transferor Fund is a reference to [Name of Relevant
     Origination Fund/Relevant Securitisation Fund, as the case may be];

b)   a reference to the Relevant Transferee Fund is a reference to [Name of
     Relevant Origination Fund/Relevant Securitisation Fund, as the case may
     be]; and

c)   a reference to the Novation Date is a reference to [Insert Date].

The parties hereby confirm and agree that as of the Novation Date each of the
Transactions or proportion of the Transactions (the "NOVATED TRANSACTIONS")
referred to in the Schedule to this Novation Confirmation is novated from the
Transferor Fund to the Transferee Fund in accordance with the terms of the
Master Novation Annex.

                                    SCHEDULE

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         NOTIONAL   FIXED SWAP      CURRENT      PROPORTION OF
SERIAL NO.   TRADE DATE   FACILITY NO.    AMOUNT       RATE      FLOATING RATE    TRANSACTION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aggregate Notional Amount:

Aggregate Fixed Swap Rate (being a weighted average calculated by reference to
the Notional Amount of each Novated Transaction):

This Novation Confirmation supplements and forms part of the Master Agreement.

Confirmed as of the date first above written.

                                                                              27

For and on behalf of Party A

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
(Authorised Officer                          (Authorised Officer)

For and on behalf of Party C as attorney for Party B

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
(Authorised Officer                          (Authorised Officer)

For and on behalf of Party C

-----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
(Authorised Officer                          (Authorised Officer)

                                                                              28

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00090-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00090-of-00352.parquet"}]]